Toyota 2007 4Runner Owners Manual

: Toyota Toyota-2007-4Runner-Owners-Manual-762999 toyota-2007-4runner-owners-manual-762999 toyota pdf

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 486

Download
Open PDF In Browser	View PDF

06 06.08

SECTION

2

INFORMATION BEFORE DRIVING YOUR
TOYOTA
Information before driving your Toyota
Off−road vehicle precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Break−in period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel pump shut off system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operation in foreign countries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Three−way catalytic converters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine exhaust cautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Facts about engine oil consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Iridium−tipped spark plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brake pad wear limit indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Limited−slip differential . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Your Toyota’s identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Theft prevention labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Suspension and chassis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tire information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vehicle load limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cargo and luggage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Types of tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

328
329
329
331
331
332
333
333
334
335
338
339
339
340
341
342
350
351
354

327

06 06.08

Off−road vehicle precautions

CY20035

328

This vehicle belongs to the utility vehicle class, which has higher ground
clearance and narrower tread in relation
to the height of its center of gravity to
make it capable of performing in a wide
variety of off−road applications. Specific
design characteristics give it a higher
center of gravity than ordinary passenger cars. This vehicle design feature
causes this type of vehicle to be more
likely to rollover. And, utility vehicles
have a significantly higher rollover rate
than other types of vehicles. An advantage of the higher ground clearance is
a better view of the road allowing you
to anticipate problems. It is not designed for cornering at the same
speeds as ordinary passenger cars any
more than low−slung sports cars designed to perform satisfactorily under
off−road conditions. Therefore, sharp
turns at excessive speeds may cause
rollover.

CAUTION
Always observe the following precautions to minimize the risk of serious
personal injury or damage to your vehicle:


 In a rollover crash, an unbelted person is significantly more likely to
die than a person wearing a seat
belt. Therefore, the driver and all
passengers should fasten their seat
belts whenever the vehicle is moving.


 Avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers, if at all possible. Failure to
operate this vehicle correctly may
result in loss of control or vehicle
rollover causing death or serious
injury.


 Loading cargo on the roof luggage
carrier will make the center of the
vehicle gravity higher. Avoid high
speeds, sudden starts, sharp turns,
sudden braking or abrupt maneuvers, otherwise it may result in loss
of control or vehicle rollover due to
failure to operate this vehicle correctly.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.08


 Always slow down in gusty crosswinds. Because of its profile and
higher center of gravity, your vehicle is more sensitive to side
winds than an ordinary passenger
car. Slowing down will allow you to
have better control.


 When driving off−road or in rugged
terrain, do not drive at excessive
speeds, jump, make sharp turns,
strike objects, etc. This may cause
loss of control or vehicle rollover
causing death or serious injury. You
are also risking expensive damage
to your vehicle’s suspension and
chassis.


 Do not drive horizontally across
steep slopes. Driving straight up or
straight down is preferred. Your vehicle (or any similar off−road vehicle) can tip over sideways much
more easily than forward or backward.

Break−in period

Fuel

Drive gently and avoid high speeds.

FUEL TYPE

Your vehicle does not need an elaborate
break−in. But following a few simple tips
for the first 1600 km (1000 miles) can add
to the future economy and long life of
your vehicle:

Your new vehicle must use only unleaded gasoline.


 Avoid full throttle acceleration when
starting and driving.


 Avoid racing the engine.

 Try to avoid hard stops during the first
300 km (200 miles).


 Do not drive for a long time at any
single speed, either fast or slow.


 Do not tow a trailer during the first 800
km (500 miles).

To help prevent gas station mix−ups, your
Toyota has a smaller fuel tank opening.
The special nozzle on pumps with unleaded fuel will fit it, but the larger standard nozzle on pumps with leaded gas will
not.
At a minimum, the gasoline you use
should meet the specifications of ASTM
D4814 in the U.S.A. and CGSB 3.5−M93
in Canada.

NOTICE
Do not use leaded gasoline. Use of
leaded gasoline will cause the three−
way catalytic converter to lose its effectiveness and the emission control
system to function improperly. Also,
this can increase maintenance costs.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

329

06 06.08

OCTANE RATING
Select Octane Rating 87 (Research
Octane Number 91) or higher.
Use of unleaded fuel with an Octane Rating lower than 87 may result in engine
knocking. Persistent knocking can lead to
engine damage.
If your engine knocks...
If you detect heavy knocking even when
using the recommended fuel, or if you
hear steady knocking while holding a
steady speed on level roads, consult your
Toyota dealer.
However, occasionally, you may notice
light knocking for a short time while accelerating or driving up hills. This is normal
and there is no need for concern.
GASOLINE
ADDITIVES

CONTAINING

DETERGENT

Toyota recommends the use of gasoline
that contains detergent additives to
avoid build−up of engine deposits.

330

However, all gasoline sold in the U.S.
contains detergent additives to keep clean
and/or clean intake systems.
QUALITY GASOLINE
Automotive manufacturers in the U.S.,
Europe and Japan have developed a
specification for quality fuel named
World−Wide Fuel Charter (WWFC) that
is expected to be applied world wide.
The WWFC consists of four categories
that depend on required emission levels. In the U.S., category 3 or 4 has
been adopted. The WWFC improves air
quality by providing for better emissions in vehicle fleets, and customer
satisfaction through better vehicle performance.
CLEANER BURNING GASOLINE
Cleaner burning gasoline, including reformulated gasoline that contains oxygenates such as ethanol or MTBE is
available in many areas.
Toyota recommends the use of cleaner
burning gasoline and appropriately blended
reformulated gasoline. These types of gasoline provide excellent vehicle performance, reduce vehicle emissions, and improve air quality.

OXYGENATES IN GASOLINE
Toyota allows the use of oxygenate
blended gasoline where the oxygenate
content is up to 10% ethanol or 15%
MTBE. If you use gasohol in your
Toyota, be sure that it has an octane
rating no lower than 87.
Toyota does not recommend the use of
gasoline containing methanol.
GASOLINE CONTAINING MMT
Some gasoline contain an octane enhancing additive called MMT (Methylcyclopentadienyl Manganese Tricarbonyl).
Toyota does not recommend the use of
gasoline that contains MMT. If fuel containing MMT is used, your emission control system may be adversely affected.
The Malfunction Indicator Lamp on the instrument cluster may come on. If this happens, contact your Toyota dealer for service.
GASOLINE QUALITY
In a very few cases, you may experience
driveability problems caused by the particular gasoline that you are using. If you
continue to have unacceptable driveability,
try changing gasoline brands. If this does
not rectify your problem, then consult your
Toyota dealer.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.08

NOTICE

 Do not use gasohol other than
stated above. It will cause fuel system damage or vehicle performance
problems.

 If driveability problems occur (poor
hot starting, vaporizing, engine
knock, etc.), discontinue the use.

 Take care not to spill gasohol during refueling. Gasohol may cause
paint damage.
FUEL TANK CAPACITY
87 L (23.0 gal., 19.1 Imp. gal.)

Fuel pump shut off system

Operation in foreign countries

The fuel pump shut off system stops supplying fuel to the engine to minimize the
risk of fuel leakage when the engine stalls
or an airbag inflates upon collision. To
restart the engine after the fuel pump shut
off system activates, turn the ignition
switch to “ACC” or “LOCK” once and start
it.

If you plan to drive your Toyota in
another country...
First, comply with the vehicle registration
laws.
Second, confirm the availability of the correct fuel (unleaded and minimum octane
number).

CAUTION
Inspect the ground under the vehicle
before restarting the engine. If you
find that fuel has leaked onto the
ground, the fuel system has been
damaged and is in need of repair. In
this case, do not restart the engine.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

331

06 06.08

Three−way catalytic converters
NOTICE

CY20011

A large amount of unburned gases
flowing into the three−way catalytic
converter may cause it to overheat
and create a fire hazard. To prevent
this and other damage, observe the
following precautions:

 Use only unleaded gasoline.

The three−way catalytic converter is an
emission control device installed in the
exhaust system.
The purpose is to reduce pollutants in the
exhaust gas.


 Do not drive with an extremely low
fuel level; running out of fuel could
cause the engine to misfire, creating an excessive load on the three−
way catalytic converter.

 Do not allow the engine to run at
idle speed for more than 20 minutes.

 Avoid racing the engine.

CAUTION


 Do not push−start or pull−start your
vehicle.


 Keep people and combustible mate-


 Do not turn off the ignition while
the vehicle is moving.

rials away from the exhaust pipe
while the engine is running. The
exhaust gas is very hot.


 Keep your engine in good running
order. Malfunctions in the engine
electrical system, electronic ignition
system/distributor ignition system
or fuel systems could cause an extremely high three−way catalytic
converter temperature.

 If the engine becomes difficult to
start or stalls frequently, take your
vehicle in for a check−up as soon
as possible. Remember, your Toyota
dealer knows your vehicle and its
three−way catalytic converter system best.

 To ensure that the three−way
catalytic converter and the entire
emission control system operate
properly, your vehicle must receive
the periodic inspections required by
the Toyota Maintenance Schedule.
For
scheduled
maintenance
information, refer to the “Scheduled
Maintenance Guide” or “Owner’s
Manual Supplement”.


 Do not idle or park your vehicle
over anything that might burn easily such as grass, leaves, paper or
rags.

332

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.08

Facts about engine oil
consumption

Engine exhaust cautions
CAUTION


 Avoid inhaling the engine exhaust.
It contains carbon monoxide, which
is a colorless and odorless gas. It
can cause unconsciousness or even
death.


 Make sure the exhaust system has
no holes or loose connections. The
system should be checked from
time to time. If you hit something,
or notice a change in the sound of
the exhaust, have the system
checked immediately.


 Do not run the engine in a garage
or enclosed area except for the
time needed to drive the vehicle in
or out. The exhaust gases cannot
escape, making this a particularly
dangerous situation.


 Do not remain for a long time in a
parked vehicle with the engine running. If it is unavoidable, however,
do so only in an unconfined area
and adjust the heating or cooling
system to force outside air into the
vehicle.


 Keep the back door and back window closed while driving. An open
or unsealed back door and back
window, may cause exhaust gases
to be drawn into the vehicle.


 To allow proper operation of your
vehicle’s ventilation system, keep
the inlet grilles in front of the windshield clear of snow, leaves, or other obstructions.


 If you smell exhaust fumes in the
vehicle, open the windows and
close the back door and back window to ensure plenty of fresh air
enters the vehicle. If you can smell
exhaust fumes even though there
are no other vehicles in the surrounding area, have your vehicle
checked by your Toyota dealer.
Continued inhalation of exhaust
fumes can lead to death by gas poisoning.

FUNCTIONS OF ENGINE OIL
Engine oil has the primary functions of
lubricating and cooling the inside of the
engine, and plays a major role in maintaining the engine in proper working order.
ENGINE OIL CONSUMPTION
It is normal that an engine should consume some engine oil during normal
engine operation. The causes of oil
consumption in a normal engine are as
follows.


 Oil is used to lubricate pistons, piston
rings and cylinders. A thin film of oil
is left on the cylinder wall when a piston moves downwards in the cylinder.
High negative pressure generated when
the vehicle is decelerating sucks some
of this oil into the combustion chamber.
This oil as well as some part of the oil
film left on the cylinder wall is burned
by the high temperature combustion
gases during the combustion process.


 Oil is also used to lubricate the stems
of the intake valves. Some of this oil
is sucked into the combustion chamber
together with the intake air and is
burned along with the fuel. High temperature exhaust gases also burn the
oil used to lubricate the exhaust valve
stems.
2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

333

06 06.08

Iridium−tipped spark plugs
(4.7 L V8 [2UZ−FE] engine)
The amount of engine oil consumed depends on the viscosity of the oil, the
quality of the oil and the conditions the
vehicle is driven under.
More oil is consumed by high−speed driving and frequent acceleration and deceleration.
A new engine consumes more oil, since
its pistons, piston rings and cylinder walls
have not become conditioned.
Oil consumption: Max. 1.0 L per 1000
km (1.1 qt./600 miles, 0.9 Imp. qt./600
miles)
When judging the amount of oil consumption, note that the oil may become
diluted and make it difficult to judge
the true level accurately.
As an example, if a vehicle is used for
repeated short trips, and consumes a normal amount of oil, the dipstick may not
show any drop in the oil level at all, even
after 1000 km (600 miles) or more. This
is because the oil is gradually becoming
diluted with fuel or moisture, making it appear that the oil level has not changed.

IMPORTANCE OF ENGINE OIL LEVEL
CHECK
One of the most important points in proper vehicle maintenance is to keep the engine oil at the optimum level so that oil
function will not be impaired. Therefore, it
is essential that the oil level be checked
regularly. Toyota recommends that the oil
level be checked every time you refuel
the vehicle.

CY20008

NOTICE
Failure to check the oil level regularly
could lead to serious engine trouble
due to insufficient oil.
For detailed information on oil level check,
see “Checking the engine oil level” on
page 420 in Section 7−2.

Your engine is fitted with iridium−tipped
spark plugs.

NOTICE
Use only iridium−tipped spark plugs.
Do not adjust gaps for engine performance or smooth driveability.

The diluting ingredients evaporate out
when the vehicle is then driven at high
speeds, as on an expressway, making it
appear that oil is excessively consumed
after driving at high speeds.

334

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.08

Brake system
This brake system has 2 independent hydraulic circuits. If either circuit should fail,
the other will still work. However, the pedal will be harder to press, and your stopping distance will increase. Also, the
brake system warning light may come on.

CAUTION
Do not drive your vehicle with only a
single brake system. Have your
brakes fixed immediately.
BRAKE BOOSTER
The brake booster uses brake fluid pressurized by the pump to power−assist the
brakes. If the brake booster fails during
driving, the brake system warning light
comes on and buzzer sounds continuously. In this case, the brakes may not work
properly. If they do not work well, depress
the brake pedal firmly. If the brake system
warning light comes on, immediately stop
your vehicle and contact your Toyota dealer.
It is not a malfunction that the brake system warning light may stay on for 60 seconds after the ignition key is turned to the
“ON” position.

Depressing the brake pedal repeatedly
may turn on the brake system warning
light and buzzer. It is normal if the light
turns off and the buzzer stops sounding
after a few seconds.
You may hear a small sound in the engine
compartment after the engine is started or
the brake pedal is depressed repeatedly.
This is a pump pulsating sound of the
brake system, and it is not a malfunction.

CAUTION


 Do not pump the brake pedal if the
engine stalls. Each push on the
pedal uses up your brake fluid
pressure reserve.


 Even if the power assist is completely lost, the brakes will still
work. But you will have to push the
pedal hard, much harder than normal. And your braking distance will
increase.

ANTI−LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM
(with “ABS” warning light)
The anti−lock brake system is designed
to help prevent lock−up of the wheels
during a sudden braking or braking on
slippery road surfaces. This assists in
providing directional stability and steering performance of the vehicle under
these circumstances.
Effective way to press the ABS brake
pedal: When the anti−lock brake system
function is in action, you may feel the
brake pedal pulsating and hear a noise.
In this situation, to let the anti−lock
brake system work for you, just hold the
brake pedal down more firmly. Do not
pump the brake in a panic stop. This
will result in reduced braking performance.
The anti−lock brake system becomes operative after the vehicle has accelerated
to a speed in excess of approximately 10
km/h (6 mph). It stops operating when the
vehicle decelerates to a speed below
approximately 5 km/h (3 mph).

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

335

06 06.08

Depressing the brake pedal on slippery
road surfaces such as on a manhole cover, a steel plate at a construction site,
joints in a bridge, etc. on a rainy day
tends to activate the anti−lock brake system.
You may hear a click or motor sound in
the engine compartment for a few seconds
when the engine is started or just after
the vehicle begins to move. This means
that the anti−lock brake system is in the
self−check mode, and does not indicate a
malfunction.
When the anti−lock brake system is activated, the following conditions may
occur. They do not indicate a malfunction of the system:


 You may hear the anti−lock brake system operating and feel the brake pedal
pulsating and the vibrations of the vehicle body and steering wheel. You
may also hear the motor sound in the
engine compartment even after the vehicle is stopped.


 At the end of the anti−lock brake system activation, the brake pedal may
move a little forward.

CAUTION
Do not overestimate the anti−lock
brake system: Although the anti−lock
brake system assists in providing vehicle control, it is still important to
drive with all due care and maintain
a moderate speed and safe distance
from the vehicle in front of you, because there are limits to the vehicle
stability and effectiveness of steering
wheel operation even with the anti−
lock brake system on.
If tire grip performance exceeds its
capability, or if hydroplaning occurs
during high speed driving in the rain,
the anti−lock brake system does not
provide vehicle control.


 Driving with tire chains installed.

 Driving over the steps such as the
joints on the road.


 Driving on roads where the road
surface is pitted or has other differences in surface height.
Install all 4 tires of specified size at
appropriate pressure: The anti−lock
brake system detects vehicle speeds
using the speed sensors for respective wheels’ turning speeds. The use
of tires other than specified may fail
to detect the accurate turning speed
resulting in a longer stopping distance.

Anti−lock brake system is not designed to shorten the stopping distance: Always drive at a moderate
speed and maintain a safe distance
from the vehicle in front of you.
Compared with vehicles without an
anti−lock brake system, your vehicle
may require a longer stopping distance in the following cases:


 Driving on rough, gravel or snow−
covered roads.

336

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.08

“ABS” warning light

CY20034

The light comes on when the ignition key
is turned to the “ON” position. If the anti−
lock brake system and the brake assist
system work properly, the light turns off
after a few seconds. Thereafter, if either
of the systems malfunctions, the light
comes on again.
When the “ABS” warning light is on (and
the brake system warning light is off), the
following systems do not operate, but the
brake system still operates conventionally.


 Anti−lock brake system

 Brake assist system

 Traction control system

Type A

(two−wheel drive models)


 Active traction control system

“VSC TRAC” warning light may come on
with the “ABS” warning light (brake assist
system warning light) when there is a malfunction somewhere in the anti−lock brake
system (brake assist system).
If either of the following conditions occurs, this indicates a malfunction somewhere in the components monitored by
the warning light system. Contact your
Toyota dealer as soon as possible to
service the vehicle.


 The light does not come on when the

(four−wheel drive models)

ignition key is turned to the “ON” position, or remains on.


 “AUTO LSD” system

CY20032

When the “ABS” warning light is on (and
the brake system warning light is off), the
anti−lock brake system does not operate
so that the wheels will lock up during a
sudden braking or braking on slippery
road surfaces.


 The light comes on while you are dri-

(two−wheel drive models)


 Vehicle stability control system

 Downhill assist control system
(four−wheel drive models)

ving.
A warning light turning on briefly during
operation does not indicate a problem.


 Hill−start assist control system
Type B

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

337

06 06.08

Brake pad wear limit
indicators
CAUTION
If the “ABS” warning light remains on
together with the brake system warning light, immediately stop your vehicle at a safe place and contact your
Toyota dealer.
In this case, not only the anti−lock
brake system will fail but also the
vehicle will become extremely unstable during braking.
Either of the following conditions may
occur, but do not indicate a malfunction:


 The light may stay on for about 60
seconds after the ignition key is turned
to the “ON” position. It is normal if it
turns off after a while.


 Depressing the brake pedal repeatedly
may turn on the light. It is normal if it
turns off after a few seconds.
DRUM−IN−DISC TYPE PARKING BRAKE
SYSTEM

Have your Toyota dealer perform the bedding−down.
BRAKE ASSIST SYSTEM
When you slam the brakes on, the
brake assist system judges as an emergency stop and provides more powerful
braking for a driver who cannot hold
down the brake pedal firmly.
When you slam the brakes on, more powerful braking will be applied. At this time,
you may hear a sound in the engine
compartment and feel the vibrations of the
brake pedal. This does not indicate a malfunction.
The brake assist system becomes operative after the vehicle has accelerated to
a speed in excess of approximately 10
km/h (6 mph). It stops operating when the
vehicle decelerates to a speed below
approximately 5 km/h (3 mph).
For an explanation of this system’s warning light, see “Service reminder indicators
and warning buzzers” on page 147 in Section 1−6.

CY20004

The brake pad wear limit indicators on
your disc brakes give a warning noise
when the brake pads are worn to where
replacement is required.
If you hear a squealing or scraping noise
while driving, have the brake pads
checked and replaced by your Toyota
dealer as soon as possible. Expensive rotor damage can result if the pads are not
replaced when necessary.

Your vehicle has a drum−in−disc type
parking brake system. This type of brake
system needs bedding−down of the brake
shoes periodically or whenever the parking
brake shoes and/or drums are replaced.

338

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.08

Limited−slip differential
(four−wheel drive models)
Your Toyota is equipped with a limited−slip
center differential (transfer). If one wheel
begins to spin, the limited−slip center differential (transfer) is designed to aid traction by automatically transmitting driving
force to the wheels on the other drive
axle. It transmits driving force to the front
wheels if a rear wheel spins, and to the
rear wheels if a front wheel spins.

Your Toyota’s identification—
—Vehicle identification number

CY20013

CY20023

CAUTION
Do not start or run the engine while
your vehicle is supported by a jack.
The vehicle could be driven off the
jack and could pose a danger or result in serious injury.

NOTICE
Use only a spare tire of the same
brand, size, construction and load capacity as the original tires on your
Toyota because damage to the limited−slip differential could possibly occur with another tire type.

The vehicle identification number (VIN)
is the legal identifier for your vehicle.
This number is on the left top of the
instrument panel, and can be seen
through the windshield from outside.

The vehicle identification number (VIN) is
also on the Certification Label.

This is the primary identification number
for your Toyota. It is used in registering
the ownership of your vehicle.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

339

06 06.08

Theft prevention labels
(except for Canada)

—Engine number
The engine number is stamped on the
engine block as shown.

CY20014

4.0 L V6 (1GR−FE) engine

Your new vehicle carries theft prevention labels which are approximately 47
mm (1.85 in.) by 12 mm (0.47 in.).
The purpose of these labels is to reduce
the incidence of vehicle thefts by facilitating the tracing and recovery of parts from
stolen vehicles. The label is designed so
that once it is applied to a surface, any
attempt to remove it will result in destroying the integrity of the label. Transferring
these labels intact from one part to another, will be impossible.

NOTICE
You should not attempt to remove the
theft prevention labels as it may violate certain state or federal laws.

CY20005

4.7 L V8 (2UZ−FE) engine

340

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.08

Suspension and chassis
CAUTION
Do not modify the suspension/chassis
with lift kits, spacers, springs, etc. It
can cause dangerous handling characteristics resulting in loss of control.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

341

06 06.08

Tire information—
—Tire symbols

CY20028y

342

This illustration indicates typical tire
symbols.
1. Tire size—For details, see “—Tire
size” on page 344.
2. DOT and Tire Identification
Number (TIN)—For details, see
“—DOT and Tire Identification
Number (TIN)” on page 343.
3. Uniform tire quality grading—
For details, see “Uniform tire quality grading” that follows.
4. The location of the tread wear
indicators—For details, see
“Checking and replacing tires” on
page 427.
5. Tire ply composition and materials—Plies mean a layer of rubber−coated parallel cords. Cords
mean the strands forming the plies
in the tire.
6. Radial tires or bias−ply tires—A
radial tire has “RADIAL” on the
sidewall. A tire not marked with
“RADIAL” is a bias−ply tire.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.08

—DOT and Tire Identification
Number (TIN)
7. “TUBELESS”
or
“TUBE
TYPE”—A tubeless tire does not
have a tube inside the tire and air
is directly filled in the tire. A tube
type tire has a tube inside the tire
and the tube maintains the air
pressure.
8. Load limit at maximum cold tire
inflation pressure—For details,
see “Checking and replacing tires”
on page 427.
9. Maximum cold tire inflation
pressure—This means the pressure to which a tire may be inflated. For details about recommended
cold
tire
inflation
pressure, see “Tires” on page 451.
10.Summer tire or all season
tire—An all season tire has “M+S”
on the sidewall. The tire not
marked with “M+S” is a summer
tire. For details, see “Types of
tires” on page 354.

The “DOT” symbol certifies that the
tire conforms to applicable Federal
Motor Vehicle Safety Standards.

CY20027

This illustration indicates typical DOT
and Tire Identification Number (TIN).
1. “DOT” symbol
2. Tire Identification Number (TIN)
3. Tire manufacturer’s identification
mark
4. Tire size code
5. Manufacturer’s optional tire type
code (3 or 4 letters)
6. Manufacturing week
7. Manufacturing year

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

343

06 06.08

—Tire size

CY20029

This illustration indicates typical tire
size.
1. Tire use (P=Passenger car,
T=Temporary use)
2. Section width (in millimeters)
3. Aspect ratio (tire height to section
width)
4. Tire construction code (R=Radial,
D=Diagonal)
5. Wheel diameter (in inches)
6. Load index (2 digits or 3 digits)
7. Speed symbol (alphabet with one
letter)
344

—Name of each section of tire

Z20007

1. Section width
2. Tire height
3. Wheel diameter

Z20008

1. Bead
2. Sidewall
3. Shoulder
4. Tread
5. Belt
6. Inner liner
7. Reinforcing rubber
8. Carcass
9. Rim lines
10.Bead wires
11. Chafer

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.08

—Uniform Tire Quality
Grading
This information has been prepared
in accordance with regulations issued
by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration of the U.S. Department of Transportation. It provides
the purchasers and/or prospective
purchasers of Toyota vehicles with information on uniform tire quality grading.
Your Toyota dealer will help answer
any questions you may have as you
read this information.
DOT quality grades—All passenger
vehicle tires must conform to Federal Safety Requirements in addition to these grades. Quality
grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between
tread shoulder and maximum section width. For example: Treadwear
200 Traction AA Temperature A

Treadwear—The treadwear grade is
a comparative rating based on the
wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course. For example, a tire graded 150 would wear
one and a half (1−1/2) times as well
on the government course as a tire
graded 100. The relative performance
of tires depends upon the actual
conditions of their use, however, and
may depart significantly from the
norm due to variations in driving habits, service practices and differences
in road characteristics and climate.

Traction AA, A, B, C—The traction
grades, from highest to lowest, are
AA, A, B, and C, and they represent
the tire’s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled
conditions on specified government
test surfaces of asphalt and concrete.
A tire marked C may have poor traction performance.
Warning: The traction grade assigned
to this tire is based on braking
(straight ahead) traction tests and
does not include cornering (turning)
traction.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

345

06 06.08

Temperature A, B, C—The temperature grades are A (the highest), B,
and C, representing the tire’s resistance to the generation of heat and
its ability to dissipate heat when
tested under controlled conditions on
a specified indoor laboratory test
wheel. Sustained high temperature
can cause the material of the tire to
degenerate and reduce tire life, and
excessive temperature can lead to
sudden tire failure. The grade C corresponds to a level of performance
which all passenger car tires must
meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle
Safety Standard No.109. Grades B
and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel
than the minimum required by law.
Warning: The temperature grades for
this tire are established for a tire that
is properly inflated and not overloaded. Excessive speed, underinflation, or excessive loading, either separately or in combination, can cause
heat buildup and possible tire failure.

346

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.08

—Glossary of tire terminology
Tire related term

Meaning

Accessory weight

the combined weight (in excess of those standard items which may be
replaced) of automatic transmission, power steering, power brakes, power
windows, power seats, radio, and heater, to the extent that these items
are available as factory−installed equipment (whether installed or not)

Cold tire inflation pressure

tire inflation pressure when the vehicle has been parked for at least 3
hours or more, or it has not been driven more than 1.5 km or 1 mile
under that condition

Curb weight

the weight of a motor vehicle with standard equipment including the
maximum capacity of fuel, oil, and coolant, and, if so equipped, air
conditioning and additional weight optional engine

Intended outboard sidewall

(A) the sidewall that contains a whitewall, bears white lettering or bears
manufacturer, brand, and/or model name molding that is higher or
deeper than the same molding on the other sidewall of the tire, or
(B) the outward facing sidewall of an asymmetrical tire that has a particular
side that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle

Maximum inflation pressure

the maximum cold inflation pressure to which a tire may be inflated and it
is shown on the sidewall of the tire

Maximum loaded vehicle weight

the
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)

sum of—
curb weight;
accessory weight;
vehicle capacity weight; and
production options weight

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

347

06 06.08

Tire related term

Meaning

Normal occupant weight

68 kg (150 lb.) times the number of occupants specified in the second
column of Table 1 that follows

Occupant distribution

distribution of occupants in a vehicle as specified in the third column of Table
1 that follows

Production options weight

the combined weight of those installed regular production options weighing
over 2.3 kg (5 lb.) in excess of those standard items which they replace,
not previously considered in curb weight or accessory weight, including
heavy duty brakes, ride levelers, roof rack, heavy duty battery, and special
trim

Recommended inflation pressure

cold tire inflation pressure recommended by a manufacturer

Rim

a metal support for a tire or a tire and tube assembly upon which the tire beads
are seated

Rim diameter (Wheel diameter)

nominal diameter of the bead seat

Rim size designation

rim diameter and width

Rim type designation

the industry of manufacturer’s designation for a rim by style or code

Rim width

nominal distance between rim flanges

Vehicle capacity weight
(Total load capacity)

the rated cargo and luggage load plus 68 kg (150 lb.) times the vehicle’s designated seating capacity

Vehicle maximum load on the tire

the load on an individual tire that is determined by distributing to each axle
its share of the maximum loaded vehicle weight and dividing by two

348

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.08

Tire related term

Meaning

Vehicle normal load on the tire

the load on an individual tire that is determined by distributing to each axle
its share of the curb weight, accessory weight, and normal occupant weight
(distributed in accordance with Table 1 that follows) and dividing by two

Weather side

the surface area of the rim not covered by the inflated tire

Table 1—Occupant loading and distribution for vehicle normal load for various designated seating capacities
Designated seating capacity,
number of occupants

Vehicle normal load, number of
occupants

Occupant distribution in a normally
loaded vehicle

2 through 4

2

2 in front

5 through 10

3

2 in front, 1 in second seat

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

349

06 06.08

Vehicle load limits
Vehicle load limits include total load
capacity, seating capacity, towing capacity and cargo capacity. Follow the
load limits shown below. Total load capacity and seating capacity are also
described on the tire and loading information label. For location of the tire
and loading information label, see
“Checking tire inflation pressure” on
page 425.
Total load capacity:
With 5 occupants:
431 kg (950 lb.)
With 7 occupants:
477 kg (1050 lb.)
Total load capacity means combined weight of occupants, cargo
and luggage. Tongue load is included when trailer towing.

350

Seating capacity:
Without third seats:
Total 5 (Front 2, Rear 3)
With third seats:
Total 7 (Front 2, Rear 5)
Seating capacity means the maximum number of occupants whose
estimated average weight is 68 kg
(150 lb.) per person. Depending on
the weight of each person, the seating capacity given may exceed the
total load capacity.
NOTICE

Towing capacity:
For weight carrying hitch
2268 kg (5000 lb.)
Also for weight distributing hitch
(4.7 L V8 [2UZ−FE] engine only)
Two−wheel drive models
3311 kg (7300 lb.)
Four−wheel drive models
3175 kg (7000 lb.)
Towing capacity means the maximum gross trailer weight (trailer
weight plus its cargo weight) that
your vehicle is able to tow.

Even if the number of occupants are within the seating capacity, do not exceed the total
load capacity.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.08

Cargo capacity
Cargo capacity may increase or decrease depending on the size (weight)
and the number of occupants. For details, see “Capacity and distribution”
that follows.
CAUTION
Do not apply the load more than
each load limit. That may cause
not only damage to the tires, but
also deterioration to the steering
ability and braking ability, which
may cause an accident.

Cargo and luggage—
—Stowage precautions
When stowing cargo and luggage in
the vehicle, observe the following:

 Put cargo and luggage in the luggage compartment when at all
possible. Be sure all items are secured in place.

 Be careful to keep the vehicle balanced. Locating the weight as far
forward as possible helps maintain
balance.

 For better fuel economy, do not
carry unneeded weight.
CAUTION

 To prevent cargo and luggage
from sliding forward during
braking, do not stack anything
in the luggage compartment
higher than the seatbacks.
Keep cargo and luggage low,
as close to the floor as possible.


 Do not store more than 91 kg
(200 lb.) of cargo and luggage
in the luggage compartment. If
the third seats are occupied,
do not store cargo and luggage
in the luggage compartment.

 Do not place anything on the
flattened seat or it may slide
forward during braking.

 Never allow anyone to ride in
the luggage compartment. It is
not designed for passengers.
They should ride in their seats
with their seat belts properly
fastened. Otherwise, they are
much more likely to suffer serious bodily injury, in the event
of sudden braking or a collision.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

351

06 06.08

—Capacity and distribution

 Do not place anything on the
luggage cover. Such items may
be thrown about and possibly
injure people in the vehicle
during sudden braking or an
accident. Secure all items in a
safe place.

 Do not drive with objects left
on top of the instrument panel.
They may interfere with the
driver’s field of view. Or they
may move during sharp vehicle
acceleration or turning, and impair the driver’s control of the
vehicle. In an accident they
may injure the vehicle occupants.

352

Cargo capacity depends on the total weight of the occupants.
(Cargo capacity) = (Total load capacity) – (Total weight of occupants)
Steps for Determining Correct
Load Limit—
(1) Locate the statement “The combined weight of occupants and
cargo should never exceed XXX
kg or XXX lbs.” on your vehicle’s
placard.
(2) Determine the combined weight
of the driver and passengers that
will be riding in your vehicle.
(3) Subtract the combined weight of
the driver and passengers from
XXX kg or XXX lbs.

(4) The resulting figure equals the
available amount of cargo and
luggage load capacity. For example, if the “XXX” amount equals
1400 lbs. and there will be five
150 lb passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available
cargo and luggage load capacity
is
650
lbs.
(1400–750
(5x150)=650 lbs.)
(5) Determine the combined weight
of luggage and cargo being
loaded on the vehicle. That
weight may not safely exceed the
available cargo and luggage load
capacity calculated in Step 4.
(6) If your vehicle will be towing a
trailer, load from your trailer will
be transferred to your vehicle.
Consult this manual to determine
how this reduces the available
cargo and luggage load capacity
of your vehicle.
For details about trailer towing, see
page 362.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.08

Z20004
Cargo
capacity
Total load
capacity
Example on Your Vehicle
In case that 2 people with the combined weight of 166 kg (366 lb.) are
riding in your vehicle with the total
load capacity of 431 kg (950 lb.), the
available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity will be as follows:
With 5 occupants:
431 kg – 166 kg = 265 kg.
(950 lb. – 366 lb. = 584 lb.)
With 7 occupants:
477 kg – 166 kg = 311 kg.
(1050 lb. – 366 lb. = 684 lb.)

From this condition, if 3 more passengers with the combined weight of 176
kg (388 lb.) get on, the available cargo and luggage load will be reduced
as follows:
With 5 occupants:
265 kg – 176 kg = 89 kg.
(584 lb. – 388 lb. = 196 lb.)
With 7 occupants:
311 kg – 176 kg = 135 kg.
(683 lb. – 388 lb. = 295 lb.)
As shown in the above example, if the
number of occupants increases, the
cargo and luggage load equaling the
combined weight of occupants who
got on later must be reduced. In other
words, if the increase in the number
of occupants causes the excess of
the total load capacity (combined
weight of occupants plus cargo and
luggage load), you have to reduce the
cargo and luggage on your vehicle.
For details about total load capacity,
see “Vehicle load limits” on page 350.

CAUTION
Even if the total load of occupant’s weight and the cargo load
is less than the total load capacity, do not apply the load unevenly. That may cause not only damage to the tire but also deterioration to the steering ability due to
unbalance of the vehicle, causing
an accident.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

353

06 06.08

Types of tires
Cargo
capacity

Weight of the
removed third
seat

CY20024

SEATING
CONFIGURATION
VARIATION
In case of removing the rear seats,
it is possible to load as much cargo
as the weight of the removed seats.
(Cargo capacity) = (Total load capacity) − (Total weight of occupants) +
(Weight of the removed rear seats)
Rear seats weights:
Each seat 11 kg (24 lb.)

354

Determine what kind of tires your
vehicle is originally equipped with.
1. Summer tires
Summer tires are high−speed capability tires best suited to highway driving
under dry conditions.
Since summer tires do not have the
same traction performance as snow
tires, summer tires are inadequate for
driving on snow−covered or icy roads.
For driving on snow−covered or icy
roads, we recommend using snow
tires. If installing snow tires, be sure
to replace all four tires.
2. All season tires
All season tires are designed to provide better traction in snow and to be
adequate for driving in most winter
conditions, as well as for use all year
round.

All season tires, however, do not have
adequate
traction
performance
compared with snow tires in heavy or
loose snow. Also, all season tires fall
short in acceleration and handling
performance compared with summer
tires in highway driving.
The details about how to distinguish
summer tires from all season tires are
described on page 342.
CAUTION

 Do not mix summer and all season tires on your vehicle as
this can cause dangerous handling characteristics, resulting
in loss of control.

 Do not use tire other than the
manufacturer’s
designated
tires, and never mix tires or
wheels of the sizes different
from the originals.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.08

SECTION

3

STARTING AND DRIVING
Starting and driving
Before starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
How to start the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tips for driving in various conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Off−road driving precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Winter driving tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dinghy towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trailer towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
How to save fuel and make your vehicle last longer . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

356
356
357
359
360
361
362
371

355

06 06.08

Before starting the engine
1. Check the area around the vehicle before entering it.
2. Adjust seat position, seatback angle,
seat cushion angle, head restraint
height and steering wheel angle.
3. Adjust the inside and outside rear view
mirrors.
4. Lock all doors.
5. Fasten seat belts.

356

How to start the engine—
—Cranking hold function
Once you turn the ignition key to “START”
position and release it, the cranking hold
function continues to crank the engine in
“ON” position until it starts.

(a) Before cranking
1. Apply the parking brake firmly.
2. Turn off unnecessary lights and accessories.

The function stops cranking the engine
after about 25 seconds maximum if the
engine has not started yet. When you
crank the engine again, wait a few seconds and restart it.

3. Put the selector lever in “P”. If you
need to restart the engine while the
vehicle is moving, put the selector lever in “N”. A starter safety device will
prevent the starter from operating if the
selector lever is in any drive position.

If you hold the key in “START” position,
the function will keep cranking for about
30 seconds maximum.

4. Depress the brake pedal and hold it to
the floor until driving off.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.08

Tips for driving in various
conditions

 Always slow down in gusty crosswinds.

(b) Starting the engine
Before starting the engine, be sure to follow the instructions in “(a) Before cranking”.
Normal starting procedure
The multiport fuel injection system/sequential multiport fuel injection system in your
engine automatically controls the proper
air−fuel mixture for starting. You can start
a cold or hot engine as follows:
With your foot off the accelerator pedal,
turn the ignition key to “START” position,
then release it.
Engine should be warmed up by driving,
not in idle. For warming up, drive with
smoothly turning engine until engine coolant temperature is within normal range.
If the engine stalls...
Simply restart it, using the correct procedure given in normal starting.
If the engine will not start...
See “If your vehicle will not start” on page
374 in Section 4.

NOTICE

This will allow you much better control.


 Drive slowly onto curbs and, if pos-


 Do not race a cold engine.

 If the engine becomes difficult to
start or stalls frequently, have the
engine checked immediately.

sible, at a right angle. Avoid driving
onto high, sharp−edged objects and
other road hazards. Failure to do so
can lead to severe tire damage such
as a tire burst.
Drive slowly when passing over bumps
or travelling on a bumpy road. Otherwise, the impact could cause severe
damage to the tires and/or wheels.


 When parking on a hill, turn the front
wheels until they touch the curb so
that the vehicle will not roll. Apply the
parking brake, and place the transmission in “P”. If necessary, block the
wheels.


 Washing your vehicle or driving through
deep water may get the brakes wet. To
see whether they are wet, check that
there is no traffic near you, and then
press the pedal lightly. If you do not
feel a normal braking force, the brakes
are probably wet. To dry them, drive
the vehicle cautiously while lightly
pressing the brake pedal with the parking brake applied. If they still do not
work safely, pull to the side of the road
and call a Toyota dealer for assistance.
2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

357

06 06.08


 Vehicles with rear height control air
suspension: When you drive on a
bumpy road, it is recommended that
the vehicle height should be set in the
“N” (normal) or “H” (high) mode.

CAUTION


 Before driving off, make sure that
the parking brake is fully released
and the parking brake reminder
light is off.


 Do not leave your vehicle unattended while the engine is running.


 Do not rest your foot on the brake
pedal while driving. It can cause
dangerous overheating, needless
wear, and poor fuel economy.


 To drive down a long or steep hill,
reduce your speed and downshift.
Remember, if you ride the brakes
excessively, they may overheat and
not work properly.


 Do not drive in excess of the speed


 Vehicles with rear height control air

limit. Even if the legal speed limit
permits it, do not drive over 140
km/h (85 mph) unless your vehicle
has high−speed capability tires.
Driving over 140 km/h (85 mph) may
result in tire failure, loss of control
and possible injury. Be sure to consult a tire dealer to determine
whether the tires on your vehicle
are high−speed capability tires or
not before driving at such speeds.

suspension: If you drive through
deep water over about 700 mm (28
in.) in depth, put the vehicle height
in the “H” (high) mode with the
height select switch and then turn
off the rear height control air suspension by pushing the “HEIGHT
CONTROL OFF” switch. Drive your
vehicle at 30 km/h (19 mph) or lower speed.


 Do not continue normal driving
when the brakes are wet. If they are
wet, your vehicle will require a
longer stopping distance, and it
may pull to one side when the
brakes are applied. Also, the parking brake will not hold the vehicle
securely.


 Be careful when accelerating, upshifting, downshifting or braking on
a slippery surface. Sudden acceleration or engine braking, could cause
the vehicle to skid or spin.

358

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.08

Off−road driving precautions
When driving your vehicle off−road, please
observe the following precautions to ensure your driving enjoyment and to help
prevent the closure of areas to off−road
vehicles.
a. Drive your vehicle only in areas where
off−road vehicles are permitted to travel.
b. Respect private property. Get owner’s
permission before entering private property.
c. Do not enter areas that are closed.
Honor gates, barriers and signs that restrict travel.
d. Stay on established roads. When conditions are wet, driving techniques should
be changed or travel delayed to prevent damage to roads.
For owners in U.S. mainland, Hawaii and
Puerto Rico:
To obtain additional information pertaining
to driving your vehicle off−road, consult
the following organizations.


 State and Local Parks and Recreation
Departments


 Recreational Vehicle Clubs

 U.S. Forest Service and Bureau of
Land Management

CAUTION
Always observe the following precautions to minimize the risk of serious
personal injury or damage to your vehicle:


 Drive carefully when off the road.
Do not take unnecessary risks by
driving in dangerous places.


 Do not grip the steering wheel
spokes when driving off−road. A
bad bump could jerk the wheel and
injure your hands. Keep both hands
and especially your thumbs on the
outside of the rim.


 Always check your brakes for effectiveness immediately after driving in
sand, mud, water or snow.


 After driving through tall grass,
mud, rock, sand, rivers, etc., check
that there is no grass, bush, paper,
rags, stone, sand, etc. adhering or
trapped on the underbody. Clear off
any such matter from the underbody. If the vehicle is used with
these materials trapped or adhering
to the underbody, a breakdown or
fire could occur.


 In a rollover crash, an unbelted person is significantly more likely to
die than a person wearing a seat
belt. Therefore, the driver and all
passengers should fasten their seat
belts whenever the vehicle is moving.


 When driving off−road or in rugged
terrain, do not drive at excessive
speeds, jump, make sharp turns,
strike objects, etc. This may cause
loss of control or vehicle rollover
causing death or serious injury. You
are also risking expensive damage
to your vehicle’s suspension and
chassis.


 State Motor Vehicle Bureau

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

359

06 06.08

Winter driving tips
NOTICE

 If driving through water, such as
when crossing shallow streams,
first check the depth of the water
and the bottom of the river bed for
firmness. Drive slowly and avoid
deep water.

 Take all necessary safety measures
to ensure that water damage to the
engine or other components does
not occur.

Water entering the engine air intake
will cause severe engine damage.

 Water entering the automatic transmission will cause deterioration in
shift quality, locking up of your
transmission accompanied by vibration, and ultimately damage.

Water can wash the grease from
wheel bearings, causing rusting and
premature failure, and may also enter the differentials, transmission
and transfer case, reducing the gear
oil’s lubricating qualities.


 Sand and mud that has accumulated
in brake drums and around brake
discs may affect braking efficiency
and may damage brake system components.

 Always perform a maintenance
inspection
after
each
day
of
off−road driving that has taken you
through rough terrain, sand, mud,
or
water.
For
scheduled
maintenance information, refer to
the “Scheduled Maintenance Guide”
or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.

Make sure your coolant is properly protected against freezing.
Only use “Toyota Super Long Life Coolant”
or similar high quality ethylene glycol
based non−silicate, non−amine, non−nitrite,
and non−borate coolant with long−life hybrid organic acid technology. (Coolant with
long−life hybrid organic acid technology is
a combination of low phosphates and organic acids.)
See “Checking the engine coolant level”
on page 422 in Section 7−2 for details of
coolant type selection.
For the U.S.A.—“Toyota Super Long Life
Coolant” is a mixture of 50% coolant and
50% deionized water. This coolant provides protection down to about −35C
(−31F).
For the Canada—“Toyota Super Long Life
Coolant” is a mixture of 55% coolant and
45% deionized water. This coolant provides protection down to about −42C
(−44F).

NOTICE
Do not use plain water alone.

360

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.08

Dinghy towing
Check the condition of the battery and
cables.
Cold temperatures reduce the capacity of
any battery, so it must be in top shape to
provide enough power for winter starting.
Section 7−3 tells you how to visually inspect the battery. Your Toyota dealer and
most service stations will be pleased to
check the level of charge.
Make sure the engine oil viscosity is
suitable for the cold weather.
See page 420 in Section 7−2 for recommended viscosity. Leaving a heavy summer oil in your vehicle during winter
months may cause harder starting. If you
are not sure about which oil to use, call
your Toyota dealer—they will be pleased
to help.
Keep the door locks from freezing.
Squirt lock de−icer or glycerine into the
locks to keep them from freezing.

NOTICE
Do not use engine antifreeze or any
other substitute because it may damage your vehicle’s paint.
Do not use your parking brake when
there is a possibility it could freeze.
When parking, put the transmission into
“P” and block the front wheels. Do not
use the parking brake, or snow or water
accumulated in and around the parking
brake mechanism may freeze, making it
hard to release.
Keep ice and snow from accumulating
under the fenders.
Ice and snow built up under your fenders
can make steering difficult. During bad
winter driving, stop and check under the
fenders occasionally.

Use a washer fluid containing an antifreeze solution.

Depending on where you are driving,
we recommend you carry some emergency equipment.

This product is available at your Toyota
dealer and most auto parts stores. Follow
the manufacturer’s directions for how
much to mix with water.

Some of the things you might put in the
vehicle are tire chains, window scraper,
bag of sand or salt, flares, small shovel,
jumper cables, etc.

CY30020

Your vehicle is not designed to be
dinghy towed (with four wheels on the
ground) behind a motorhome.

NOTICE
Do not tow your vehicle with four
wheels on the ground. This may
cause serious damage to your vehicle.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

361

06 06.08

Trailer towing
Your vehicle is designed primarily as a
passenger−and−load−carrying vehicle. Towing a trailer will have an adverse effect on
handling, performance, braking, durability
and driving economy (fuel consumption,
etc.). Your safety and satisfaction depend
on the proper use of correct equipment
and cautious driving habits. For your safety and the safety of others, you must not
overload your vehicle or trailer. Ask your
local Toyota dealer for further details before towing.

CAUTION
Vehicles with rear height control air
suspension: When disconnecting a
trailer, put the vehicle height in the
“LO” (low) mode and push the
“HEIGHT CONTROL OFF” switch to
turn off the rear height control air
suspension. Otherwise, the vehicle
height may be changed in the automatic leveling function, resulting in
accident. For details see “Rear height
control air suspension” on page 184
in Section 1−7.

WEIGHT LIMITS
Before towing, make sure the total trailer weight, gross combination weight,
gross vehicle weight, gross axle weight
and trailer tongue load are all within
the limits.
The total trailer weight and tongue load
can be measured with platform scales
found at a highway weighing station, building supply company, trucking company,
junk yard, etc.

CY30023

For weight carrying hitch

CY30024

Also for weight distributing hitch

362

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.08

CAUTION


 The maximum gross trailer weight
(trailer weight plus cargo weight)
must never exceed the following for
vehicle with equipped. For details,
contact your Toyota dealer.


 According to the hitch receiver
type, the maximum gross trailer
weight and hitch that can be used
differs. Refer to the above illustrations to confirm the hitch receiver
type for your vehicle.
For weight carrying hitch
2268 kg (5000 lb.)
Also for weight distributing hitch
(4.7 L V8 [2UZ−FE] engine only)
Two−wheel drive models
3311 kg (7300 lb.)
Four−wheel drive models
3175 kg (7000 lb.)

If towing a trailer and cargo weighing over 2268 kg (5000 lb.), Toyota
recommends to use a weight distributing hitch.
If towing a trailer and cargo weighing over 907 kg (2000 lb.), it is
necessary to use a sway control
device with sufficient capacity. The
combination of the gross trailer
weight added to the total weight of
the vehicle, occupants and vehicle
cargo must never exceed a total of
the following.
For weight carrying hitch
4.0 L V6 (1GR−FE) engine
4354 kg (9600 lb.)
4.7 L V8 (2UZ−FE) engine
4422 kg (9750 lb.)
Also for weight distributing hitch
(4.7 L V8 [2UZ−FE] engine only)
5443 kg (12000 lb.)
Exceeding the maximum weight of
the trailer, the vehicle, or the vehicle and trailer combination, can
cause an accident resulting in serious personal injuries.

CY30015


 Trailer hitch assemblies have different weight capacities established by
the hitch manufacturer. Even though
the vehicle may be physically capable of towing a higher weight, the
operator must determine the maximum weight rating of the particular
hitch assembly and never exceed
the maximum weight rating specified for the trailer−hitch. Exceeding
the maximum weight rating set by
the trailer hitch manufacturer can
cause an accident resulting in serious personal injuries.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

363

06 06.08


 The gross vehicle weight must not
exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating (GVWR) indicated on the
Certification Label. The gross vehicle weight is the sum of weights of
the unloaded vehicle, driver, passengers, luggage, hitch and trailer
tongue load. It also includes the
weight of any special equipment
installed on your vehicle.


 The load on either the front or rear
axle resulting from distribution of
the gross vehicle weight on both
axles must not exceed the front and
rear Gross Axle Weight Ratings
(GAWR) listed on the Certification
Label.

Total trailer weight

Tongue load

Two−wheel drive models
331 kg (730 lb.)
Four−wheel drive models
317 kg (700 lb.)

CY30001
Tongue load
Total trailer weight

Also for weight distributing hitch
(4.7 L V8 [2UZ−FE] engine only)

Never load the trailer with more
weight in the back than in the
front. About 60% of the trailer load
should be in the front half of the
trailer and the remaining 40% in the
rear.


 100 = 10%


 The trailer cargo load should be
distributed so that the tongue load
is 10% of the total trailer weight,
not exceeding the maximum load of
the following.
For weight carrying hitch
227 kg (500 lb.)

364

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.08

HITCHES


 If you wish to install a trailer hitch, you
should consult with your Toyota dealer.


 Use only a hitch recommended by the
hitch manufacturer and the one which
conforms to the total trailer weight requirement.

CAUTION
Do not tow the vehicle using the
hooked portion of the weight carrying
hitch. The hooked portion may break
and cause serious injury or damage
to the vehicle.

CY30003


 According to the hitch receiver type,
the maximum gross trailer weight and
hitch that can be used differs. Refer to
the above illustrations to confirm the
hitch receiver type for your vehicle.


 If you wish to install an aftermarket
hitch, the hitch must be bolted securely
to the vehicle frame and installed according to the hitch manufactures’ instructions.


 The hitch ball and king pin should have
a light coat of grease.


 Toyota recommends the ball mount assembly be removed when not towing to
prevent injury and to prevent damage
in the event of a rear end collision.
After removing the ball mount assembly, install the grommet to the hitch to
prevent entry of dirt and mud.

NOTICE

 Do not install weight distributing
hitch to weight carrying hitch receiver because it will be damaged
your vehicle.

 Do not use axle−mounted hitches as
they can cause damage to the axle
housing, wheel bearings, wheels or
tires. Also, never install a hitch
which may interfere with the normal
function of an Energy Absorbing
Bumper, if so equipped.

1
2
3
4

Trailer ball load rating
Ball diameter
Shank length
Shank diameter

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

365

06 06.08

TRAILER BALL

MATCHING TRAILER BALL HEIGHT TO
TRAILER COUPLER HEIGHT

Follow these easy steps to properly determine the correct trailer ball for your application:
1. Determine the correct trailer ball size
for the trailer coupler. Most couplers
are stamped with the required trailer
ball size. The sizes you will most likely
find stamped on the coupler are:
Trailer class

Typical trailer ball size

IV

2 5/16 in.

II and III

CY30004

recommends trailers with
brakes that conform to any applicable federal and state/provincial regulations.


 A safety chain must always be used

1 7/8 in.

2. Select the appropriate trailer ball to
match or exceed the gross trailer
weight rating of the trailer. The trailer
ball load rating should be printed on
the top of the ball.
3. When mounted in the ball mount, the
threaded ball shank must protrude beyond the bottom of the lock washer
and nut at least 2 threads. The trailer
ball shank must be matched to the ball
mount hole diameter size.

BRAKES AND SAFETY CHAINS


 Toyota

2 in.

I

No matter which class of tow hitch applies, for a safe trailer hookup, the trailer
ball setup on must be the proper height
for the coupler on the trailer.

CY30005

between the towing vehicle and the
trailer. Leave sufficient slack in the
chain for turns. The chain should
cross under the trailer tongue to
prevent the tongue from dropping to
the ground in case it becomes damaged or separated. For correct safety
chain procedures, follow the hitch or
trailer manufacturer’s recommendations.

NOTICE
Only use a ball mount attachment
specified for the Toyota 4runner.

366

1 Coupler
2 Trailer ball
3 Ball mount attachment
2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.08

TIRES

CAUTION


 Ensure that your vehicle’s tires are
properly inflated. See page 425 in Section 7−2 and page 451 in Section 8 for
instructions.


 If the total trailer weight exceeds
453 kg (1000 lb.), trailer brakes are
required.


 Never tap into your vehicle’s hydraulic system as it would lower its
braking effectiveness.


 The trailer tires should be inflated to

CY30008

the pressure recommended by the trailer manufacturer in respect to the total
trailer weight.


 Never tow a trailer without using a
safety chain securely attached to
both the trailer and the vehicle. If
damage occurs to the coupling unit
or hitch ball, there is danger of the
trailer wandering over into another
lane.

SERVICE CONNECTOR
BRAKE CONTROLLER

FOR

TOWING

Your vehicle is equipped with a service
connector for the towing brake controller
as shown. Link the connector to the towing brake controller via the sub wire harness stored in the glove box. The detailed
explanation of the sub wire harness circuit
is packed together with the sub wire harness.
Be sure to position the towing brake controller where it does not prevent the driver
from operating the pedal.
Toyota recommends that the sub wire harness be stored in the glove box when it
is not in use.
2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

367

06 06.08


 Your vehicle is equipped with a wire

CY30025

TOWING
LIGHTS

CONNECTOR

FOR

TRAILER

harness stored in the rear end under
body. Some models are fitted with a
socket for trailer lights under the rear
bumper. Use either of them to connect
and operate the trailer lights. However,
the trailer lights must comply with federal, state/provincial and local regulations. See your local recreational vehicle dealer or rental agency for the
correct type of wiring and relays for
your trailer. Check for correct operation
of the turn signals and stop lights each
time you hitch up. Direct splicing may
damage your vehicle’s electrical system
and cause a malfunction of your lights.
The towing connector can be also connected to the trailer brake and trailer
sub battery.
BREAK−IN SCHEDULE


 Toyota recommends that you do not
tow a trailer with a new vehicle or a
vehicle with any new power train component (engine, transmission, differential, wheel bearing, etc.) for the first
800 km (500 miles) of driving.

368

MAINTENANCE


 If you tow a trailer, your vehicle will
require more frequent maintenance due
to the additional load. For this
information,
please
refer
to
the
scheduled maintenance information in
the “Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or
“Owner’s Manual Supplement”.


 Retighten all fixing bolts of the towing
ball and bracket after approximately
1000 km (600 miles) of trailer driving.
CONNECTING A TRAILER (models with
rear height control air suspension)
Stop your vehicle and a trailer in line and
perform the following:
1. Put the rear height control air suspension in the “LO” (low) mode. Turn the
ignition switch off or push the “HEIGHT
CONTROL OFF” switch to turn off the
rear height control air suspension.
2. Connect a trailer.
3. Turn the ignition switch on or push the
“HEIGHT CONTROL OFF” switch to
turn on the rear height control air suspension. Select the “N” (normal) mode
with the height select switch.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.08

DISCONNECTING A TRAILER (models
with rear height control air suspension)
Stop your vehicle and a trailer in line and
perform the following:
1. Put the rear height control air suspension in the “LO” (low) mode. (Make
sure the vehicle height is in the “LO”
(low) mode by pushing the height select switch on the “” side.)
2. Turn the ignition switch off or push the
“HEIGHT CONTROL OFF” switch to
turn off the rear height control air suspension.
3. Set the supporting leg of a trailer on
the ground and raise the hitch by 100
mm (4 in.).
4. Turn the ignition switch on or push the
“HEIGHT CONTROL OFF” switch to
turn on the rear height control air suspension.
5. Wait for about 20 seconds until the
rear vehicle height is lowered by the
automatic leveling function.
6. Make sure the hitch is disconnected. If
not, raise the hitch higher and repeat
steps 2 through 5.

7. Move the vehicle forward in the “LO”
(low) mode where the hitch does not
touch anything in the “N” (normal)
mode.
8. Put the rear height control air suspension in the “N” (normal) mode.
PRE−TOWING SAFETY CHECK


 Check that your vehicle remains level
when a loaded or unloaded trailer is
hitched. Do not drive if the vehicle has
an abnormal nose−up or nose−down
condition, and check for improper
tongue load, overload, worn suspension
or other possible causes.


 Make sure the trailer cargo is securely
loaded so that it cannot shift.


 Check that your rear view mirrors conform to any applicable federal, state/
provincial or local regulations. If not,
install the rear view mirrors required
for towing purpose.

TRAILER TOWING TIPS
When towing a trailer, your vehicle will
handle differently than when not towing. The three main causes of vehicle−
trailer accidents are driver error, excessive speed and improper trailer loading.
Keep these in mind when towing:


 Before starting out, check operation of
the lights and all vehicle−trailer connections. After driving a short distance,
stop and recheck the lights and connections. Before actually towing a trailer, practice turning, stopping and backing with a trailer in an area away from
traffic until you learn the feel.


 Backing with a trailer is difficult and
requires practice. Grip the bottom of
the steering wheel and move your hand
to the left to move the trailer to the
left. Move your hand to the right to
move the trailer to the right. (This procedure is generally opposite to that
when backing without a trailer.) Also,
just turn the steering wheel a little at
a time, avoiding sharp or prolonged
turning. Have someone guide you when
backing to reduce the risk of an accident.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

369

06 06.08


 Because stopping distance may be in-


 Crosswinds and rough roads will ad-


 Because of the added load of the trail-

creased, vehicle−to−vehicle distance
should be increased when towing a
trailer. For each 16 km/h (10 mph) of
speed, allow at least one vehicle and
trailer length between you and the vehicle ahead. Avoid sudden braking as
you may skid, resulting in jackknifing
and loss of control. This is especially
true on wet or slippery surfaces.

versely affect handling of your vehicle
and trailer, causing sway. Pay attention
to the rear from time to time to prepare yourself for being passed by large
trucks or buses, which may cause your
vehicle and trailer to sway. If swaying
happens, firmly grip the steering wheel
and reduce speed immediately but
gradually. Never increase speed. Steer
straight ahead. If you make no extreme
correction with the steering or brakes,
the vehicle and trailer will stabilize.

er, your vehicle’s engine may overheat
on hot days (at temperatures over
30C [85F]) when going up a long or
steep grade with a trailer. If the engine
coolant temperature gauge indicates
overheating, immediately turn off the air
conditioning (if in use), pull off the road
and stop in a safe spot. Refer to “If
your vehicle overheats” on page 378 in
Section 4.


 Avoid jerky starts or sudden acceleration.


 Avoid jerky steering and sharp turns.
The trailer could hit your vehicle in a
tight turn. Slow down before making a
turn to avoid the necessity of sudden
braking.


 Remember that when making a turn,
the trailer wheels will be closer than
the vehicle wheels to the inside of the
turn. Therefore, compensate for this by
making a larger than normal turning
radius with your vehicle.


 Be careful when passing other vehicles. Passing requires considerable
distance. After passing a vehicle, do
not forget the length of your trailer and
be sure you have plenty of room before changing lanes.


 In order to maintain engine braking efficiency, do not put the transmission in
“D”.


 Always place wheel blocks under both
the vehicle and trailer wheels when
parking. Apply the parking brake firmly.
Put the transmission in “P”. Avoid parking on a slope with a trailer, but if it
cannot be avoided, do so only after
performing the following:
1. Apply the brakes and hold.
2. Have someone place wheel blocks under both the vehicle and trailer wheels.
3. When the wheel blocks are in place,
release your brakes slowly until the
blocks absorb the load.
4. Apply the parking brake firmly.
5. Shift into “P” and turn off the engine.

370

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.08

How to save fuel and make
your vehicle last longer
When restarting out after parking on a
slope:
1. With the transmission in “P” position,
start the engine. Be sure to keep the
brake pedal depressed.
2. Shift into gear.
3. Release the parking brake and brake
pedal and slowly pull or back away
from the wheel blocks. Stop and apply
your brakes.
4. Have someone retrieve the blocks.

CAUTION


 Do not exceed 72 km/h (45 mph) or
the posted towing speed limit,
whichever is lower. Because instability (swaying) of a towing vehicle−
trailer
combination
usually
increases as the speed increases, exceeding 72 km/h (45 mph) may
cause loss of control.


 Slow down and downshift before
descending steep or long downhill
grades. Do not make sudden downshifts.


 Avoid holding the brake pedal down
too long or too frequently. This
could cause the brakes to overheat
and result in reduced braking efficiency.

Improving fuel economy is easy—just take
it easy. It will help make your vehicle last
longer, too. Here are some specific tips
on how to save money on both fuel and
repairs:


 Keep your tires inflated at the correct pressure. Underinflation causes
tire wear and wastes fuel. See page
425 in Section 7−2 for instructions.


 Do not carry unneeded weight in
your vehicle. Excess weight puts a
heavier load on the engine, causing
greater fuel consumption.


 Avoid lengthy warm−up idling. Once
the engine is running smoothly, begin
driving—but gently. Remember, however, that on cold winter days this may
take a little longer.


 Put the selector lever into the “D”
when engine braking is not required.
Driving with the selector lever in “4”
will reduce the fuel economy. (For details, see “Automatic transmission” on
page 159 in Section 1−7.)


 Accelerate

slowly and smoothly.
Avoid jackrabbit starts. Get into high
gear as quickly as possible.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

371

06 06.08


 Avoid long engine idling. If you have


 Keep the front wheels in proper

a long wait and you are not in traffic,
it is better to turn off the engine and
start again later.

alignment. Avoid hitting the curb and
slow down on rough roads. Improper
alignment not only causes faster tire
wear but also puts an extra load on
the engine, which, in turn, wastes fuel.


 Avoid engine lugging or over−revving. Use a gear position suitable for
the road on which you are travelling.


 Avoid continuous speeding up and
slowing down.
wastes fuel.

Stop−and−go

driving


 Avoid

unnecessary stopping and
braking. Maintain a steady pace. Try
to time the traffic signals so you only
need to stop as little as possible or
take advantage of through streets to
avoid traffic lights. Keep a proper distance from other vehicles to avoid sudden braking. This will also reduce wear
on your brakes.


 Avoid heavy traffic or traffic jams
whenever possible.


 Do not rest your foot on the brake
pedal. This causes premature wear,
overheating and poor fuel economy.


 Maintain a moderate speed on high-


 Keep the bottom of your vehicle free
from mud, etc. This not only lessens
weight but also helps prevent corrosion.

CAUTION
Never turn off the engine to coast
down hills. Your power steering and
brake booster will not function without the engine running. Also, the
emission control system operates
properly only when the engine is running.


 Keep your vehicle tuned−up and in
top shape. A dirty air cleaner,
improper valve clearance, dirty plugs,
dirty oil and grease, brakes not
adjusted,
etc.
all
lower
engine
performance and contribute to poor fuel
economy. For longer life of all parts
and lower operating costs, keep all
maintenance work on schedule, and if
you
often
drive
under
severe
conditions, see that your vehicle
receives more frequent maintenance.
(For
scheduled
maintenance
information,
please
refer
to
the
“Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or
“Owner’s Manual Supplement”.)

ways. The faster you drive, the greater
the fuel consumption. By reducing your
speed, you will cut down on fuel consumption.

372

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.08

SECTION

4

IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY
In case of an emergency
If your vehicle will not start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
If your engine stalls while driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
If you cannot increase engine speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
If your vehicle overheats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
If you have a flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
If your vehicle becomes stuck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
If your vehicle needs to be towed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
If you cannot shift automatic transmission selector lever . . . . . . . .
If you lose your keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
If you lose your wireless remote control transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

374
377
378
378
379
389
389
394
395
395

373

06 06.08

If your vehicle will not start—
(a) Simple checks
Before making these checks, make sure
you have followed the correct starting procedure given in “How to start the engine”
on page 356 in Section 3 and that you
have sufficient fuel. Also, check whether
the other keys will start the engine. If
they work, your key may be broken. Have
the key checked at your Toyota dealer. If
none of your keys work, there may be a
malfunction in the immobilizer system. Call
your Toyota dealer. (See “Keys” on page
12 in Section 1−2.)
If the engine is not turning over or is
turning over too slowly—
1. Check that the battery terminals are
tight and clean.
2. If the battery terminals are O.K., switch
on the interior light.
3. If the light is out, dim or goes out
when the starter is cranked, the battery
is discharged. You may try jump starting. See “(c) Jump starting” on page
375 for further instructions.

(b) Starting a flooded engine
NOTICE
Do not pull− or push−start the vehicle. It may damage the vehicle or
cause a collision when the engine
starts. Also the three−way catalytic
converter may overheat and become a
fire hazard.
If the engine turns over at its normal
speed but will not start—
1. Turn the ignition key to “ACC” or
“LOCK” and try starting the engine
again.
2. If the engine will not start, the engine
may be flooded because of repeated
cranking. See “(b) Starting a flooded
engine” on page 374 for further instructions.

If the engine will not start, your engine
may be flooded because of repeated
cranking.
If this happens, turn the ignition key to
“START” with the accelerator pedal fully
depressed, and hold the key at this position for about 30 seconds. Then the
cranking hold function stops cranking automatically, and you can try starting the
engine with your foot off the accelerator
pedal.
If the engine does not start, wait a few
minutes and try again.
If the engine still will not start, it needs
adjustment or repair. Call a Toyota dealer
or qualified repair shop for assistance.

3. If the engine still will not start, it needs
adjustment or repair. Call a Toyota
dealer or qualified repair shop.

If the light is O.K., but the engine still will
not start, it needs adjustment or repair.
Call a Toyota dealer or qualified repair
shop.

374

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.08

(c) Jump starting
To avoid serious personal injury and
damage to your vehicle which might result from battery explosion, acid burns,
electrical burns, or damaged electronic
components, these instructions must be
followed precisely.
If you are unsure about how to follow this
procedure, we strongly recommend that
you seek the help of a competent mechanic or towing service.

CAUTION


 Batteries

contain
sulfuric
acid
which is poisonous and corrosive.
Wear protective safety glasses when
jump starting, and avoid spilling
acid on your skin, clothing, or vehicle.


 If you should accidentally get acid
on yourself or in your eyes, remove
any contaminated clothing and flush
the affected area with water immediately. Then get immediate medical
attention. If possible, continue to
apply water with a sponge or cloth
while en route to the medical office.


 The gas normally produced by a
battery will explode if a flame or
spark is brought near. Use only
standardized jumper cables and do
not smoke or light a match while
jump starting.

NOTICE
The battery used for boosting must
be 12 V. Do not jump start unless you
are sure that the booster battery is
correct.

JUMP STARTING PROCEDURE
1. If the booster battery is installed in
another vehicle, make sure the vehicles
are not touching. Turn off all unnecessary lights and accessories.
When boosting, use the battery of
matching or higher quality. Any other
battery may be difficult to jump start
with.
If jump starting is difficult, charge the
battery for several minutes.
2. If required, remove all the vent plugs
from the booster and discharged batteries. Lay a cloth over the open vents
on the batteries. (This helps reduce the
explosion hazard, personal injuries and
burns.)
3. If the engine in the vehicle with the
booster battery is not running, start it
and let it run for a few minutes. During
jump starting run the engine at about
2000 rpm with the accelerator pedal
lightly depressed.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

375

06 06.08

Jumper cable

Discharged battery

CY40009

Booster
battery

Positive
terminal
(“+” mark)
Positive terminal
Jumper cable (“+” mark)

4. Make the cable connections in the order a, b, c, d.
a. Connect the clamp of the positive
(red) jumper cable to the positive (+)
terminal on the discharged battery.
b. Connect the clamp at the other end
of the positive (red) jumper cable to
the positive (+) terminal on the booster
battery.

CY40010
Discharged battery

CY40045
Negative
terminal
(“−” mark)

Booster battery

c. Connect the clamp of the negative
(black) jumper cable to the negative (−)
terminal on the booster battery.
d. Connect the clamp at the other end
of the negative (black) jumper cable to
a solid, stationary, unpainted, metallic
point of the vehicle with the discharged
battery.
The recommended connecting points
are shown in the following illustrations:

Connecting point for 4.0 L V6 (1GR−FE)
engine

CY40036

Connecting point for 4.7 L V8 (2UZ−FE)
engine

376

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.08

If your engine stalls while
driving
Do not connect the cable to or near
any part that moves when the engine
is cranked.

CAUTION
When making the connections, to
avoid serious injury, do not lean over
the battery or accidentally let the
jumper cables or clamps touch anything except the correct battery terminals or the ground.
5. Charge the discharged battery with the
jumper cables connected for approximately 5 minutes. At this time, run the
engine in the vehicle with the booster
battery at about 2000 rpm with the accelerator pedal lightly depressed.

9. If removed, replace all the battery vent
plugs.
If the cause of your battery discharging is
not apparent (for example, lights left on),
you should have it checked at your Toyota
dealer.
If the first start attempt is not successful...
Check that the clamp on the jumper
cables are tight. Recharge the discharged
battery with the jumper cables connected
for several minutes and restart your engine in the normal way.
If the another attempt is not successful,
the battery may be depleted. Have it checked at your Toyota dealer.

If your engine stalls while driving...
1. Reduce your speed gradually, keeping
a straight line. Move cautiously off the
road to a safe place.
2. Turn on your emergency flashers.
3. Turn the ignition key to “ACC” or
“LOCK”, and try starting the engine
again.
If the engine will not start, see “If your
vehicle will not start” on page 374 in this
Section.

CAUTION
If the engine is not running, the power assist for the brakes and steering
will not work so steering and braking
will be much harder than usual.

6. Start your engine in the normal way.
After starting, run it at about 2000 rpm
for several minutes with the accelerator
pedal lightly depressed.
7. Carefully disconnect the cables in the
exact reverse order: the negative cable
and then the positive cable.
8. Carefully dispose of the battery cover
cloths—they may now contain sulfuric
acid.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

377

06 06.08

If you cannot increase engine
speed
If engine speed does not increase when
the accelerator pedal is depressed, there
may be a problem somewhere in the electronic throttle control system.
At this time, vibration may occur. However, if you depress the accelerator pedal
more firmly and slowly, you can drive your
vehicle at low speeds. Have your vehicle
checked by your Toyota dealer as soon as
possible.
Even if the abnormality of the electronic
throttle control system is corrected during
low speed driving, the system may not be
recovered until the engine is stopped and
the ignition key is turned to the “ACC” or
“LOCK” position.

If your vehicle overheats
If your engine coolant temperature
gauge indicates overheating, if you experience a loss of power, or if you hear
a loud knocking or pinging noise, the
engine has probably overheated. You
should follow this procedure...

3. Look for obvious coolant leaks from the
radiator, hoses, and under the vehicle.
However, note that water draining from
the air conditioning is normal if it has
been used.

1. Pull safely off the road, stop the vehicle and turn on your emergency
flashers. Put the transmission in “P”
and apply the parking brake. Turn off
the air conditioning if it is being used.

CAUTION

2. If coolant or steam is boiling out of the
radiator or reservoir, stop the engine.
Wait until the steam subsides before
opening the hood. If there is no coolant
boiling over or steam, leave the engine
running.

CAUTION
CAUTION
Be especially careful to prevent erroneous pedal operation.

378

To help avoid personal injury, keep
the hood closed until there is no
steam. Escaping steam or coolant is
a sign of very high pressure.

When the engine is running, keep
hands and clothing away from the
moving fan and engine drive belts.
4. If the engine drive belt is broken or the
coolant is leaking, stop the engine immediately. Call a Toyota dealer for assistance.
5. If the engine drive belt is O.K. and
there are no obvious leaks, you may
help the engine cool down more quickly
by running it at about 1500 rpm for a
few minutes with the accelerator pedal
lightly depressed.
6. Check the coolant reservoir. If it is dry,
add coolant to the reservoir while the
engine is running. Fill it about half full.
For the coolant type, see “Coolant type
selection” on page 422 in Section 7−2.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.08

If you have a flat tire—
CAUTION
Do not attempt to remove the radiator
cap when the engine and radiator are
hot. Serious injury could result from
scalding hot fluid and steam blown
out under pressure.
7. After the engine coolant temperature
has cooled to normal, again check the
coolant level in the reservoir. If necessary, bring it up to half full again. Serious coolant loss indicates a leak in the
system. You should have it checked as
soon as possible at your Toyota dealer.

1. Reduce your speed gradually,
keeping a straight line. Move cautiously off the road to a safe place
well away from the traffic. Avoid
stopping on the center divider of
a highway. Park on a level spot
with firm ground.
2. Stop the engine and turn on your
emergency flashers.
3. Firmly set the parking brake and
put the transmission in “P”.
4. Have everyone get out of the vehicle on the side away from traffic.
5. Read the following instructions
thoroughly.

CAUTION
When jacking, be sure to observe
the following to reduce the possibility of death or serious injury:

 Follow jacking instructions.

 Do not put any part of your
body under the vehicle supported by the jack. Otherwise,
personal injury may occur.

 Do not start or run the engine
while your vehicle is supported
by the jack.

 Stop the vehicle on a level firm
ground, firmly set the parking
brake and put the transmission
in “P”. Block the wheel diagonally opposite to the one being
changed if necessary.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

379

06 06.08

—Required tools and spare
tire

 Make sure to set the jack properly in the jack point. Raising
the vehicle with jack improperly positioned will damage the
vehicle or may allow the vehicle to fall off the jack and
cause death or serious injury.

 Never get under the vehicle
when the vehicle is supported
by the jack alone.

 Use the jack only for lifting
your vehicle during wheel
changing.

 Do not raise the vehicle with
someone in the vehicle.

 When raising the vehicle, do
not place any objects on top
of or underneath the jack.

 Raise the vehicle only high
enough to remove and change
the tire.

380

NOTICE


 Do not continue driving with
a deflated tire. Driving even a
short distance can damage a
tire and wheel beyond repair.

 Vehicles with rear height control air suspension: When
jacking up or installing the
tire chains, be sure to turn
off the rear height control
and stop the engine. Otherwise, the vehicle height may
change in the automatic leveling function, resulting in
accident.

CY40055

1. Get the required tools and
spare tire.
1. Tool bag
2. Jack
To prepare yourself for an emergency,
you should familiarize yourself with
the use of the jack, each of the tools
and their storage locations.
When storing the tool bag, make sure
it is securely held by the tightening
strap.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.08

CY40056

Turn the jack joint by hand.
To remove: Turn the joint in direction
1 until the jack is free.
To store: Turn the joint in direction 2
until the jack is firmly secured to prevent it flying forward during a collision
or sudden braking.

CY40050

CY40052

To remove the spare tire under the
luggage compartment:
1. Put a jack handle and jack handle
extensions together as shown in
the illustration.
1. Jack handle extensions
2. Jack handle

When connecting the jack handle extensions, use the jack handle to tighten the square head bolt. Make sure
that the bolt fits into the depression
on the joint.
When connecting the jack handle extension with the jack handle, tighten
the round head bolt by hand.
NOTICE

Tighten the square head bolt
securely. Otherwise, the extension may come off and it may
damage the paint or vehicle
body.
2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

381

06 06.08

—Blocking the wheel

CY40047

2. Insert the end of the jack handle
extension into the lowering screw
and turn it counterclockwise with
the handle.
3. After the tire is lowered completely
to the ground, remove the holding
bracket.
When storing the spare tire, put it in
place with the outer side of the wheel
facing up. Then secure the tire, taking
care that the tire goes straight up
without catching on any other part, to
prevent it from flying forward during
a collision or sudden braking.
382

—Removing wheel ornament

CY40011

CY40020

2. Block the wheel diagonally opposite the flat tire to keep the
vehicle from rolling when it is
jacked up.
When blocking the wheel, place a
wheel block in front of one of the front
wheels or behind one of the rear
wheels.

3. Remove the wheel ornament.
Pry off the wheel ornament, using the
beveled end of the wheel nut wrench
as shown.
CAUTION
Do not try to pull off the ornament by hand. Take due care in
handling the ornament to avoid
unexpected personal injury.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.08

—Loosening wheel nuts

—Positioning the jack
CAUTION

CY40021

Never use oil or grease on the
bolts or nuts. The nuts may loose
and the wheels may fall off,
which could cause a serious accident.

CY40059
Front

4. Loosen all the wheel nuts.
Always loosen the wheel nuts before
raising the vehicle.
Turn the wheel nuts counterclockwise
to loosen. To get maximum leverage,
fit the wrench to the nut so that the
handle is on the right side, as shown
above. Grab the wrench near the end
of the handle and pull up on the handle. Be careful that the wrench does
not slip off the nut.
Do not remove the nuts yet—just unscrew them about one−half turn.

Rear

5. Position the jack at the correct
jack point as shown.
Make sure the jack is positioned on
a level and solid place.
JACK POINTS:
Front—Under the frame side rail
Rear—Under the rear axle housing

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

383

06 06.08

—Raising your vehicle

CY40051

CY40052

CY40054
Front of
vehicle

Put a jack handle, jack handle extensions and jack handle end together
as shown in the illustration.
1. Jack handle end
2. Jack handle extensions
3. Jack handle

When connecting the jack handle extension(s) and jack handle end, use
the jack handle to tighten the square
head bolt. Make sure that the bolt fits
into the depression on the joint.
When connecting the jack handle extension with the jack handle, tighten
the round head bolt by hand.
NOTICE

6. After making sure that no one
is in the vehicle, as the jack
touches the vehicle and begins
to fit, double−check that it is
properly positioned.
Rear side only—
When positioning the jack under the
rear axle housing, make sure the
groove on the top of the jack fits with
the rear axle housing.

Tighten the square head bolt
securely. Otherwise, the extension may come off and it may
damage the paint or vehicle
body.
384

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.08

—Changing wheels
CAUTION

CY40058

7. Raise the vehicle high enough
so that the spare tire can be
installed.
Remember you will need more ground
clearance when putting on the spare
tire than when removing the flat tire.
To raise the vehicle, insert the jack
handle end into the jack (it is a loose
fit) and turn it clockwise with the handle.

Never get under the vehicle when
the vehicle is supported by the
jack alone.

CY40022

8. Remove the wheel nuts and
change tires.
Lift the flat tire straight off and put it
aside.
Roll the spare wheel into position and
align the holes in the wheel with the
bolts. Then lift up the wheel and get
at least the top bolt started through
its hole. Wiggle the tire and press it
back over the other bolts.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

385

06 06.08

—Reinstalling wheel nuts
CAUTION

CY40023

Before putting on wheels, remove any
corrosion on the mounting surfaces
with a wire brush or such. Installation
of wheels without good metal−to−metal contact at the mounting surface can
cause wheel nuts to loosen and
eventually cause a wheel to come off
while driving.

386

Never use oil or grease on the
bolts or nuts. Doing so may lead
to overtightening the nuts and
damaging the bolts. The nuts
may loose and the wheels may
fall off, which could cause a serious accident. If there is oil or
grease on any bolt or nut, clean
it.

CY40024

9. Reinstall all the wheel nuts finger tight.
Reinstall the wheel nuts (tapered end
inward) and tighten them as much as
you can by hand. Press back on the
tire back and see if you can tighten
them more.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.08

—Lowering your vehicle

—Reinstalling wheel ornament
CAUTION

CY40025

10.Lower the vehicle completely
and tighten the wheel nuts.
Turn the jack handle extension counterclockwise with handle to lower the
vehicle.
Use only the wheel nut wrench and
turn it clockwise to tighten the nuts.
Do not use other tools or any additional leverage other than your hands,
such as a hammer, pipe or your foot.
Make sure the wrench is securely engaged over the nut.
Tighten each nut a little at a time in
the order shown. Repeat the process
until all the nuts are tight.


 When lowering the vehicle,
make sure all portions of your
body and all other persons
around will not be injured as
the vehicle is lowered to the
ground.

 Have the wheel nuts tightened
with torque wrench to 110 N·m
(11.5 kgf·m, 83 ft·lbf), as soon
as possible after changing
wheels. Otherwise, the nuts
may loosen and the wheels
may fall off, which could cause
a serious accident.

CY40026

11. Reinstall the wheel ornament.
Put the wheel ornament into position
and then tap it firmly with the side or
heel of your hand to snap it into place.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

387

06 06.08

—After changing wheels
CAUTION

 Take due care in handling the
ornament to avoid unexpected
personal injury.

 Do not attach a heavily damaged plastic wheel ornament.
It may fly off the wheel and
cause accidents while the vehicle is moving.

388

12.Check the air pressure of the replaced tire.
Adjust the air pressure to the specification designated on page 451 in
Section 8. If the pressure is lower,
drive slowly to the nearest service
station and fill to the correct pressure.
Do not forget to reinstall the tire inflation valve cap as dirt and moisture
could get into the valve core and
possibly cause air leakage. If the cap
is missing, have a new one put on as
soon as possible.
13.Restow all the tools, jack and
flat tire securely.
As soon after changing wheels as
possible, tighten the wheel nuts to the
torque specified on page 451 in Section 8 with a torque wrench. Have a
technician repair the flat tire.

CAUTION
Before driving, make sure all the
tools, jack and flat tire are securely in place in their storage
location to reduce the possibility
of personal injury during a collision or sudden braking.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.08

If your vehicle needs to be
towed—

If your vehicle becomes stuck
If your vehicle becomes stuck in snow,
mud, sand, etc., then you may attempt
to rock the vehicle free by moving it
forward and backward.
Turn off the traction control system to
become unstuck to allow the tires to
spin enough to remove the vehicle from
the obstruction. (For details, see
“Traction control system” on page 170
in Section 1−7.)

CAUTION
Do not attempt to rock the vehicle
free by moving it forward and backward if people or objects are anywhere near the vehicle. During the
rocking operation the vehicle may
suddenly move forward or backward
as it becomes unstuck, causing injury
or damage to nearby people or objects.

NOTICE

(a) Towing with wheel lift type truck—

If you rock your vehicle, observe the
following precautions to prevent damage to the transmission and other
parts.

 Do not depress the accelerator pedal while shifting the selector lever
or before the transmission is completely shifted to forward or reverse
gear.

 Do not race the engine and avoid
spinning the wheels.

 If your vehicle remains stuck after
rocking the vehicle several times,
consider other ways such as towing.

—From front

—From rear

CY40012
(b) Using flat bed truck

Two−wheel drive models

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

389

06 06.08

(a) Towing with wheel lift type truck—
—From front

—From rear

CY40013
(b) Using flat bed truck

If towing is necessary, we recommend
you to have it done by your Toyota
dealer or a commercial tow truck service. In consultation with them, have
your vehicle towed using either (a) or
(b).
Only when you cannot receive a towing
service from a Toyota dealer or
commercial tow truck service, tow your
vehicle carefully in accordance with the
instructions given in “—Emergency
towing” on page 392 in this Section.
Proper equipment will help ensure that
your vehicle is not damaged while being
towed. Commercial operators are generally
aware of the state/provincial and local
laws pertaining to towing.
Your vehicle can be damaged if it is
towed incorrectly. Although most operators
know the correct procedure, it is possible
to make a mistake. To avoid damage to
your vehicle, make sure the following precautions are observed. If necessary, show
this page to the tow truck driver.

TOWING PRECAUTIONS:
Use a safety chain system for all towing,
and abide by the state/provincial and local
laws. The wheels and axle on the ground
must be in good condition. If they are
damaged, use a towing dolly.

CAUTION
Vehicles with rear height control air
suspension: When your vehicle is
towed, put the vehicle height in the
“N” (normal) mode and push the
“HEIGHT CONTROL OFF” switch to
turn off the rear height control air
suspension. Otherwise, the vehicle
height may be changed in the automatic leveling function, resulting in
accident. For details, see “Rear
height control air suspension” on
page 184 in Section 1−7.

Four−wheel drive models

390

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.08

Two−wheel drive models—

Four−wheel drive models—

(a) Towing with wheel lift type truck

(a) Towing with wheel lift type truck

From front—Use a towing dolly under the
rear wheels.

FULL−TIME
MODELS

NOTICE
Never tow a vehicle from the front
with the rear wheels on the ground,
as this may cause serious damage to
the transmission.
From rear—Place the ignition key in the
“ACC” position.

NOTICE

 When lifting wheels, take care to
ensure adequate ground clearance
for towing at the opposite end of
the raised vehicle. Otherwise, the
bumper and/or underbody of the
towed vehicle will be damaged during towing.

 Do not tow with the key removed or
in the “LOCK” position, as the
steering lock mechanism is not
strong enough to hold the front
wheels straight while towing.

FOUR

WHEEL

NOTICE
DRIVE

Use a towing dolly under the wheels not
lifted by the truck.
MULTI−MODE
MODELS

FOUR

WHEEL

DRIVE

From front—Use a towing dolly under the
rear wheels.

NOTICE
Never tow a vehicle from the front
with the rear wheels on the ground,
as this may cause serious damage to
the transmission.


 When lifting wheels, take care to
ensure adequate ground clearance
for towing at the opposite end of
the raised vehicle. Otherwise, the
bumper and/or underbody of the
towed vehicle will be damaged during towing.

 Do not tow with the key removed or
in the “LOCK” position when towing from the rear without a towing
dolly. The steering lock mechanism
is not strong enough to hold the
front wheels straight.
(b) Using flat bed truck

From rear—We recommend using a towing dolly under the front wheels. If you do
not use a towing dolly, place the ignition
key in the “ACC” position, put the transmission in “N” and the multi−mode control
switch knob in “H2”.

(b) Using flat bed truck
2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

391

06 06.08

—Emergency towing
NOTICE

(c) Towing with sling
type truck

CY40014


 Only use specified towing eyelet;
otherwise your vehicle may be damaged.

 Never tow a vehicle from the rear
with four wheels on the ground.
This may cause serious damage to
the transmission.

CY40061

A driver must be in the vehicle to steer
it and operate the brakes.
All models—
(c) Towing with sling type truck

NOTICE
Do not tow with sling type truck, either from the front or rear. This may
cause body damage.

392

If towing is necessary, we recommend
you to have it done by your Toyota
dealer or a commercial tow truck service.
If towing service is not available in an
emergency, your vehicle may be temporarily towed by a cable or chain secured to one of the emergency towing
eyelets under the front of the vehicle.
Use extreme caution when towing the
vehicles.

Towing in this manner may be done only
on hard−surfaced roads for a short distance and at low speeds. Also, the
wheels, axles, drive train, steering and
brakes must all be in good condition.

CAUTION
Use extreme caution when towing vehicles. Avoid sudden starts or erratic
driving maneuvers which would place
excessive stress on the emergency
towing eyelet and towing cable or
chain. The eyelet and towing cable or
chain may break and cause serious
injury or damage.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.08

NOTICE
Use only a cable or chain specifically
intended for use in towing vehicles.
Securely fasten the cable or chain to
the towing eyelet provided.
Before towing, release the parking brake
and put the transmission in “N”. The key
must be in “ACC” (engine off) or “ON”
(engine running).
Four−wheel drive models—On multi−mode
four−wheel drive models, put the multi−
mode control switch knob in “H2”. On full−
time four−wheel drive models, unlock the
center differential.

CAUTION
If the engine is not running, the power assist for the brakes and steering
will not work so steering and braking
will be much harder than usual.

—Emergency towing eyelet
precautions

 Before emergency towing, check that
the eyelet is not broken or damaged
and that the installation bolts are not
loose.


 Fasten the towing cable or chain securely to the eyelet.


 Do not jerk the eyelet. Apply steady
and even force.


 To avoid damaging the eyelet, do not
pull from the side or at a vertical
angle. Always pull straight ahead.

CAUTION
If the emergency towing eyelet is
used to get out when your vehicle
becomes struck in mud, sand or other condition from which the vehicle
cannot be driven out under its own
power, make sure to observe the precautions mentioned below. Otherwise,
excessive stress will be put on the
eyelet and the towing cable or chain
may break, causing serious injury or
damage.


 If the towing vehicle can hardly
move, do not forcibly continue the
towing. Contact your Toyota dealer
or a commercial tow truck service
for assistance.


 Tow the vehicle as straight ahead
as possible.


 Keep away from the vehicle during
towing.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

393

06 06.08

—Tips for towing a stuck
vehicle
The following methods are effective to
get out when your vehicle is struck in
mud, sand or other condition from
which the vehicle cannot be driven out
under its own power. Use extreme caution when towing vehicles. In addition,
keep away from the vehicles and towing
cable or chain when towing.

If you cannot shift automatic
transmission selector lever

CY40015

CY40016


 Remove the soil and sand in the front
and the back of the tires.


 Place a stone or wood under the tires.

If you cannot shift the selector lever
out of the “P” position to other positions even though the brake pedal is
depressed, use the shift lock override
button as follows:

3. Insert the screwdriver or equivalent
into the hole to push down the shift
lock override button. You can shift
out of the “P” position only while
pushing the button.

1. Turn the ignition key to the “LOCK”
position. Make sure the parking
brake is set.

4. Shift into the “N” position.

2. Pry up the cover with a flathead
screwdriver or equivalent.

394

5. Insert the cover.
6. Start the engine. For your safety,
keep the brake pedal depressed.
Be sure to have the system checked by
your Toyota dealer as soon as possible.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.08

If you lose your keys

If you lose your wireless
remote control transmitter

You can purchase a new key at your
Toyota dealer if you can give them the
key number and master key.

Please contact your nearest Toyota
dealer and you can purchase a new
wireless remote control transmitter.

Even if you lose only one key, contact
your Toyota dealer to make a new key. If
you lose all your master keys, you cannot
make new keys; the whole engine immobilizer system must be replaced.

Have the registered identification numbers
of your transmitters deleted from your vehicle by your Toyota dealer as soon as
possible to avoid the possibility of theft or
an accident. Then, have the identification
number of your new transmitter registered.
At the same time, you must bring all of
the remaining transmitters to have them
registered again as well.

See the suggestion given in “Keys” on
page 12 in Section 1−2.
If your keys are locked in the vehicle and
you cannot get a duplicate, many Toyota
dealers can still open the door for you,
using their special tools. If you must
break a window to get in, we suggest
breaking the smallest side window because it is the least expensive to replace.
Be extremely cautious to avoid cuts from
the glass.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

395

06 06.08

396

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.08

SECTION

5

CORROSION PREVENTION AND
APPEARANCE CARE
Corrosion prevention and appearance care
Protecting your Toyota from corrosion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Washing and waxing your Toyota . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cleaning the interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rain clearing mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

398
399
401
403

397

06 06.08

Protecting your Toyota from
corrosion
Toyota, through the diligent research, design and use of the most advanced
technology available, helps prevent corrosion and provides you with the finest quality vehicle construction. Now, it is up to
you. Proper care of your Toyota can help
ensure long−term corrosion prevention.
The most common causes of corrosion
to your vehicle are:


 The accumulation of road salt, dirt and
moisture in hard−to−reach areas under
the vehicle.


 Chipping

of paint, or undercoating
caused by minor accidents or by
stones and gravel.

Care is especially important if you live
in particular areas or operate your vehicle under certain environmental conditions:


 Road salt or dust control chemicals will
accelerate corrosion, as will the presence of salt in the air near the sea−
coast or in areas of industrial pollution.


 High humidity accelerates corrosion especially when temperatures range just
above the freezing point.

398


 Wetness or dampness to certain parts


 High pressure water or steam is effec-

of your vehicle for an extended period
of time, may cause corrosion even
though other parts of the vehicle may
be dry.

tive for cleaning the vehicle’s underside
and wheel housings. Pay particular
attention to these areas as it is difficult
to see all the mud and dirt. It will do
more harm than good to simply wet the
mud and debris without removing. The
lower edge of doors, rocker panels and
frame members have drain holes which
should not be allowed to clog with dirt
as trapped water in these areas can
cause corrosion.


 High ambient temperatures can cause
corrosion to those components of the
vehicle which do not dry quickly due to
lack of proper ventilation.
The above signifies the necessity to keep
your vehicle, particularly the underside, as
clean as possible and to repair any damage to paint or protective coatings as
soon as possible.


 Wash the underside of the vehicle thoroughly when winter is over.

your

See “Washing and waxing your Toyota” on
page 399 in this Section for more tips.

Wash your vehicle frequently. It is, of
course, necessary to keep your vehicle
clean by regular washing, but to prevent
corrosion, the following points should be
observed:

Check the condition of your vehicle’s
paint and trim. If you find any chips or
scratches in the paint, touch them up immediately to prevent corrosion from starting. If the chips or scratches have gone
through the bare metal, have a qualified
body shop make the repair.

To help prevent corrosion on
Toyota, follow these guidelines:


 If you drive on salted roads in the
winter or if you live near the ocean,
you should hose off the undercarriage
at least once a month to minimize corrosion.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.08

Washing and waxing your
Toyota
Check the interior of your vehicle. Water and dirt can accumulate under the
floor mats and could cause corrosion. Occasionally check under the mats to make
sure the area is dry. Be particularly careful when transporting chemicals, cleansers, fertilizers, salt, etc; these should be
transported in proper containers. If a spill
or leak should occur, immediately clean
and dry the area.
Use mud shields on your wheels. If you
drive on salted or gravel roads, mud
shields help protect your vehicle. Full−size
shields, which come as near to the ground
as possible, are the best. We recommend
that the fittings and the area where the
shields are installed be treated to resist
corrosion. Your Toyota dealer will be
happy to assist in supplying and installing
the shields if they are recommended for
your area.
Keep your vehicle in a well ventilated
garage or a roofed place. Do not park
your vehicle in a damp, poorly ventilated garage. If you wash your vehicle in
the garage, or if you drive it covered with
water or snow, your garage may be so
damp as to cause corrosion. Even if your
garage is heated, a wet vehicle can corrode if the ventilation is poor.

Washing your Toyota
Keep your
washing.

vehicle

clean

by

regular

The following cases may cause weakness
to the paint or corrosion to the body and
parts. Wash your vehicle as soon as possible.


 When driving in a coastal area

 When driving on a road sprinkled with
antifreeze


 When exposed to coal tar, tree sap,
bird droppings and carcass of an insect


 When driving in areas where there is
a lot of smoke, soot, dust, iron dust or
chemical substances


 When the vehicle becomes remarkably
dirty with dust and mud
Hand−washing your Toyota
Work in the shade and wait until the
vehicle body is not warm to the touch.

CAUTION


 When cleaning under floor or chassis, be careful not to injure your
hands.


 Exhaust gases cause the exhaust
pipe to become quite hot. When
washing the vehicle, be careful not
to touch the pipe until it has cooled
sufficiently, as touching a hot exhaust pipe can cause burns.
1. Rinse off loose dirt with a hose. Remove any mud or road salt from the
underside of the vehicle or the wheel
wells.
2. Wash with a mild car−wash soap,
mixed according to the manufacturer’s
instructions. Use a soft cotton mitt and
keep it wet by dipping it frequently into
the wash water. Do not rub hard—let
the soap and water remove the dirt.
Fuel filler door: Do not apply water (high−
pressure car wash, for example) at or
near the fuel tank inlet with the fuel filler
door opened. If the water enters the air
vent, you may experience trouble with refueling or rough engine idling.
Rear height control air suspension: Do not
spray a jet of high−pressure water at the
air suspension unit, especially the air
spring, at an extremely close range. This
may damage the air suspension.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

399

06 06.08

Plastic wheel ornaments: The plastic
wheel ornaments are damaged easily by
organic substances. If any organic substances splash an ornament, be sure to
wash them off with water and check if the
ornament is damaged.
Aluminum wheels: Use only a mild soap
or neutral detergent.
Plastic bumpers: Wash carefully. Do not
scrub with abrasive cleaners. The bumper
faces are soft.
Exterior lights: Wash carefully. Do not use
organic substances or scrub them with a
hard brush. This may damage the surfaces of the lights.
Road tar: Remove with turpentine or
cleaners that are marked safe for painted
surfaces.
3. Rinse
thoroughly—dried
soap
can
cause streaking. In hot weather you
may need to rinse each section right
after you wash it.
4. To prevent water spots, dry the vehicle
using a clean soft cotton towel. Do not
rub or press hard—you might scratch
the paint.

400

Waxing your Toyota

NOTICE

 Do not use organic substances
(gasoline, kerosene, benzine or
strong solvents), which may be toxic or cause damage.

 Do not scrub any part of the vehicle with a hard brush, which may
cause damage.
Automatic car wash
Your vehicle may be washed in an automatic car wash, but remember that the
paint can be scratched by some types of
brushes, unfiltered washing water, or the
washing process itself. Scratching reduces
paint durability and gloss, especially on
darker colors. The manager of the car
wash should be able to advise you whether the process is safe for the paint on
your vehicle.

Polishing and waxing is recommended
to maintain the original beauty of your
Toyota’s finish.
Apply wax once a month or if the vehicle
surface does not repel water well.
1. Always wash and dry the vehicle before you begin waxing, even if you are
using a combined cleaner and wax.
2. Use a good quality polish and wax. If
the finish has become extremely weathered, use a car−cleaning polish, followed by a separate wax. Carefully follow the manufacturer’s instructions and
precautions. Be sure to polish and wax
the chrome trim as well as the paint.
Exterior lights: Do not apply wax on the
surfaces of the lights. Wax may cause
damage to the lenses. If you accidentally
put wax on the light surfaces, wipe or
wash it off.
3. Wax the vehicle again when water
does not bead but remains on the surface in large patches.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.08

Cleaning the interior
CAUTION


 Vehicles with side airbags and curtain shield airbags:
Be careful not to splash water or
spill liquid on the floor. This may
prevent the side airbags and curtain
shield airbags from activating correctly, resulting in serious injury.


 Do not wash the vehicle floor with
water, or allow water to get onto
the floor when cleaning the vehicle
interior or exterior. Water may get
into audio components or other
electrical components above or under the floor carpet (or mat) and
cause a malfunction; and it may
cause body corrosion.

Vinyl interior

Carpets

The vinyl upholstery may be easily
cleaned with a mild soap or detergent
and water.

Use a good foam−type
clean the carpets.

First vacuum over the upholstery to remove loose dirt. Then, using a sponge or
soft cloth, apply the soap solution to the
vinyl. After allowing it to soak in for a few
minutes to loosen the dirt, remove the dirt
and wipe off the soap with a clean damp
cloth. If all the dirt does not come off,
repeat the procedure. Commercial foaming−type vinyl cleaners are also available
which work well. Follow the manufacturer’s
instructions.

shampoo

to

Begin by vacuuming thoroughly to remove
as much dirt as possible. Several types of
foam cleaners are available; some are in
aerosol cans and others are powders or
liquids which you mix with water to produce a foam. To shampoo the carpets,
use a sponge or brush to apply the foam.
Rub in overlapping circles.
Do not apply water—the best results are
obtained by keeping the carpet as dry as
possible. Read the shampoo instructions
and follow them closely.
Seat belts

NOTICE
Do not use solvent, thinner, gasoline
or window cleaner on the interior.

The seat belts may be cleaned with
mild soap and water or with lukewarm
water.
Use a cloth or sponge. As you are cleaning, check the belts for excessive wear,
fraying, or cuts.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

401

06 06.08

NOTICE

NOTICE


 Do not use dye or bleach on the
belts—it may weaken them.


 Do not use organic substances (solvents, kerosene, alcohol, gasoline,
etc.) or alkaline or acidic solutions.
These chemicals can cause discoloring, staining or peeling of the
surface.


 Do not use the belts until they become dry.
Windows
The windows may be cleaned with any
household window cleaner.

NOTICE

 When cleaning the inside of the
rear window, be careful not to
scratch or damage the heater wires
or connectors.

 When cleaning the inside of the
rear quarter window, be careful not
to scratch or damage the printed
antenna.
Air conditioning control panel, audio
panel, instrument panel, console panel
and switches
Use a soft damp cloth for cleaning.
Soak a clean soft cloth in water or lukewarm water then lightly wipe off dirt.

402


 If you use cleaners or polishing
agents, make sure their ingredients
do not include the substances mentioned above.

 If you use a liquid car freshener, do
not apill the liquid onto the vehicle’s interior surfaces. It may contain the
ingredients mentioned
above. Immediately clean any spill
using the method mentioned above.
Leather interior
The leather upholstery may be cleaned
with neutral detergent for wool.
Remove dirt using a soft cloth dampened
with 5% solution of neutral detergent for
wool. Then thoroughly wipe off all traces
of detergent with a clean damp cloth.

After cleaning or whenever any part of the
leather gets wet, dry with a soft clean
cloth. Allow the leather to dry in a ventilated shaded area.

NOTICE

 If a stain should fail to come out
with a neutral detergent, apply a
cleaner that does not contain an
organic solvent.

 Never use organic substances such
as benzine, alcohol or gasoline, or
alkaline or acid solutions for cleaning the leather as these could
cause discoloring.

 Use of a nylon brush or synthetic
fiber cloth, etc. may scratch the
fine grained surface of the leather.

 Mildew may develop on soiled leather upholstery. Be especially careful
to avoid oil spots. Try to keep your
upholstery always clean.

 Long exposure to direct sunlight
may cause the leather surface to
harden and shrink. Keep your vehicle in a shaded area, especially in
the summer.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.08

Rain clearing mirrors

 The interior of your vehicle is apt
to heat up on hot summer days, so
avoid placing on the upholstery
items made of vinyl or plastic or
containing wax as these tend to
stick to leather when warm.

 Improper cleaning of the leather upholstery could result in discoloration or staining.
If you have any questions about the
cleaning of your Toyota, your local
Toyota dealer will be pleased to answer
them.

On some models, the outside rear view
mirrors have been coated to produce a
“rain clearing” effect. This coating
causes the raindrops to spread, clearing the driver’s rear view when it rains.
It is sufficient to wash the mirrors with
water for day to day care.
The rain clearing effect is
drizzle and light rain.

reduced in

In the following cases, the rain clearing
effect will be reduced temporarily, but will
gradually recover.


 After wiping dirt off the mirrors

 When the mirrors fog up

 After waxing your vehicle in an automatic car wash


 After your vehicle has been parked for
a long period in underground parking
lots, etc. where there is no direct sunlight.
If you would like to restore the rain clearing effect to its normal level immediately
in the above cases, wash the mirrors with
neutral detergent, then rinse thoroughly.

NOTICE
To maintain the rain clearing ability,
and prevent the mirrors from being
scratched, observe the following precautions.

 Do not use any glass cleaners that
contain compounds.

 If ice should jam the mirror, do not
scrape the mirror. Use a spray de−
icer to free the mirror.

 Wash off any wax stuck to the mirrors with neutral detergent and
rinse thoroughly as any wax on the
surface of the mirrors can cause
the rain clearing effect to be lost.

 Do not use any water repellents as
they can destroy the rain clearing
effect. If any repellent gets stuck on
the surface of the mirrors, wash it
off with neutral detergent, then
rinse thoroughly.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

403

06 06.08

404

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.08

SECTION

6

VEHICLE MAINTENANCE AND CARE
Vehicle maintenance and care
Maintenance requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Does your vehicle need repairing? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Emissions Inspection and Maintenance (I/M) programs . . . . . . . . .

406
407
409
410

For scheduled maintenance information, please refer to the
“Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

405

06 06.08

Maintenance requirements
Your Toyota vehicle has been designed for
fewer maintenance requirements with longer service intervals to save both your time
and money. However, each regular maintenance, as well as day−to−day care, is
more important than ever before to ensure
smooth, and trouble−free, safe, and economical drivings.
It is the owner’s responsibility to make
sure the specified maintenance, including
general maintenance service, is performed.
Note that both the new vehicle and
emission control system warranties specify
that proper maintenance and care must be
performed.
See
“Owner’s
Warranty
Information Booklet” or “Owner’s Manual
Supplement”
for
complete
warranty
information.
General maintenance
General maintenance items are those day−
to−day care practices that are important to
your vehicle for proper operation. It is the
owner’s responsibility to ensure that the
general maintenance items are performed
regularly.
These checks or inspections can be done
either by yourself or a qualified technician,
or if you prefer, your Toyota dealer will be
pleased to do them at a nominal cost.

406

Scheduled maintenance

Where to go for service?

The scheduled maintenance items listed in
the “Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or
“Owner’s Manual Supplement” are those
required to be serviced at regular intervals.

Toyota technicians are well−trained specialists and are kept up to date with the
latest service information through technical
bulletins, service tips, and in−dealership
training programs. They learn to work on
Toyotas before they work on your vehicle,
rather than while they are working on it.

For details of your maintenance schedule,
read the “Scheduled Maintenance Guide”
or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.
It is recommended that any replacement
parts used for maintenance or for the
repair of the emission control system
be Toyota supplied.

You can be confident that your Toyota
dealer’s service department performs the
best job to meet the maintenance requirements on your vehicle—reliably and economically.

The owner may elect to use non−Toyota
supplied parts for replacement purposes without invalidating the emission
control system warranty. However, use
of replacement parts which are not of
equivalent quality may impair the effectiveness of the emission control systems.

Your copy of the repair order is proof that
all required maintenance has been performed for warranty coverage. If any problems should arise with your vehicle while
under warranty, your Toyota dealer will
promptly take care of it. Again, be sure
to keep a copy of the repair order for any
service performed on your Toyota.

You
may
also
elect
to
have
maintenance, replacement, or repair of
the emission control devices and
system performed by any automotive
repair
establishment
or
individual
without invalidating this warranty. See
“Owner’s Warranty Information Booklet”
or “Owner’s Manual Supplement” for
complete warranty information.

What about do−it−yourself maintenance?
Many of the maintenance items are easy
to do yourself if you have a little mechanical ability and a few basic automotive
tools. Simple instructions for how to perform them are presented on page 411 in
Section 7.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.08

General maintenance
If you are a skilled do−it−yourself
mechanic, the Toyota service manuals are
recommended. Please be aware that
do−it−yourself maintenance can affect your
warranty coverage. See “Owner’s Warranty
Information Booklet” or “Owner’s Manual
Supplement” for the details.

Listed below are the general maintenance
items that should be performed as frequently as specified. In addition to checking the items listed, if you notice any
unusual noise, smell or vibration, you
should investigate the cause or take your
vehicle to your Toyota dealer or a qualified service shop immediately. It is recommended that any problem you notice be
brought to the attention of your dealer or
the qualified service shop for their advice.

CAUTION

Engine coolant level
Make sure the coolant level is between
the “F” and “L” lines on the see−through
reservoir when the engine is cold. See
page 422 in Section 7−2 for additional
information.
Radiator, condenser and hoses
Check that the front of the radiator and
condenser are clean and not blocked with
leaves, dirt, or insects. See page 423 in
Section 7−2 for additional information.
Battery condition

Make these checks only with adequate ventilation if you run the engine.

Check the battery condition by the indicator color. See page 434 in Section 7−3 for
additional information.
Brake fluid level

IN THE ENGINE COMPARTMENT
Items listed below should be checked
from time to time, e.g. each time when
refueling.
Washer fluid
Make sure there is sufficient fluid in the
tank. See page 437 in Section 7−3 for
additional information.

Make sure the brake fluid level is correct.
See page 423 in Section 7−2 for additional information.
Engine oil level
Check the level on the dipstick with the
engine turned off and the vehicle parked
on a level spot. See page 420 in Section
7−2 for additional information.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

407

06 06.08

Power steering fluid level

Seats

Brakes

Check the level through the reservoir. The
level should be in the “HOT” or “COLD”
range depending on the fluid temperature.
See page 424 in Section 7−2 for additional information.

Check that all front seat controls such as
seat adjusters, seatback recliner, etc. operate smoothly and that all latches lock
securely in any position. Check that the
head restraint move up and down smoothly and that the locks hold securely in any
latched position. For folding−down rear
seatbacks and swing−up rear seat cushions (vehicles without third seats), tumbling second seats (vehicles with third
seats), folding−up third seats and detachable third seats, check that the latches
lock securely.

In a safe place, check that the brakes do
not pull to one side when applied.

Seat belts

OUTSIDE THE VEHICLE

Exhaust system
If you notice any change in the sound of
the exhaust or smell exhaust fumes, have
the cause located and corrected immediately. (See “Engine exhaust cautions” on
page 333 in Section 2.)
INSIDE THE VEHICLE
Items listed below should be checked
regularly, e.g. while performing periodic
services, cleaning the vehicle, etc.

Check that the pedal has the proper travel
and that, on a safe incline, your vehicle
is held securely with only the parking
brake applied.
Automatic transmission “Park” mechanism
On a safe incline, check that your vehicle
is held securely with the selector lever in
“P” position and all brakes released.

such as
operate
that the
worn or

Items listed below should be performed
from time to time, unless otherwise
specified.

Service reminder indicators and warning
buzzers

Check the pedal for smooth operation and
uneven pedal effort or catching.

Check that all service reminder indicators
and warning buzzers function properly.

Brake pedal

Check underneath for leaking fuel, oil, water or other fluid after the vehicle has
been parked for a while. If you smell fuel
fumes or notice any leak, have the cause
found and corrected immediately.

Lights
Make sure the headlights, stop lights, tail
lights, turn signal lights, and other lights
are all working. Check headlight aim.

Steering wheel
Check that it has the specified free play.
Be alert for changes in steering condition,
such as hard steering or strange noise.

408

Check that the seat belt system
buckles, retractors and anchors
properly and smoothly. Make sure
belt webbing is not cut, frayed,
damaged.

Parking brake

Accelerator pedal

Fluid leaks

Check the pedal for smooth operation and
that the pedal has the proper clearance.
Check the brake booster function.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.08

Does your vehicle need
repairing?
Doors and engine hood
Check that all doors including back door
operate smoothly and all latches lock securely. Make sure the engine hood secondary latch secures the hood from opening when the primary latch is released.

Tire inflation pressure
Check the pressure with a gauge every two weeks, or at least once a
month. See page 425 in Section 7−2
for additional information.
Tire surface and wheel nuts
Check the tires carefully for cuts,
damage or excessive wear. See page
427 in Section 7−2 for additional information. When checking the tires,
make sure no nuts are missing, and
check the nuts for looseness. Tighten
them if necessary.
Tire rotation
Rotate the tires according to the
maintenance
schedule.
(For
scheduled maintenance information,
please refer to the “Scheduled
Maintenance Guide” or “Owner’s
Manual Supplement”.) See page 429
in Section 7−2 for additional
information.

Be on the alert for changes in performance, sounds, and visual tip−offs that
indicate service is needed. Some important clues are as follows:










Engine missing, stumbling, or pinging
Appreciable loss of power
Strange engine noises
A leak under the vehicle (however, water dripping from the air conditioning
after use is normal.)

If you notice any of these clues, take your
vehicle to your Toyota dealer as soon as
possible. It probably needs adjustment or
repair.

CAUTION
Do not continue driving with the vehicle unchecked. It could result in serious vehicle damage and possibly
personal injury.


 Change in exhaust sound (This may
indicate a dangerous carbon monoxide
leak. Drive with the windows open and
have the exhaust system checked immediately.)


 Flat−looking tire; excessive tire squeal
when cornering; uneven tire wear


 Vehicle pulls to one side when driving
straight on a level road


 Strange noises related to suspension
movement


 Loss of brake effectiveness; spongy
feeling brake pedal; pedal almost
touches floor; vehicle pulls to one side
when braking


 Engine coolant temperature continually
higher than normal

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

409

06 06.08

Emissions Inspection and
Maintenance (I/M) programs
Some states have vehicle emission inspection programs which include OBD
(On−Board Diagnostics) checks.
The OBD system monitors the operation
of the emission control system. When the
OBD system determines that a problem
exists somewhere in the emission control
system, the malfunction indicator lamp
comes on. In this case, your vehicle may
not pass the I/M test and need to be
repaired. Contact your Toyota dealer to
service the vehicle.
Even
does
pass
have

The malfunction indicator lamp will go off
after taking several driving trips, but the
error code in the OBD system will not be
cleared unless about 40 trips or more are
taken.
If your vehicle does not pass the I/M test
even the malfunction indicator lamp does
not come on, contact your Toyota dealer
to prepare the vehicle for re−testing.

if the malfunction indicator lamp
not come on, your vehicle may not
the I/M test as readiness codes
not been set in the OBD system.

Readiness codes are automatically set
during ordinary driving. However, when the
battery is disconnected or run down, the
codes are erased. Also, depending on
your driving habits, the codes may not be
completely set.
Also, if the malfunction indicator lamp had
come on recently due to temporary malfunction such as a loose fuel tank cap,
your vehicle may not pass the I/M test.

410

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

Customer Experience Center
1-800-331-4331

2007
Pocket Reference Guide
MN 00452-PRG07-4RUN
Printed in USA 07/06

2007
4Runner

Spare tire & tools
Tool location
OVERVIEW

This Pocket Reference Guide is a summary of
basic vehicle operations. It contains brief
descriptions of fundamental operations so you
can locate and use the vehicle’s main
equipment quickly and easily.

Tool bag

Jack

The Pocket Reference Guide is not intended
as a substitute for the Owner’s Manual
located in the vehicle’s glove box. We
strongly encourage you to review the Owner’s
Manual and supplementary manuals so you
will have a better understanding of the
vehicle’s capabilities and limitations.
Removing the spare tire

! A word about safe vehicle operations
This Pocket Reference Guide is not a full
description of 4Runner operations. Every
4Runner owner should review the Owner’s
Manual that accompanies this vehicle.
Assemble the jack handle.
Insert the jack handle end through the opening in
the bumper, and into the lowering screw.
Turn the jack handle counterclockwise.
Refer to the Owner’s Manual for tire changing and
jack positioning procedures.

This utility vehicle has a significantly higher
rollover rate than other types of vehicles. Refer to
the Owner’s Manual for important rollover
information.

All information in this Pocket Reference
Guide is current at the time of printing.
Toyota reserves the right to make changes
at any time without notice.
25

SAFETY AND EMERGENCY FEATURES

Pay special attention to the boxed
“
” information highlighted in
this reference guide and throughout the
Owner’s Manual. Each box contains safe
operating instructions to help you avoid
injury or equipment malfunction.

FEATURES/OPERATIONS

Your dealership and the entire staff of Toyota
Motor Sales, U.S.A., Inc. wish you many years
of satisfied driving in your new 4Runner.

INDEX
Item

Page no.

7
6
7
4-5
4
2-3
6

SAFETY AND EMERGENCY FEATURES
Doors-Child safety locks
Seat belts
Seat belts-Shoulder belt anchor
Spare tire & tools
Tire Pressure Warning System

24
24
24
25
24

Programmable by customer. Refer to the Owner’s
Manual for instructions and more information.
2
Visit your Toyota dealer for information on
customizing this feature.
1

3

HomeLink® is a registered trademark of Johnson Controls, Inc.

1

SAFETY AND EMERGENCY FEATURES

17
18-19
8
21
8
23
13
16
22
20
9
21
13
14
22
11
23
20
10
12
16
11
10
15
15
13

FEATURES/OPERATIONS

FEATURES/OPERATIONS
Air Conditioning/Heating
Audio
Auto lock functions1, 2
Auto LSD (Limited Slip Differential)
Automatic Transmission
Bottle holders
Clock
Cruise control
Cup holders
Door locks
Four-wheel drive
Garage door opener (HomeLink®)3
Light control-Instrument panel
Lights2 & turn signals
Moonroof2
Parking brake
Power outlets
Rear seat entertainment system
Seat adjustments-Front
Seat adjustments-Rear
Seat heaters
Seats-Head restraints
Tilt and telescopic steering wheel
Windows2
Window-Rear hatch2
Windshield wiper & washer

OVERVIEW

OVERVIEW
Engine maintenance
Fuel tank door release and cap
Hood release
Indicator symbols
Instrument cluster
Instrument panel
Keyless entry2

OVERVIEW
Instrument panel
Steering wheel switches (if equipped)
OVERVIEW

Rear console box

1
2

If equipped
For details, refer to the “Navigation System
Owner’s Manual.”

3

SAFETY AND EMERGENCY FEATURES

2

Hood release
Fuel tank door opener
“RSCA OFF”(Roll Sensing of Curtain shield Airbags
“OFF”) switch1
“AUTO LSD” switch1
Center differential lock switch1
115V AC Power outlet ON/OFF switch1
Instrument panel light control
Steering wheel audio controls1,2
Telephone switches1,2
Navigation voice command button1,2
12V DC Power outlet/Cigarette lighter
115V AC Power outlet1
AUX adapter
A/V input adapter1

FEATURES/OPERATIONS

Driving position memory switches1
Headlight, turn signal and front fog light1 control
Wiper and washer controls
Power back window switch
Audio system or navigation system1,2
Front passenger seat belt reminder light
Engine immobilizer/Theft deterrent system
indicator1
Front passenger occupant classification indicator
Multi-information display
Emergency flasher switch
Air Conditioning controls
Auxiliary boxes
Back window and outside rear view mirror defogger1
switch
Four-wheel drive selector1 (full-time 4WD models)
or two wheel/four-wheel drive selector1 (part-time
4WD models)
Ignition switch
Cruise control

OVERVIEW
Automatic Transmission fluid temperature
warning1

Instrument cluster
Limited model only

Engine immobilizer/Theft deterrent system
indicator
Roll Sensing of Curtain shield Airbag “OFF”
indicator1,2

OVERVIEW

Low Tire Pressure Warning1

Front passenger occupant classification indicator
Headlight high beam indicator

Tachometer
Speedometer
Service indicator and reminder
Fuel gauge
Low fuel level warning
Engine coolant temperature
Trip meter reset knob
Odometer and two trip meters
Height control indicator

Turn signal indicator
Front fog light indicator
Automatic Transmission indicator
Low speed four-wheel drive indicator3

Indicator symbols
Brake system

Vehicle Stability Control “OFF” indicator

warning1

Four-wheel drive indicator3

Driver/Front passenger seat belt
reminder1

Slip indicator

Charging system warning1

“AUTO LSD” indicator

Low engine oil pressure warning1

Downhill Assist Control indicator

Malfunction/Check Engine indicator1
Engine oil replacement

Height control indicator

reminder1

Height control “OFF” indicator4

•Vehicle Stability Control warning1
•“AUTO LSD” warning1
•Traction Control warning1
•Downhill Assist Control warning1
•Active Traction Control warning1
•Hill-start Assist Control warning1

Cruise control indicator5
Anti-lock Brake System warning1

Airbag SRS warning1
Low windshield washer fluid level warning1
For details, refer to “Service reminder indicators and warning
buzzers,” Section 1-6, 2007 Owner’s Manual.
2 For details, see “Roll sensing of curtain shield airbags off
switch,” Section 1-3, 2007 Owner’s Manual.
3 If this light flashes, refer to “Four-wheel drive system,” Section

4

1-7, 2007 Owner’s Manual.
If this light flashes, refer to “Rear height control air
suspension,” Section 1-7, 2007 Owner’s Manual.
5 If this light flashes, refer to “Cruise control,” Section 1-7, 2007
Owner’s Manual.
4

5

SAFETY AND EMERGENCY FEATURES

When the Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) function is in
action, you may feel the brake pedal pulsating and
hear a noise. In this situation, to let the Anti-lock
Brake System work for you, just hold the brake pedal
down more firmly. Do not pump the brake as this will
result in reduced braking performance.

Open door warning1

1

FEATURES/OPERATIONS

Center differential lock indicator3

OVERVIEW

Fuel tank door release and cap

Hood release

Pull up

Pull

Turn

OVERVIEW

Store

Pull up latch
and raise
hood

Engine maintenance
6 cylinder (1GR-FE) engine

Keyless entry (if equipped)

8 cylinder (2UZ-FE) engine

Beep sound can be switched “ON” or “OFF.” Refer to
the Owner’s Manual for more details.

Locking operation

Unlocking operation

Push

Push ONCE: Driver door
TWICE: All doors

30 seconds, all doors will relock for safety.

Back window operation Alarm operation
Push and hold

Push

6

Note: Regularly scheduled maintenance, including
oil changes, will help extend the life of
your vehicle and maintain performance.
Please refer to the “Owner’s Warranty
Information Booklet,” “Scheduled
Maintenance Guide” or “Owner’s Manual
Supplement.”
7

SAFETY AND EMERGENCY FEATURES

NOTE: After unlocking, if a door is not opened within

Windshield and back window washer fluid tank
Power steering fluid reservoir
Engine oil level dipstick
Engine coolant reservoir
Engine oil filler cap

FEATURES/OPERATIONS

NOTE: Tighten until one click is heard. If the cap is
not tightened enough, Check Engine “
” indicator
may illuminate.

FEATURES/OPERATIONS
Auto lock functions

Refer to the Owner’s Manual for more details.

Automatic Transmission

H2

High speed (2WD)
High speed (4WD)
Turn to “H4” with
speed below 62
mph.
Low speed (4WD)
Shift to “N” position,
then push and turn
to “L4.”

Full-time four-wheel drive models

P
R
N
D
4

Park1

3

Third gear

2

Second gear

L

First gear

High speed
Turn to “H4” with
speed below 62
mph.

Reverse
Neutral
Drive
Fourth gear

The ignition switch must be ON, and the brake
pedal depressed to shift from “Park.”

8

Center differential lock button

Center differential lock/unlock

For best fuel economy and performance under
normal driving conditions:
•“H2” position (part-time four-wheel drive models)
•“H4” position (full-time four-wheel drive models),
Center differential unlocked (center differential
lock indicator and “VSC OFF” indicator is not
illuminated.)

9

SAFETY AND EMERGENCY FEATURES

Downshifting increases power going uphill, or
provides engine braking downhill. For best fuel
economy during normal driving conditions, always
drive with the shift lever in the “D” position.

Low speed
Shift to “N” position,
then push and turn
to “L4.”

FEATURES/OPERATIONS

1

Four-wheel drive (if equipped)
Part-time four-wheel drive models
OVERVIEW

Automatic door locks can be programmed to operate
in 4 different modes, or turned OFF.
-Doors lock when shifting from “Park.”
-Doors lock when the vehicle speed goes above
approximately 12 mph.
-Doors unlock when shifting into “Park.”
-Doors unlock when the ignition switch is set from
“ON” to “ACC” or “OFF” and driver’s door is opened.

FEATURES/OPERATIONS

Tilt and telescopic (if equipped) steering wheel

Seats-Head restraints
Front
OVERVIEW

(2)

(1)

To change the angle Hold the steering wheel,
pull the lock release lever, tilt to the desired
angle, and release the lever.
To change the column length Push the lock
release lever down, set the desired length, and
return the lever to its locked position.
Note: Do not attempt to adjust while the vehicle
is in motion.

Lock release button

Second row seat
Without third seat

With third seat
(2)

(1)

(1)

Power seat

Lock release button

Lock release button

Third row

FEATURES/OPERATIONS

(1)

Seat adjustments-Front
Manual seat

(2)

(2)

(2)
(1)

Lock release button

10

SAFETY AND EMERGENCY FEATURES

Parking brake
Position
Cushion angle (driver side only)
Height crank (driver side only)
Seatback angle
Lumbar support (driver side only)
Driver seat: position, cushion angle and height
Passenger seat: position
Seatback angle
Lumbar support (driver side only)

Set: Depress
Release: Depress again

11

FEATURES/OPERATIONS

Seat adjustments-Rear
(vehicles with third row seats)

Windshield wiper & washer
Front
OVERVIEW

Second row seats

Adjust interval

Interval wipe

Seatback angle
Pull to wash and wipe
Seatback angle

Slow
Fast

Rear
Third row seats

Wash and wipe
Wipe
Interval wipe

Seatback angle

Wash and wipe

Seatback
angle

(3) Pull up

FEATURES/OPERATIONS

Seat adjustments-Rear
(vehicles without third row seats)

NOTE: Rear wiper and washer operate only when rear
window is fully closed. If battery is disconnected, rear
washer will not function until rear window is reinitialized
by being fully opened and then closed.

Light control-Instrument panel

(2) Lower

+
(1) Push
Brightness
control

(4) Push down
SAFETY AND EMERGENCY FEATURES

Clock
H- Hour set
M- Minute set
:00- Round off
minutes

(5) Fold-down

12

13

FEATURES/OPERATIONS

Lights & turn signals

Windows

Headlights
AUTO*
Headlights

Window
lock switch

Down

Up

Parking lights

OVERVIEW

Driver side
Up

Down
High beam

Automatic operation (driver side only) Push the
switch completely down or pull it completely up and
release to fully open or close. To stop window
midway, lightly push the switch in the opposite
direction.

Low beam

High beam flasher

* If equipped

NOTE: If the battery is disconnected, the window
will need to be reinitialized. Refer to the Owner’s
Manual for more details.

Window-Rear hatch
Operating from inside

Turn signals

Operating from outside
Turn left
and hold
Open

Right turn
Lane change

Open

FEATURES/OPERATIONS

-Daytime Running Light system (if equipped)
Automatically turns on the headlights at a reduced
intensity.
-Automatic light cut off system Will automatically
turn lights off after a delay of 30 seconds, or the
lock switch on remote may be pushed.

Window lock switch Deactivates all passenger
windows. Driver’s window remains operable.

Close

Turn right
and hold

Lane change

Close

Left turn

Front fog lights (if equipped)

NOTE: If the battery is disconnected, the rear hatch
window will need to be reinitialized. Refer to the
Owner’s Manual for more details.

Front fog lights come on only when the headlights
are on low beam.
14

15

SAFETY AND EMERGENCY FEATURES

Turn

Window lock
switch

FEATURES/OPERATIONS

Cruise control

Air Conditioning/Heating

Turning system ON/OFF

OVERVIEW

With “DUAL” button (if equipped)

System ON/OFF

Without “DUAL” button

Functions
Resume2/Increase speed

Set/Decrease speed
1

The set speed may also be cancelled by depressing
the brake pedal.
2 The set speed may be resumed once vehicle speed
exceeds 25 mph.
Refer to the Owner’s Manual for more details.

Seat heaters
Right front seat

Left front seat

16

17

SAFETY AND EMERGENCY FEATURES

Fan speed
Temperature
Automatic climate control ON/OFF
“DUAL” button
Indicator ON: Separate temperature settings
for driver and passenger.
Indicator OFF: Synchronize temperature
settings for driver and passenger.
Air flow vent
In “
” or “
” mode, use fresh air (“
”
indicator “OFF”) to reduce window fogging.
Fresh or recirculate cabin air
Air Conditioning ON/OFF
Rear defogger
Climate control OFF

FEATURES/OPERATIONS

Cancel1

FEATURES/OPERATIONS
RADIO

Audio
Eject CD

Push to
adjust
tone &
balance

Push to turn
ON/OFF
Seek
station/
CD track
select

Station/CD
track scan

OVERVIEW

Preset buttons - functions in other
modes indicated above number.

Type 1

To preset stations Tune in the desired station and
hold down a preset button (1-6) until you hear a
beep. Push desired preset button (1-6) to select.
To scan stations Push “SCAN.” Push and hold to scan
preset stations. Push again to hold selection.

Steering wheel controls (if equipped)

Push to
skip
up/down
folder

Mode View radio/CD
information

Type 2 additional functions
Load CD(s)

-

>

View genre/Push to skip up/down folder

Type 3 additional functions

FEATURES/OPERATIONS

>

“ +”
Volume control
“
”
-In radio mode Push to select a preset station;
push and hold to seek the next strong station.
-In CD mode Push to skip up or down to next/
previous track.
“MODE”
Push to turn audio ON and select an audio mode.
Push and hold to turn the audio system OFF.

AUX adapter
AM/Satellite radio

CD PLAYER

18

Center console
By inserting a mini plug into the AUX audio jack, you
can listen to music from a portable audio device
through the vehicle’s speaker system.

19

SAFETY AND EMERGENCY FEATURES

To scan tracks on a disc Push “SCAN.” Push again to
hold selection.
CD Changer (Type 2 and 3)
-To load one disc Push “LOAD” and insert one disc.
-To load multiple discs Push and hold “LOAD” until
you hear a beep. Insert one disc. Shutter will close
and then re-open for next disc.
To select a file (MP3/WMA only) Turn “TUNE.FILE.”
To select a folder (MP3/WMA only) Push either side
of “FOLDER” or “TYPE/FOLDER.”

FEATURES/OPERATIONS

Door locks
Lock

OVERVIEW

Unlock

Garage door opener (HomeLink®)*
(if equipped)

Rear seat entertainment system
(if equipped)

Garage door openers manufactured under license
from HomeLink®* can be programmed to operate
garage doors, estate gates, security lighting, etc.
Refer to the Owner’s Manual for more details.
For programming assistance, contact the Toyota
Customer Experience Center at 1-800-331-4331, or
visit http://www.homelink.com

Auto LSD (Limited Slip Differential)
(if equipped)

Push the “AUTO LSD” switch when the vehicle is
stopped. To deactivate, push the switch again.
Note: Auto LSD will ONLY work in 2-wheel drive.
It should ONLY be used when wheel
spinning occurs on slippery or unpaved
surfaces.
Refer to the Owner‘s Manual for more details on
this system before attempting to use it.

20

21

SAFETY AND EMERGENCY FEATURES

Front audio system
DVD player
DVD screen
Remote control
A/V input adapter
115V AC Power outlet
115V AC Power outlet ON/OFF switch

FEATURES/OPERATIONS

* HomeLink® is a registered trademark of Johnson Controls, Inc.

FEATURES/OPERATIONS

Bottle holders

Moonroof (if equipped)
Sliding operation

Front doors

Rear doors
OVERVIEW

Open
Close

Power outlets
12V DC

Tilting operation

Auxiliary box

Luggage compartment

Tilt

NOTE: If battery is disconnected, the moonroof will
need to be reinitialized. Refer to the Owner’s
Manual for more details.

NOTE: Designed for car accessories. Key must be in
the “ACC” or “ON” position to be used.

FEATURES/OPERATIONS

Close

115V AC (if equipped)
ON/OFF switch

Cup holders
Center console

Rear
Second row seat

Inside center console

NOTE: Key must be in the “ON” position to be used.
Third row side trim

22

23

SAFETY AND EMERGENCY FEATURES

Push

SAFETY AND
EMERGENCY FEATURES
Door-Child safety locks

Rear door

Moving the lever to “LOCK” will allow the door to
be opened only from the outside.

Seat belts
Take up
slack
Too high

Keep as low on
hips as possible

If belt is fully extended, then retracted even
slightly, it cannot be re-extended beyond that point,
unless fully retracted again. This feature is used to
help hold child restraint systems securely.
To find more information about seat belts, and how
to install a child restraint system, refer to the
Owner’s Manual.

Seat belts-Shoulder belt anchor
Push up or squeeze
lock release to lower

Tire Pressure Warning System
The system is designed to provide a warning “ ”
when tire pressure of any one of the tires (including
the spare) is reduced.
Refer to the Owner’s Manual for more details.
24

Spare tire & tools
Tool location
OVERVIEW

Tool bag

Jack

FEATURES/OPERATIONS

Removing the spare tire

Assemble the jack handle.
Insert the jack handle end through the opening in
the bumper, and into the lowering screw.
Turn the jack handle counterclockwise.

25

SAFETY AND EMERGENCY FEATURES

Refer to the Owner’s Manual for tire changing and
jack positioning procedures.

06 06.08

SECTION

8

SPECIFICATIONS
Specifications
Dimensions and weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Service specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

446
447
447
447
451
452

445

06 06.08

Dimensions and weights
Towing capacity (trailer weight + cargo
weight), kg (lb.):

Overall length

mm (in.)

4805 (189.2)

Overall width

mm (in.)

1910

(75.2)

For weight carrying hitch

Overall height∗1

mm (in.)

1820
1800
1755
1805
1785
1740

(71.7)∗2 or 3, 4
(70.9)∗2, 3, 5
(69.1)∗2, 3
(71.1)∗2 or 3, 4, 6
(70.3)∗2 or 3, 5, 6
(68.5)∗2 or 3, 6

Also for weight distributing hitch
(4.7 L V8 [2UZ−FE] engine only)
Two−wheel drive models
3311 (7300)
Four−wheel drive models
3175 (7000)

Wheelbase

mm (in.)

2790 (109.8)

Front tread

mm (in.)

1575

(62.0)

Rear tread

mm (in.)

1575

(62.0)

Vehicle capacity weight (occupants + luggage)
kg (lb.)
Luggage compartment load capacity
∗1 :
∗2 :
∗3 :
∗4 :
∗5 :
∗6 :
∗7 :
∗8 :

446

kg (lb.)

431 (950)∗7
477 (1050)∗8
91
0

(200)∗7
(0)∗8

Unladen vehicle
Two−wheel drive models
Four−wheel drive models
With roof rails
With rear spoiler
With rear height control air suspension
With 5 occupants
With 7 occupants

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

2268 (5000)

06 06.08

Engine

Fuel

Service specifications

Model:
1GR−FE and 2UZ−FE

Fuel type:
Unleaded gasoline, Octane Rating 87
(Research Octane Number 91) or higher.

ENGINE

Type:
1GR−FE engine
6 cylinder V type, 4 cycle, gasoline
2UZ−FE engine
8 cylinder V type, 4 cycle, gasoline
Bore and stroke, mm (in.):
1GR−FE engine
94.0 
 95.0 (3.70 
 3.74)
2UZ−FE engine
94.0 
 84.0 (3.70 
 3.31)
Displacement, cm3 (cu. in.):
1GR−FE engine
2UZ−FE engine

3956 (241.4)
4664 (284.5)

Fuel tank capacity, L (gal., Imp. gal.):
87 (23.0, 19.1)

Valve clearance (engine cold), mm (in.):
4.0 L V6 (1GR−FE) engine
Intake
0.15—0.25 (0.006—0.010)
Exhaust
0.29—0.39 (0.011—0.015)
4.7 L V8 (2UZ−FE) engine
Intake
0.15—0.25 (0.006—0.010)
Exhaust
0.25—0.35 (0.010—0.014)
Spark plug type:
4.0 L V6 (1GR−FE) engine
DENSO
K20HR−U11
NGK
LFR6C11
4.7 L V8 (2UZ−FE) engine
DENSO
SK20R11
NGK
IFR6A11
Spark plug gap, mm (in.):
1.1 (0.043)
ENGINE LUBRICATION
Oil capacity (drain and refill), L (qt., Imp.
qt.):
4.0 L V6 (1GR−FE) engine
With filter
5.2 (5.5, 4.6)
Without filter
4.9 (5.2, 4.3)
4.7 L V8 (2UZ−FE) engine
With filter
6.2 (6.5, 5.5)
Without filter
5.7 (6.0, 5.0)

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

447

06 06.08

“Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” is used in
your Toyota vehicle. Use Toyota approved
“Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” or equivalent
to satisfy the following grade and
viscosity.
Oil grade:
ILSAC multigrade engine oil
Recommended oil viscosity:
SAE 5W−30

OIL008
Outside temperature

COOLING SYSTEM

BATTERY

Total capacity, L (qt., Imp. qt.):
4.0 L V6 (1GR−FE) engine
9.8 (10.4, 8.6)
4.7 L V8 (2UZ−FE) engine
12.3 (13,0, 10.8)

Open voltage∗ at 20
C (68
F):
12.6—12.8 V
Fully charged
12.2—12.4 V
Half charged
11.8—12.0 V
Discharged

Coolant type:
“Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” is
used in your Toyota vehicle at factory
fill. In order to avoid technical problems,
only use “Toyota Super Long Life
Coolant” or similar high quality ethylene
glycol based non−silicate, non−amine,
non−nitrite, and non−borate coolant with
long−life hybrid organic acid technology.
(Coolant with long−life hybrid organic
acid technology is a combination of low
phosphates and organic acids.)

∗:

Voltage that is checked 20 minutes after the key is removed with all the
lights turned off

Charging rates:
5 A max.

Do not use plain water alone.
Please contact your Toyota dealer for
further details.

Please contact your Toyota dealer for further details.

448

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.08

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION

TRANSFER

Fluid capacity (drain and refill),
L (qt., Imp. qt.):
Up to 3.0 (3.2, 2.6)

Oil capacity, L (qt., Imp. qt.):
1.4 (1.5, 1.2)

Fluid type:
Toyota Genuine ATF WS
Change automatic transmission fluid only
as necessary.
Generally, it is necessary to change
automatic transmission fluid only if your
vehicle is driven under one of the Special
Operating Conditions
listed
in your
“Scheduled
Maintenance
Guide”
or
“Owner’s Manual Supplement”. When
changing the automatic transmission fluid,
use only “Toyota Genuine ATF WS” (ATF
JWS3324 or NWS9638) to aid in assuring
optimum transmission performance.
Notice: Using automatic transmission
fluid other than “Toyota Genuine ATF
WS” may cause deterioration in shift
quality, locking up of your transmission
accompanied by vibration, and ultimately damage the automatic transmission
of your vehicle.
Please contact your Toyota dealer for further details.

DIFFERENTIAL (4.7 L V8 [2UZ−FE] engine)
Oil capacity, L (qt., Imp. qt.):

Oil type:
Hypoid gear oil API GL−5

Two−wheel drive models

Recommended oil viscosity:
SAE 75W−90

Four−wheel drive models
Front
1.4 (1.5, 1.2)
Rear
3.05 (3.2, 2.7)

3.05 (3.2, 2.7)

DIFFERENTIAL (4.0 L V6 [1GR−FE] engine)
Oil capacity, L (qt., Imp. qt.):

Oil type:
Hypoid gear oil API GL−5

Two−wheel drive models

Recommended oil viscosity:
3.05 (3.2, 2.7)

Four−wheel drive models
Front
1.5 (1.6, 1.3)
Rear
3.05 (3.2, 2.7)
Oil type:
Hypoid gear oil API GL−5
Recommended oil viscosity:
Front
SAE 75W−90
Rear
Above
SAE
Below
SAE

−18
C (0
F)
90
−18
C (0
F)
80W or 80W−90

Above
SAE
Below
SAE

−18
C (0
F)
90
−18
C (0
F)
80W or 80W−90

CHASSIS LUBRICATION
Propeller shafts:
Spiders
Lithium base chassis grease, NLGI
No.2
Slide yokes
Molybdenum−disulfide
lithium
base
chassis grease, NLGI No.2 or lithium
base multipurpose grease, NLGI No.2

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

449

06 06.08

BRAKES
Minimum pedal clearance when depressed
with the force of 490 N (50 kgf, 110 lbf)
with the engine running, mm (in.):
54 (2.1)
Pedal free play, mm (in.):
1—6 (0.04—0.24)
Pad wear limit, mm (in.):
1.0 (0.04)
Lining wear limit, mm (in.):
1.0 (0.04)
Parking brake adjustment when depressed
with the force of 294 N (30 kgf, 66.1 lbf):
5—7 clicks
Fluid type:
SAE J1703 or FMVSS No.116 DOT 3
STEERING
Wheel free play:
Less than 30 mm (1.2 in.)
Power steering fluid type:
Automatic transmission fluid DEXRONII
or III

450

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.08

Tires
Tire size, cold tire inflation pressure and wheel size:
Cold tire inflation pressure
kPa (kgf/cm 2 or bar, psi)

Tire size

Wheel size

Front

Rear

Spare

P265/70R16 111S

220 (2.2,
(2 2 32)

220 (2.2,
(2 2 32)

220 (2.2,
(2 2 32)

16 
 7JJ∗2

P265/65R17 110S

220 (2.2, 32)

220 (2.2, 32)

220 (2.2, 32)

17 
 7 1/2JJ

P265/60R18 109H

220 (2.2, 32)

220 (2.2, 32)

220 (2.2, 32)

18 
 7 1/2J

16 
 7J∗1

∗1 :
∗2 :

Vehicles with steel wheels
Vehicles with aluminum wheels
NOTE: For a complete information on tires (e.g. replacing tires or replacing wheels), see “Checking tire inflation pressure” through “Aluminum wheel precautions”, pages 425 through 432 in Section 7−2.
Wheel nut torque, N·m (kgf·m, ft·lbf):
110 (11.5, 83)

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

451

06 06.08

Fuses
11. EFI NO.2 10 A: Multiport fuel injection
system/sequential multiport fuel injection system
12. HEATER NO.2 7.5 A: Air conditioning
system

CY80013

CY80010

13. AIRSUS NO.2 10 A: Rear height control air suspension
14. SEAT HEATER 25 A: Seat heaters
15. DEFOG 30 A: Back window defogger,
multiport fuel injection system/sequential multiport fuel injection system
16. MIR HEATER 10 A: Outside rear view
mirror heater

Engine compartment

Instrument panel

Fuses (type A)

4. AC115V INV 15 A: AC inverter

1. SPARE 10 A: Spare fuse

5. FR FOG 15 A: Front fog lights

2. SPARE 15 A: Spare fuse

6. OBD 7.5 A: On−board diagnosis system

3. STOP 10 A: Stop/tail lights, high
mounted stoplight, shift lock control
system, anti−lock brake system, traction control system (two−wheel drive
models), active traction control system
(four−wheel drive models), vehicle stability control system, rear height control
air suspension, multiport fuel injection
system/sequential multiport fuel injection system, trailer brake controller,
trailer lights (tail lights)

452

7. HEAD (LO RH) 10
headlight (low beam)

A:

Right−hand

8. HEAD (LO LH) 10 A: Left−hand headlight (low beam)

17. DOME 10 A: Interior light, personal
lights, wireless remote control system,
door courtesy lights, gauge and meter,
vanity lights, instrument panel lights,
running board lights, multiplex communication system
18. RADIO NO.1 20 A: Audio system, navigation system, rear seat entertainment
system

9. HEAD (HI RH) 10 A: Right−hand headlight (high beam)
10. HEAD (HI LH) 10 A: Left−hand headlight (high beam)

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.08

19. ECU−B 10 A: Anti−lock brake system,
traction control system (two−wheel
drive models), active traction control
system (four−wheel drive models), vehicle stability control system, air conditioning system, multiplex communication system, theft deterrent system,
driving position memory system, front
passenger occupant classification system

29. IGN 10 A: Multiport fuel injection system/sequential multiport fuel injection
system, anti−lock brake system, traction control system (two−wheel drive
models), active traction control system
(four−wheel drive models), vehicle stability control system, meter and gauge,
front passenger occupant classification
system

20. ALT−S 7.5 A: Charging system

31. GAUGE 7.5 A: Meter and gauge

21. HORN 10 A: Horns

32. STA NO.2 7.5 A: Multiport fuel injection system/sequential multiport fuel injection system

22. A/F HEATER 15 A: A/F sensor
23. TRN−HAZ 15 A: Turn signal lights,
emergency flashers
24. ETCS 10 A: Multiport fuel injection
system/sequential multiport fuel injection system

30. SRS 10 A: SRS airbag system

33. FR WIP−WSH 30 A: Windshield wipers
and washer
34. 4WD 20 A: Four−wheel drive control
system

25. EFI 20 A: Multiport fuel injection system/sequential multiport fuel injection
system

35. D P/SEAT 30 A: Driver’s power seat

26. DR/LCK 20 A: Power door lock system

37. PWR OUTLET 15 A: Power outlets

27. TOWING 30 A: Towing converter

38. RR WSH 15 A: Back window washer,
multiplex communication system

28. RADIO NO.2 20 A: Audio system

36. P P/SEAT 30 A: Front passenger’s
power seat

39. ECU−IG 10 A: Shift lock control system, power windows, anti−lock brake
system, traction control system (two−
wheel drive models), active traction
control system (four−wheel drive models), vehicle stability control system,
electric moon roof, multiplex communication system, theft deterrent system,
rear height control air suspension, tire
pressure warning system, driving position memory system
40. IG1 15 A: Anti−lock brake system,
traction control system (two−wheel
drive models), active traction control
system (four−wheel drive models), vehicle stability control system, air conditioning system, charging system, back
window defogger, back−up lights, emergency flashers, seat heaters, AC inverter, instrument panel light control, auto
anti−glare inside rear view mirror, seat
belt tension reducer
41. STA 7.5 A: No circuit
42. SECU/HORN 10 A: Theft deterrent system

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

453

06 06.08

43. TAIL 10 A: Tail lights, license plate
lights, parking lights, instrument panel
light control, multiport fuel injection
system/sequential multiport fuel injection system, instrument panel lights,
meter and gauge, glove box light
44. ACC 7.5 A: Power outlets, outside rear
view mirrors, audio system, navigation
system, shift lock control system, instrument panel lights, rear seat entertainment system
45. CIG 10 A: No circuit
Fuses (type B)
46. A/PUMP 50 A: Multiport fuel injection
system/sequential multiport fuel injection system
47. AIRSUS 50 A: Rear height control air
suspension
48. AM1 50 A: All components in “ACC”,
“CIG”, “IG1”, “ECU−IG”, “FR WIP−
WSH”, “RR−WSH”, “4WD”, and “STA”
fuses
49. TOWING BRK 30 A: Trailer brake controller
50. J/B 50 A: All components in “PWR
OUTLET”, “D P/SEAT”, “P P/SEAT”,
“POWER”, “TAIL” and “SECU/HORN”
fuses

454

51. BATT CHG 30 A: Trailer sub battery
52. TOWING
lights)

40

A:

Trailer

lights

(tail

53. ABS MTR 40 A: Anti−lock brake system, traction control system (two−wheel
drive models), active traction control
system (four−wheel drive models), vehicle stability control system
54. AM2 30 A: Starter system, “IGN”,
“GAUGE”, “STA NO.2” and “SRS” fuses
55. ABS SOL 30 A: Anti−lock brake system, traction control system (two−wheel
drive models), active traction control
system (four−wheel drive models), vehicle stability control system
56. POWER 30 A: Power windows, electric
moon roof
Fuses (type C)
57. ALT 140 A: All components in
“A/PUMP”, “AIRSUS”, “AM1”, “TOWING
BRK”, “J/B”, “BATT CHG”, “TOWING”,
“TAIL”, “STOP”, “AC 115V INV”, “FR
FOG”, “OBD”, “DEFOG” and “MIR
HEATER” fuses
58. HEATER 60 A: Air conditioning system

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.08

SECTION

9

REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS FOR U.S.
OWNERS
Reporting safety defects for U.S. owners
Reporting safety defects for U.S. owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

455

06 06.08

Reporting safety defects for
U.S. owners
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could
cause injury or death, you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic
Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition
to notifying Toyota Motor Sales, U.S.A.,
Inc.
(Toll−free: 1−800−331−4331).

To contact NHTSA, you may either call
the Auto Safety Hotline toll−free at
1−888−327−4236 (or 366−0123 in Washington, DC area) or write to: NHTSA, U.S.
Department of Transportation, Washington,
DC 20590. You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from
the Hotline.

If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it
may open an investigation, and if it finds
that a safety defect exists in a group of
vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy
campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or Toyota Motor
Sales, U.S.A., Inc.

456

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.08

SECTION

1− 1

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND
CONTROLS
Overview of instruments and controls
Instrument panel overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Instrument cluster overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Indicator symbols on the instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

1

06 06.08

Instrument panel overview
1. Side vents
2. Side defroster outlets
3. Instrument cluster
4. Center vents
5. Personal lights
6. Electric moon roof switch
7. Garage door opener
8. Auxiliary boxes
9. Glove box
10. Automatic transmission selector lever

CY11050y

11. Power door lock switches
12. Power window switches
13. Seat heater switches
14. Rear height control air suspension
switch
15. Rear vents
16. Trash holder
17. Toyota electronic modulated suspension
mode select switch
18. Downhill assist control switch
19. Front cup holders
20. Tilt steering lock release lever

2

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.08

21. Telescopic steering lock release lever
22. Parking brake pedal
23. Window lock switch
24. Power rear view mirror control switches

CY11048

Rear console box

1. Power outlet (12 VDC)
2. Power outlet (115 VAC)
3. AUX adapter
4. A/V input adapter

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

3

06 06.08

1. Driving position memory switches
2. Headlight, turn signal and front fog
light switches
3. Wiper and washer switches
4. Power back window switch
5. Audio system/rear view monitor system
and navigation system including audio
system (For the navigation system, see
the separate “Navigation System
Owner’s Manual”.)

CY11088y

6. Front passenger’s seat belt reminder
light
7. Engine immobilizer/theft deterrent
system indicator light
8. Front passenger occupant classification
indicator light
9. Multi−information display
10. Emergency flasher switch
11. Air conditioning controls
12. Auxiliary box
13. Back window and outside rear view
mirror defogger switch
14. Four−wheel drive control switch knob
(full−time four−wheel drive models) or
multi−mode control switch knob
(multi−mode four−wheel drive models)

4

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.08


Steering switches
15. Ignition switch
16. Cruise control switch
17. Hood lock release lever
18. Fuel filler door opener
19. Roll sensing of curtain shield airbags
off switch

CY11065

20. “AUTO LSD” switch
21. Center differential lock switch
22. Power outlet main switch
23. Instrument panel light control dial
1. Volume control switches for audio
system/hands−free system (For the
hands−free system, see the separate
“Navigation System Owner’s Manual”.)
2. “
” switch
3. “MODE” switch
4. Telephone switches (See the separate
“Navigation System Owner’s Manual”.)
5. Speech command switch (See the
separate “Navigation System Owner’s
Manual”.)

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

5

06 06.08

Instrument cluster overview

Type A

CY11062

1. Tachometer

4. Fuel gauge

7. Trip meter reset knob

2. Speedometer

5. Low fuel level warning light

8. Odometer and two trip meters

3. Service reminder indicators and
indicator lights

6. Engine coolant temperature gauge

6

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.08


Type B

CY11067

1. Service reminder indicators and
indicator lights

3. Speedometer

6. Engine coolant temperature gauge

4. Fuel gauge

7. Trip meter reset knob

2. Tachometer

5. Low fuel level warning light

8. Odometer and two trip meters

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

7

06 06.08

Indicator symbols on the instrument panel
Brake system warning light∗1
Driver’s seat belt reminder light∗1

 Vehicle stability control system warning
light∗1

 Traction control system warning light∗1
(two−wheel drive models)

 Active traction control system warning light∗1
Front passenger’s seat belt reminder light∗1

(four−wheel drive models)

 “AUTO LSD” system warning light∗1
(two−wheel drive models)

Charging system warning light∗1
Low engine oil pressure warning light∗1

or

 Downhill assist control system warning
light∗1 (four−wheel drive models)

 Hill−start assist control system warning
light∗1

Malfunction indicator lamp∗1

Open door warning light∗1

Engine oil replacement reminder light∗1
(for vehicles sold in U.S.A.)

SRS warning light∗1

Anti−lock brake system warning light∗1

Automatic transmission fluid temperature
warning light∗1 (four−wheel drive models)
Tire pressure warning light∗1

8

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.08

Low windshield washer fluid level warning
light∗1 (for vehicles sold in Canada)

Front fog light indicator light

Engine immobilizer/theft deterrent system
indicator light

Automatic transmission indicator lights

Roll sensing of curtain shield airbags off
indicator light∗2

Low speed four−wheel drive indicator light∗3
(four−wheel drive models)

Front passenger occupant classification indicator
light

Center differential lock indicator light∗3
(four−wheel drive models)
Vehicle stability control system off indicator light
(four−wheel drive models)

Headlight low beam indicator light

Four−wheel drive indicator light∗3
(multi−mode four−wheel drive models)

Tail light indicator light

Slip indicator light

Headlight high beam indicator light

“AUTO LSD” indicator light
(two−wheel drive models)

Turn signal indicator lights

Downhill assist control system indicator light
(four−wheel drive models)

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

9

06 06.08

Height control indicator lights
Height control “OFF” indicator light∗4
Cruise control indicator light∗5
∗1 :
∗2 :
∗3 :
∗4 :
∗5 :

10

For details, see “Service reminder indicators and warning
buzzers” on page 147 in Section 1−6.
For details, see “Roll sensing of curtain shield airbags off
switch” on page 95 in Section 1−3.
If this light flashes, see “Four−wheel drive system” on page
164 in Section 1−7.
If this light flashes, see “Rear height control air suspension”
on page 184 in Section 1−7.
If this light flashes, see “Cruise control” on page 196 in
Section 1−7.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

SECTION

1− 2

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND
CONTROLS
Keys and Doors
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine immobilizer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wireless remote control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Side doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power back window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Back door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Theft deterrent system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel tank cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electric moon roof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

12
14
15
22
27
30
32
34
35
37
39

11

06 06.07

Keys
To protect items locked in the glove box
when using valet parking, leave the sub
key with the attendant.

CY12049

Your vehicle is supplied with the two
kinds of keys.
1. Master keys (black)—These keys work
in every lock. Your Toyota dealer will
need one of them to make a new key
with a built−in transponder chip.
2. Sub key (gray)—This key does not
work in the glove box.
A transponder chip for engine immobilizer
system has been placed in the head of
the master and sub keys. These chips are
needed to enable the system to function
correctly, so be careful not to lose these
keys. If you make your own duplicate key,
you will not be able to cancel the system
or start the engine.

12

Since the side doors can be locked without a key, you should always carry a
spare key in case you accidentally lock
your keys inside the vehicle.

CY12022

NOTICE
When using a key containing a transponder chip, observe the following
precautions:

 When starting the engine, do not
use the key with a key ring resting
on the key grip and do not press
the key ring against the key grip.
Otherwise the engine may not start,
or may stop soon after it starts.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07


 Do not cover the key grip with any
material that cuts off electromagnetic waves.

CY12023

CY12024


 Do not knock the key hard against
other objects.

 Do not leave the key exposed to
high temperatures for a long period,
such as on the dashboard and hood
under direct sunlight.

 Do not put the key in water or
wash it in an ultrasonic washer.


 When starting the engine, do not
use the key with other transponder
keys around (including keys of other vehicles) and do not press other
key plates against the key grip.
Otherwise the engine may not start,
or may stop soon after it starts. If
this happens, remove the key once
and then insert it again after removing other transponder keys (including keys of other vehicles) from the
ring or while gripping or covering
them with your hand to start the
engine.


 Do not bend the key grip.


 Do not use the key with electromagnetic materials.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

13

06 06.07

Engine immobilizer system

CY12025

KEY NUMBER PLATE
Your key number is shown on the plate.
Keep the plate in a safe place such as
your wallet, not in the vehicle.
If you should lose your keys or if you
need additional keys, duplicates can be
made by a Toyota dealer using the key
number.
We recommend writing down the key number and storing it in a safe place.

CY12026

CY12074

The engine immobilizer system is a
theft prevention system. When you insert the key in the ignition switch, the
transponder chip in the key’s head
transmits an electronic code to the vehicle. The engine will start only when
the electronic code in the chip corresponds to the registered ID code for
the vehicle.

The system is automatically set when the
key is removed from the ignition switch.
The indicator light will start flashing to
show the system is set.
If any of the following indicator conditions
occurs, contact your Toyota dealer.


 The indicator light stays on except
when the theft deterrent system is setting or activating. (See “Theft deterrent
system” on page 35 in this Section.)


 The indicator light does not start flashing when the key is removed from the
ignition switch.


 The indicator light flashes inconsistently.

14

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

Wireless remote control—
Inserting the registered key in the ignition
switch automatically cancels the system,
which enables the engine to start. The
indicator light will go off.
For your Toyota dealer to make you a
new key with built−in transponder chip,
your dealer will need your key number
and master key. However, there is a limit
to the number of additional keys your
Toyota dealer can make for you.
If you make your own duplicate key,
you will not be able to cancel the system or start the engine.

NOTICE
Do not modify, remove or disassemble the engine immobilizer system. If any unauthorized changes or
modifications are made, proper operation of the system cannot be guaranteed.

For vehicles sold in U.S.A.
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the
following two conditions:
(1) this device may not cause harmful
interference, and (2) this device must
accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

CY12070

CAUTION
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the
user’s authority to operate the equipment.

1. “LOCK” switch
2. “UNLOCK” switch
3. Back window open switch
4. “PANIC” switch

For vehicles sold in Canada
This device complies with RSS−210 of
Industry Canada. Operation is subject to
the following two conditions:
(1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept
any interference, including interference
that may cause undesired operation of
the device.
2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

15

06 06.07

—Locking and unlocking
doors
The wireless remote control system is
designed to lock or unlock all the side
doors and back door, open the back
window or activate the “PANIC” mode
from a distance within approximately 1
m (3 ft.) of the vehicle.
When you operate any switch, push it
slowly and securely.
The wireless remote control transmitter is
an electronic component. Observe the following instructions in order not to cause
damage to the transmitter.


 Do not leave the transmitter in places
where the temperature becomes high
such as on the dashboard.


 Do not disassemble it.

 Avoid knocking it hard against other

If the wireless remote control transmitter
does not actuate the doors, back window
or alarm, operate from a normal distance:


 Check for closeness to a radio transmitter such as a radio station or an
airport which can interfere with normal
operation of the transmitter.


 The battery may have been consumed.

CY12082

Check the battery in the transmitter. To
replace the battery, see “—Replacing
battery” on page 20.
If you lose your transmitter, contact your
Toyota dealer as soon as possible to
avoid the possibility of theft, or an
accident. (See “If you lose your wireless
remote control transmitter” on page 395 in
Section 4.)

Locking operation

objects or dropping it.


 Avoid putting it in water.
You can use up to 4 wireless remote control transmitters for the same vehicle.
Contact your Toyota dealer for detailed
information.

CY12083

Unlocking operation

16

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

To lock and unlock all the side doors
and back door, push the switches of
the transmitter slowly and securely.
To lock: Push the “LOCK” switch. All the
side doors and back door are locked simultaneously. At this time one beep will
be heard, and the turn signal lights flash
once.
Check to see that all the side doors and
back door are securely locked.
If any of the side doors or the back door
is not securely closed, locking cannot be
performed by the “LOCK” switch and a
beep will sound continuously for 10 seconds. However, if the key is in the ignition
switch, a beep will not sound.
To stop the buzzer, close all the side
doors and back door securely or push the
“UNLOCK” switch.
The buzzer can be disabled. For details,
contact your Toyota dealer.
To unlock: Push the “UNLOCK” switch
once to unlock the driver’s door alone.
Pushing the switch twice within 3 seconds
unlocks all the side doors and back door
simultaneously. Each time the “UNLOCK”
switch is pushed, two beeps will be heard,
and the turn signal lights flash twice.

This double switch operation to unlock all
the side doors and back door can be
changed to a single switch operation. For
details, contact your Toyota dealer.
When the “UNLOCK” switch is pressed,
the interior light, luggage compartment
light, ignition switch light and running
board lights (on some models) will come
on and remain on for about 15 seconds
before fading out. (For details, see
“Interior light” on page 136, “Luggage
compartment light” on page 138, “Ignition
switch light” on page 139 and “Running
board lights” on page 140 in Section 1−5.)

The following adjustments can be made in
this system. For details, contact your
Toyota dealer.


 Cancelling the wireless door locking or
unlocking function


 Cancelling the flash of the turn signal
lights


 Changing the volume of beep sound

You have 30 seconds to open a door after
using the wireless remote unlock feature.
If a door is not opened by then, all the
side doors and back door will be automatically locked again.
The timing for the automatic door lock
function can be changed. For details, contact your Toyota dealer.
If the “LOCK” or “UNLOCK” switch is kept
pressed in, the locking or unlocking operation is not repeated. Release the switch
and then push again.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

17

06 06.07

—Opening back window

—Activating panic mode
The “PANIC” mode does not work when
the ignition key is in the “ON” position.
This alarm function can be disabled. For
details, contact your Toyota dealer.

CY12084

To open the back window, push the
back window open switch of the transmitter for about 1 second. The window
will fully open.
At this time, you can hear a beep.
If the ignition switch is in the “ON” position, the back window cannot be opened
by the back window open switch.
To open the back window with the key,
see “Power back window” on page 30 in
this Section.
The back window opening program by
wireless remote control can be changed or
disabled. For details, contact your Toyota
dealer.

18

CY12051

Pushing the “PANIC” switch blows the
horn intermittently and flashes the
headlights, tail lights and turn signal
lights, and turns on the interior and
luggage compartment lights.
The “PANIC” switch is used to deter vehicle theft when you witness anyone attempting to break into or damage your
vehicle.
The alarm will last for one minute. To stop
alarm midway, push any of the switch on
the wireless remote control transmitter.
You can also stop the alarm by turning
the ignition key from the “LOCK” to “ON”
position.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

For vehicles sold in U.S.A.
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the
following two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause harmful
interference, and (2) this device must
accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

NOTICE:
This equipment has been tested and
found to comply with the limits for a
Class B digital device, pursuant to Part
15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are
designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a
residential installation. This equipment
generates, uses and can radiate radio
frequency energy and, if not installed
and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to
radio communications. However, there is
no guarantee that interference will not
occur in a particular installation. If this
equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception,
which can be determined by turning the
equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following
measures:


 Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.


 Increase the separation between the
equipment and receiver.


 Connect the equipment into an outlet
on a circuit different from that to
which the receiver is connected.


 Consult the dealer or an experienced
radio / TV technician for help.
FCC WARNING:
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the
user’s authority to operate the equipment.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

19

06 06.07

—Replacing battery
For vehicles sold in Canada

For replacement, use a CR2016 lithium
battery or equivalent.

Operation is subject to the following two
conditions:

CAUTION

(1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept
any interference, including interference
that may cause undesired operation of
the device.

Special care should be taken to prevent small children from swallowing
the removed transmitter battery or
components.

CY12033

NOTICE

 When replacing the transmitter battery, be careful not to lose the components.

 Replace only with the same or
equivalent type recommended by a
Toyota dealer.

1. Using a coin or equivalent, open the
transmitter case.


 Dispose of used batteries according
to the local laws.
Replace the transmitter battery by following these procedures:

20

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07


 Be careful not to bend the electrode
when inserting the transmitter battery and that dust or oils do not
adhere to the transmitter case.

CY12088

2. Remove the discharged transmitter battery by ballpoint pen.
Insert the tip of ballpoint pen at the
guide groove and lift as shown in the
above illustration.

NOTICE
Do not bend the terminals.


 Close the transmitter case securely.

CY12089

After replacing the battery, check that the
transmitter operates properly. If the transmitter still does not operate properly, contact your Toyota dealer.

3. Put in a new transmitter battery with
positive (+) side up.
Close the transmitter case securely.

NOTICE

 Make sure the positive side and
negative side of the transmitter battery are faced correctly.

 Do not replace the battery with wet
hands. Water may cause unexpected
rust.

 Do not touch or move any components inside the transmitter, or it
may interfere with proper operation.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

21

06 06.07

Side doors—

CY12001

LOCKING AND UNLOCKING WITH KEY
Insert the key into the keyhole and turn
it.

When any of the side doors and back
door is unlocked with a key, the interior
light, luggage compartment light, ignition
switch light and running board lights (on
some models) will come on and remain on
for about 15 seconds before fading out.
(For details, see “Interior light” on page
136, “Luggage compartment light” on page
138, “Ignition switch light” on page 139
and “Running board lights” on page 140
in Section 1−5.)

CY12002

LOCKING
AND
UNLOCKING
INSIDE LOCK KNOB

WITH

Move the lock knob.

To lock: Turn the key forward.
To unlock: Turn the key backward.

To lock: Push the knob forward.
To unlock: Pull the knob backward.

All the side doors and back door lock and
unlock simultaneously with the driver’s
door. In the driver’s door lock, turning the
key once will unlock the driver’s door and
twice in succession will unlock all the side
doors and back door simultaneously.

The front doors can be opened by pulling
the inside handles even if the lock knobs
are in the locked position.

This double key turning operation to unlock all the side doors and back door can
be changed to a single key turning operation. For details, contact your Toyota dealer.

22

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

CAUTION

Driver’s side

The front doors cannot be locked if you
leave the key in the ignition switch.

WITH

Push the switch.

Do not pull the inside handle of the
front doors while driving. The doors
will open and an accident may occur.
Toyota strongly recommends that all
children be placed in the rear seat of
the vehicle.
Closing the door with the lock knob in the
lock position will also lock the door. Be
careful not to lock your keys in the vehicle.

LOCKING
AND
UNLOCKING
POWER DOOR LOCK SWITCH

To lock: Push the switch down on the
front side.
To unlock: Push the switch down on the
rear side.
Operating the switch simultaneously locks
or unlocks all the side doors and back
door.

CY12073
Front passenger’s side

If you do either of the following, no side
door or back door can be unlocked with
the power door lock switch.


 Lock all the side doors and back door
with the key or wireless remote control
transmitter when all the side doors and
back door are closed.


 Open the driver’s door or front passenger’s door and move the inside lock
knobs of both front doors to the lock
position, then close the front doors.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

23

06 06.07

The power door lock switch can be reset
in the following ways.

CAUTION


 Turn the ignition key to “ON”.

 Unlock all the side doors and back
door with the key or wireless remote
control transmitter.


 Unlock the driver’s door or front pas-

Before driving, be sure that the doors
are closed and locked, especially
when small children are in the vehicle. Along with the proper use of
seat belts, locking the doors helps
prevent the driver and passengers
from being thrown out from the vehicle in an accident. It also helps prevent the doors from being opened
unintentionally.

CY12004

senger’s door with the inside lock
knob, and then unlock all the side
doors and back door with the power
door lock switch.
This unlocking protection with the power
door lock switch can be disabled. For details, contact your Toyota dealer.

REAR DOOR CHILD−PROTECTORS
Move the lock lever to the “LOCK”
position as shown on the label.
When the child−protector is locked, you
cannot open the rear door by the inside
door handle. We recommend using this
feature whenever small children are in the
vehicle.

24

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

—Automatic door locking and
unlocking functions
AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCKING

To select the locking linked with the
shift position:

To select the locking linked with the
vehicle speed:

1. Close all doors and turn the ignition
switch to the “ON” position.

1. Close all doors and turn the ignition
switch to the “ON” position.

2. Shift the selector lever to the “P” position.

2. Shift the selector lever from “P” to the
“N” position.

All doors are automatically locked when
the vehicle speed goes above about 20
km/h (12 mph).

3. Within 10 seconds of turning the ignition switch to the “ON” position, press
and hold the driver’s side power door
lock switch in the lock position for 5
seconds and then release.

3. Within 10 seconds of turning the ignition switch to the “ON” position, press
and hold the driver’s side power door
lock switch in the lock position for 5
seconds and then release.

You can set or cancel the automatic
door locking functions:

The doors will be locked and unlocked
to indicate that the function is set.

The doors will be locked and unlocked
to indicate that the function is set.

Be sure to apply the parking brake when
performing the following operations.

To cancel the function, do the above operation again.

To cancel the function, do the above operation again.

You can select the following functions:


 Locking linked with the shift position
All doors are automatically locked when
the selector lever is moved out of “P”
position.


 Locking linked with vehicle speed

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

25

06 06.07

AUTOMATIC DOOR UNLOCKING
You can select the following functions:


 Unlocking linked with the shift position
All doors are automatically unlocked
when the selector lever is moved to
“P” position.


 Unlocking linked with the ignition
switch
All doors are automatically unlocked
when the driver’s door is opened within
10 seconds after the ignition switch is
turned to the “ACC” or “LOCK” position, or the key is removed.
You can set or cancel the automatic
door unlocking functions:

To select the unlocking linked with the
shift position:

To select the unlocking linked with the
ignition switch:

1. Close all doors and turn the ignition
switch to the “ON” position.

1. Close all doors and turn the ignition
switch to the “ON” position.

2. Shift the selector lever to the “P” position.

2. Shift the selector lever from “P” to the
“N” position.

3. Within 10 seconds of turning the ignition switch to the “ON” position, press
and hold the driver’s side power door
lock switch in the unlock position for
5 seconds and then release.

3. Within 10 seconds of turning the ignition switch to the “ON” position, press
and hold the driver’s side power door
lock switch in the unlock position for
5 seconds and then release.

The doors will be locked and unlocked
to indicate that the function is set.

The doors will be locked and unlocked
to indicate that the function is set.

To cancel the function, do the above operation again.

To cancel the function, do the above operation again.

Be sure to apply the parking brake when
performing the following operations.

26

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

Power windows
OPERATING THE DRIVER’S WINDOW
Use the switch on the driver’s door.
Normal operation: The window moves as
long as you hold the switch.

CY12005

The windows can be operated with the
switch on each side door.
The power windows work when the ignition
switch is in the “ON” position.
Key off operation: If both front doors are
closed, all the power windows work for 43
seconds even after the ignition switch is
turned off. It stops working when either
front door is opened.
The indicator light (“AUTO”) on the switch
tells you the switch can be operated.

To open: Lightly push down the switch.
To close: Lightly pull up the switch.

CY12006

Automatic operation: Push the switch
completely down or pull it completely up,
and then release it. The window will fully
open or close. To stop the window partway, lightly move the switch in the opposite direction and then release it.
Jam protection function: During automatic closing operation or key off closing operation, the window stops and opens half
way if something gets caught between the
window and window frame.
If the window receives a strong impact,
this function may work even if nothing is
caught.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

27

06 06.07

If the battery is disconnected or run
down, the power window may not operate
automatically and the jam protection function will not function correctly after you
reconnect, replace or recharge the battery.
In any of these cases, you should normalize the power window.
To normalize the power window:

Window
lock
switch

CY12052

1. Push down the power window switch
and lower the window halfway.
2. Pull up the switch until the window
closes and hold the switch for a second.
Make sure that the window opens and
closes automatically. If the power window
cannot be operated properly, have it
checked by your Toyota dealer.

CY12085

CAUTION


 Never try jamming any part of your
body to activate the jam protection
function intentionally, as it could result in death or serious injury.


 The jam protection function may
not work if something gets caught
just before the window is fully
closed.

28

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

OPERATING
WINDOWS

THE

PASSENGERS’

Use the switch on each passenger’s
door or the switches on the driver’s
door that control each passenger’s window.
The window moves as long as you hold
the switch.
To open: Push down the switch.
To close: Pull up the switch.
If you push in the window lock switch on
the driver’s door, the passengers’ windows
cannot be operated.


 Never leave anyone (particularly a

CAUTION
To avoid death or serious personal
injury, you must do the following.


 Before you close the power windows, always make sure there is
nobody around the power windows.
You must also make sure the
heads, hands and other parts of the
bodies of all occupants are kept
completely inside the vehicle. If
someone’s neck, head or hands get
caught in a closing window, it
could result in death or serious injury. When anyone closes the power
windows, make sure he or she operates the windows safely.

small child) alone in your vehicle,
especially with the ignition key still
inserted. Otherwise, he/she could
use the power window switches and
get trapped in a window. Unattended person (particularly a small
child) can be involved in a serious
accident.


 When small children are in the vehicle, never let them use the power
window switches without supervision. Use the window lock switch to
prevent them from making unexpected use of the switches.


 Be sure to remove the ignition key
when you leave your vehicle.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

29

06 06.07

Power back window

CY12036

If the battery is disconnected or run
down, the power back window may not
operate automatically and the jam protection function will not function correctly after you reconnect, replace or recharge the
battery. In any of these cases, you should
normalize the power back window with the
power back window switch.
To normalize the power back window:
1. Push the “” (down) switch and lower
the window halfway.

The back window can be operated with
the switch on the instrument panel or
the key operation in the back door keyhole.
The power back window works when the
ignition switch is in the “ON” position.
You can open the back window when the
back window wiper is working. At that
time, the wiper stops working until the
window is closed again.
If the back window is not fully closed, the
back window wiper, washer and defogger
will not work. (See “Back window wiper
and washer” on page 141 and “Back
window and outside rear view mirror
defoggers” on page 142 in Section 1−5.)

30

2. Push the “
” (up) switch until the window closes and hold the switch for a
second.
Make sure that the window opens and
closes automatically. If the power back
window cannot be operated properly, have
it checked by your Toyota dealer.
OPERATING FROM INSIDE

Automatic operation: To open or close
the back window, push and hold the “”
(down) or “
” (up) switch. The window
will fully open or close. To stop the window partway, push the switch on either
the “” (down) or “
” (up) side briefly.
Key off operation: If both front doors are
closed, it works for 43 seconds even after
the ignition switch is turned off. It stops
working when either front door is opened.
Jam protection function: During automatic closing operation or key off closing operation, the window stops and opens half
way if something gets caught between the
window and window frame.
If the window receives a strong impact,
this function may work even if nothing is
caught.

CAUTION

The ignition key must be in the “ON” position.


 Never try jamming any part of your

Normal operation: To open or close the
back window, quickly push and release the
“” (down) or “
” (up) switch.

body to activate the jam protection
function intentionally, as it could result in death or serious injury.


 The jam protection function may
not work if something gets caught
just before the window is fully
closed.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

OPERATING FROM OUTSIDE
The back window can be opened and
closed with the key operation in the back
door keyhole.
To open: Turn the key fully counterclockwise and hold it.

CY12008

After the door is unlocked, the window
begins to open. To stop the window partway, release the key.
To close: Turn the key fully clockwise and
hold it.

If you push in the window lock switch on
the driver’s door, the back window cannot
be operated.

CY12086

After the door is locked, the window begins to close. To stop the window partway,
release the key.
This door key linked function can be disabled. For details, contact your Toyota
dealer.
Jam protection function: During closing
operation, the window stops and opens
half way if something gets caught between
the window and window frame.
If the window receives a strong impact,
this function may work even if nothing is
caught.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

31

06 06.07

Back door
CAUTION
To avoid death or serious personal
injury, you must do the following.


 Before you close the power back
window, always make sure there is
nobody around the power back window. You must also make sure the
heads, hands and other parts of the
bodies of all occupants are kept
completely inside the vehicle. If
someone’s neck, head or hands get
caught in a closing window, it
could result in death or serious injury. When anyone closes the power
back window, make sure he or she
operates the window safely.


 When small children are in the vehicle, never let them use the power
back window switch without supervision. Use the window lock switch
to prevent them from making unexpected use of the switch.


 Be sure to remove the ignition key
when you leave your vehicle.

32


 Never leave anyone (particularly a
small child) alone in your vehicle,
especially with the ignition key still
inserted. Otherwise, he/she could
use the power back window switch
and get trapped in a window. Unattended person (particularly a small
child) can be involved in a serious
accident.

CY12069


 Keep the back window closed while
driving. This not only keeps the
luggage from being thrown out but
also prevents exhaust gases from
entering the vehicle.


 Never try jamming any part of your
body to activate the jam protection
function intentionally, as it could result in death or serious injury.


 The jam protection function may
not work if something gets caught
just before the window is fully
closed.
To open the back window with the wireless remote control transmitter, see
“—Opening back window” on page 18 in
this Section.

To open the back door, push up the
back door opener.
The back door can be opened when the
vehicle is stopped.
If the back door opener does not operate
except when the battery is disconnected
or run down, contact your Toyota dealer.
If the battery is disconnected or run
down, the back door does not open after
you reconnect, replace or recharge the
battery. In any of these cases, you should
normalize the back door.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

To normalize the back door, unlock it with
the key, remote control transmitter or power door lock switch, see “—Locking and
unlocking doors” on page 16 and “Side
doors” on page 22 in this Section.
Make sure that the back door opens. If
the back door cannot be opened properly,
have it checked by your Toyota dealer.
The back door can be locked or unlocked
in the following ways.


 All the side doors and back door lock
and unlock simultaneously with the
back door. Insert the key into the keyhole, turn it clockwise to lock and turn
it counterclockwise to unlock.


 Operate the power door lock switch.
(See “Side doors” on page 22 in this
Section.)


 Operate the wireless remote control.
(See “—Locking and unlocking doors”
on page 16 in this Section.)


 All the side doors and back door are
locked and unlocked simultaneously
with the driver’s door. (See “Side
doors” on page 22 in this Section.)
If the battery terminal is disconnected and
reconnected, the back door will be automatically locked. Be careful not to lock
your keys in the vehicle.

When all the side doors and back door
are unlocked simultaneously with a key,
the interior light, luggage compartment
light, ignition switch light and running
board lights (on some models) will come
on and remain on for about 15 seconds
before fading out. (For details, see “Interior light” on page 136, “Luggage compartment light” on page 138, “Ignition switch
light” on page 139 and “Running board
lights” on page 140 in Section 1−5.)
The back window can be opened and
closed with the key operation in the back
door keyhole. (For details, see “Power
back window” on page 30 in this Section.)

CY12009

When closing the back door, the inside
strap can be used to make the reach
easier.
To close the back door, lower it and press
down on it. After closing the back door,
try pulling it up to make sure it is securely closed.
Back door closer: When the back door
has not been fully closed, it is automatically closed completely.
See “—Stowage precautions” on page 351
in Section 2 for precautions when loading
luggage.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

33

06 06.07

Hood
CAUTION


 Keep the back window and back
door closed while driving. This not
only keeps the luggage from being
thrown out but also prevents exhaust gases from entering the vehicle.

CY12053

CY12087


 Careful attention is needed so as
not to get your fingers trapped as
the back door automatically closes
when it has not been fully closed.


 Never allow a child to operate the
back door.

To open the hood:
1. Pull the hood lock release lever. The
hood will spring up slightly.

NOTICE

 To avoid damage to the back door
dampers, do not apply any force,
paint or let any other foreign matter
on them.

 Do not apply excessive force when
the back door closer is operating.
Otherwise, the back door closer
may become defective.

34

CAUTION
Before driving, be sure that the hood
is closed and securely locked. Otherwise, the hood may open unexpectedly while driving and an accident may
occur.

2. In front of the vehicle, pull up the
auxiliary catch lever and lift the
hood.
Before closing the hood, check to see that
you have not forgotten any tools, rags,
etc. Then lower the hood and make sure
it locks into place. If necessary, press
down gently on the front edge to lock it.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

Theft deterrent system
The system will automatically be set after
30 seconds. When the system is set, the
indicator light will start flashing again.

CY12054

4. After making sure the indicator light
starts flashing, you may leave the vehicle.

CY12074

Never leave anyone in the vehicle when
you set the system, because unlocking
from the inside will activate the system.
CANCELING THE SYSTEM
The system will cancel under the any of
the following conditions:

To deter vehicle theft, the system is
designed to sound an alarm if any of
the side doors, back door or hood is
forcibly unlocked or opened or the battery terminal is disconnected and then
reconnected when the vehicle is locked.
The
and
turn
and

alarm blows the horn intermittently
flashes the headlights, tail lights and
signal lights, and turns on the interior
luggage compartment lights.

SETTING THE SYSTEM


 Any of the side doors, back door or

1. Turn the ignition key to the “LOCK”
position and remove it.


 Any of the side doors or the back door

The indicator light will start flashing when
the key is removed from the ignition
switch. (See “Engine immobilizer system”
on page 14 in this Section for details.)


 The key is inserted into the ignition.

 The battery terminal is reconnected.

hood is opened.
is unlocked.

2. Have all passengers get out of the
vehicle.
3. Close and lock all the side doors, back
door and hood.
The indicator light will remain on when all
the side doors, back door and hood are
closed and locked.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

35

06 06.07

WHEN THE SYSTEM IS SET

Stopping the alarm

TESTING THE SYSTEM

Activating the system

The alarm will be stopped by the following
these ways:

1. Open all the windows.

The system will sound the alarm under
the following conditions:


 If any of the side doors is unlocked or
opened without the key or wireless remote control transmitter, or if the back
door or hood is forcibly opened.


 If the battery terminal is disconnected
and then reconnected.


 If the ignition is hotwired.
The indicator light will come on when the
system is activated.
If the alarm has been activated and the
key is not in the ignition switch, all the
side doors and back door will re−lock automatically.
After one minute, the alarm will automatically stop and the indicator light will starts
flashing again.


 Unlock any of the side doors or the
back door with the key or wireless remote control transmitter.


 Turn the ignition key from the “LOCK”
to “ON” position.

2. Set the system as described above.
The side doors and back door should
be locked with the key or wireless remote control transmitter. Be sure to
wait until the indicator light goes off or
starts flashing.

These ways cancel the system at the
same time.

3. Unlock any side door from the inside.
The system should activate the alarm.

If the battery becomes discharged due
to the vehicle being unused for a long
time, etc., when the battery is recharged
or replaced, the system will give the
alarm. If this happens, immediately unlock
any of the side doors or the back door
with the key or the wireless remote control transmitter, and the alarm will stop.

4. Stop the alarm as described above.
5. Repeat this operation for the other
doors and hood. When testing the
hood, also check that the system is
activated when the battery terminal is
disconnected and then reconnected.
If the system does not work properly,
have it checked by your Toyota dealer.

Reactivating the alarm
Once set, the system automatically resets
the alarm after the alarm stops.
The alarm will activate again under the
same
circumstances
described
in
“Activating the system”.

36

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

Fuel tank cap

CY12081

This indicates that the fuel filler door
is on the left side of your vehicle.

CY12055

CY12060

1. To open the fuel filler door, pull the
lever.
When refueling, turn off the engine.

CAUTION


 Do not smoke, cause sparks or allow open flames when refueling.
The fumes are flammable.

2. To remove the fuel tank cap, turn
the cap counterclockwise by 90 degrees (to the pressure point 1), and
then turn it an additional 30 degrees
(to point 2). Pause slightly before
removing it.
It is not unusual to hear a slight swoosh
when the cap is opened.


 When opening the cap, do not remove the cap quickly. In hot weather, fuel under pressure could cause
injury by spraying out of the filler
neck if the cap is suddenly removed.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

37

06 06.07

3. The removed cap can be stored on
the back side of the fuel filler door.
Position the cap so that the hooks point
to the left and right or up and down, and
set it in the receptacle on the back side
of the door.

NOTICE
To prevent damage to the cap, apply
force only in the turning direction to
the cap. Do not pull or pry it.

When installing the cap, turn the cap
clockwise until you hear a click. When
you hear the click, the cap is fully
closed.

CY12056

If the cap is not installed securely, the
malfunction indicator lamp comes on.
Make sure the cap is tightened securely.
The indicator lamp goes off after driving
several times. If the indicator lamp does
not go off, contact your Toyota dealer as
soon as possible.

CAUTION


 Make sure the cap is installed securely to prevent fuel spillage in
the event of an accident.


 Use only a genuine Toyota fuel tank
cap for replacement. It is designed
to regulate fuel tank pressure.

38

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

Electric moon roof
To operate the moon roof, use the
switch beside the personal lights.
The moon roof works when the ignition
switch is in the “ON” position.

CY12016

The sun shade can be opened or closed
by hand.
Sliding operation—
To open: Push the switch on the “SLIDE
OPEN” side.

Sliding operation

The roof will fully open automatically. To
stop the roof partway, push the switch on
either the “SLIDE OPEN” or “TILT UP”
side quickly.
When you quickly push and release the
switch, the moon roof will open while the
switch is being pushed and stop when
released.
The sun shade will be opened together
with the roof.

CY12017

When the moon roof is opened fully, the
deflector will raise to reduce the entering
of the strong wind. The angle of the deflector will be adjusted according to the
vehicle speed.
To close: Push the switch on the “TILT
UP” side.

Tilting operation

The roof will fully close automatically. To
stop the roof partway, push the switch on
either the “SLIDE OPEN” or “TILT UP”
side quickly.
When you quickly push and release the
switch, the moon roof will close while the
switch is being pushed and stop when
released.
Tilting operation—
To tilt up: Push the switch on the “TILT
UP” side.
The roof will fully tilt up automatically. To
stop the roof partway, push the switch on
either the “SLIDE OPEN” or “TILT UP”
side quickly.
When you quickly push and release the
switch, the moon roof will tilt up while the
switch is being pushed and stop when
released.
To tilt down: Push the switch on the
“SLIDE OPEN” side.
The roof will fully tilt down automatically.
To stop the roof partway, push the switch
on either the “SLIDE OPEN” or “TILT UP”
side quickly.
When you quickly push and release the
switch, the moon roof will tilt down while
the switch is being pushed and stop when
released.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

39

06 06.07

Key off operation: If both front doors are
closed, it works for 43 seconds even after
the ignition switch is turned off. It stops
working when either front door is opened.
Jam protection function:


 If something gets caught between the
moon roof and frame during slide closing operation, the moon roof stops and
opens half way, and the deflector stops
and raises fully.


 If something gets caught between the
moon roof and frame during tilting
down operation, the moon roof stops
and opens fully.
If the moon roof receives a strong impact,
this function may work even if nothing is
caught.
If the battery is disconnected or run
down, the moon roof may not operate
automatically and the jam protection function will not function correctly after you
reconnect, replace or recharge the battery.
In any of these cases, you should normalize the moon roof.
To normalize the moon roof, push and
hold the switch on the “TILT UP” side until
the moon roof tilts all the way up and
then tilts down a little automatically.

Make sure that the moon roof opens and
closes automatically. If the moon roof cannot be operated properly, have it checked
by your Toyota dealer.

CAUTION
To avoid death or serious personal
injury, you must do the following.


 While the vehicle is moving, always
keep the heads, hands and other
parts of the bodies of all occupants
away from the roof opening. Otherwise, they could be seriously injured if the vehicle stops suddenly
or if the vehicle is involved in an
accident.


 Before you close the moon roof,
always make sure there is nobody
around the moon roof. You must
also make sure nobody places his
or her head, hands and other parts
of the body in the roof opening. If
someone’s neck, head or hands get
caught in the closing roof, it could
result in death or serious injury.
When anyone closes the moon roof,
first make sure it is safe to do so.


 Never leave anyone (particularly a
small child) alone in your vehicle,
especially with the ignition key still
inserted. Otherwise, he/she could
use the moon roof switch and get
trapped in the roof opening. Unattended person (particularly a small
child) can be involved in a serious
accident.


 Never sit on top of the vehicle
around the roof opening.


 Never try jamming any part of your
body to activate the jam protection
function intentionally, as it could result in death or serious injury.


 The jam protection function may
not work if something gets caught
just before the moon roof is fully
closed.


 Be sure to remove the ignition key
when you leave your vehicle.

40

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.08

SECTION

1− 3

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND
CONTROLS
Occupant restraint systems
Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Driving position memory system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Head restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seat heaters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SRS airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Roll sensing of curtain shield airbags off switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Child restraint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

42
42
48
50
62
63
63
64
74
95
96

41

06 06.08

Front seats—
—Front seat precautions

Seats
While the vehicle is being driven, all vehicle occupants should have the seatback
upright, sit well back in the seat and properly wear the seat belts provided.

CAUTION


 Do not drive the vehicle unless the
occupants are properly seated. Do
not allow any passengers to sit on
top of a folded−down seatback, or
in the luggage compartment or cargo area. Persons not properly
seated and/or not properly restrained by seat belts can be killed
or severely injured in the event of
emergency braking or a collision.


 During driving, do not allow any
passengers to stand up or move
around between seats. Otherwise,
death or severe injuries can occur
in the event of emergency braking
or a collision.

42

Driver seat


 Slightly recline the back of the
CAUTION

The SRS driver airbag deploys with
considerable force, and can cause
death or serious injury especially if
the driver is very close to the airbag.
The National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration (“NHTSA”) advises:
Since the risk zone for driver airbag
is the first 50—75 mm (2—3 in.) of
inflation, placing yourself 250 mm (10
in.) from your driver airbag provides
you with a clear margin of safety.
This distance is measured from the
center of the steering wheel to your
breastbone. If you sit less than 250
mm (10 in.) away now, you can
change your driving position in several ways:


 Move your seat to the rear as far

seat. Although vehicle designs vary,
many drivers can achieve the 250
mm (10 in.) distance, even with the
driver seat all the way forward, simply by reclining the back of the
seat somewhat. If reclining the back
of your seat makes it hard to see
the road, raise yourself by using a
firm, non−slippery cushion, or raise
the seat if your vehicle has that
feature.


 If your steering wheel is adjustable,
tilt it downward. This points the airbag toward your chest instead of
your head and neck.
The seat should be adjusted as recommended by NHTSA above, while
still maintaining control of the foot
pedals, steering wheel, and your view
of the instrument panel controls.

as you can while still reaching the
pedals comfortably.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.08

—Seat adjustment precautions
Front passenger seat

Front seats (with SRS side airbags)

CAUTION

CAUTION

The SRS front passenger airbag also
deploys with considerable force, and
can cause death or serious injury especially if the front passenger is very
close to the airbag. The front passenger seat should be as far from the
airbag as possible with the seatback
adjusted, so the front passenger sits
upright.

The SRS side airbags are installed in
the driver and front passenger seats.
Observe the following precautions.

CAUTION


 Do not adjust the seat while the


 Do not lean against the front door
when the vehicle is in use, since
the side airbag inflates with considerable speed and force. Otherwise,
you may be killed or seriously injured.

vehicle is moving as the seat may
unexpectedly move and cause the
driver to lose control of the vehicle.


 Be careful that the seat does not
hit a passenger or luggage.


 After adjusting the seat position, release the lever and try sliding the
seat forward and backward to make
sure it is locked in position.


 Do not use seat accessories which


 After adjusting the seatback, push

cover the area where the side airbags inflate. Such accessories may
prevent the side airbags from activating correctly, causing death or
serious injury.

your body back against the seat to
make sure the seat is locked in
position.


 Do not modify or replace the seats
or upholstery of the seats with side
airbags. Such change may prevent
the side airbag system from activating correctly, disable the system or
cause the side airbags to inflate accidentally, resulting in death or serious injury.


 Do not put objects under the seats.
Otherwise, the objects may interfere
with the seat−lock mechanism or
unexpectedly push up the seat position adjusting lever and the seat
may suddenly move, causing the
driver to lose control of the vehicle.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

43

06 06.08

—Adjusting front seats
(manual seat)
1. SEAT POSITION ADJUSTING LEVER


 While adjusting the seat, do not put

Hold the center of the lever and pull it
up. Then slide the seat to the desired
position with slight body pressure and
release the lever.

your hands under the seat or near
the moving parts. Otherwise, your
hands or fingers may be caught and
injured.

2. SEAT CUSHION ANGLE ADJUSTING
KNOB (driver’s seat only)
To change the angle of the seat cushion on the front side, turn the knob
either way.
3. SEAT HEIGHT ADJUSTING
(driver’s seat only)

CY13281

LEVER

To change the height of the seat, pull
up or push down the lever.
4. SEATBACK
LEVER

ANGLE

ADJUSTING

Lean forward and pull the lever up.
Then lean back to the desired angle
and release the lever.

44

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.08

—Adjusting front seats (power
seat)
1. DRIVER’S SEAT: SEAT POSITION,
SEAT CUSHION ANGLE AND SEAT
HEIGHT ADJUSTING SWITCH

CAUTION
Avoid reclining the seatback any
more than needed. The seat belts provide maximum protection in a frontal
or rear collision when the driver and
the front passenger are sitting up
straight and well back in the seats. If
you are reclined, the lap belt may
slide past your hips and apply restraint forces directly to the abdomen
or your neck may contact the shoulder belt. In the event of a frontal
collision, the more the seat is reclined, the greater the risk of death
or serious injury.
5. SEAT
LUMBAR
ADJUSTING SWITCH
only)

SUPPORT
(driver’s seat

PASSENGER’S SEAT: SEAT POSITION
ADJUSTING SWITCH
Move the control switch in the desired
direction.
Releasing the switch will stop the seat at
that position.
Do not place anything under the front
seats, as this might interfere with the seat
movement.

CY13001

2. SEATBACK
SWITCH

ANGLE

ADJUSTING

Move the control switch in the desired
direction.
Releasing the switch will stop the seatback at that position.

Push the control switch on either side.
The amount of lumbar support will change
while the switch is pushed.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

45

06 06.08

—Flattening seatbacks
(manual seat)
CAUTION
Avoid reclining the seatback any
more than needed. The seat belts provide maximum protection in a frontal
or rear collision when the driver and
the front passenger are sitting up
straight and well back in the seats. If
you are reclined, the lap belt may
slide past your hips and apply restraint forces directly to the abdomen
or your neck may contact the shoulder belt. In the event of a frontal
collision, the more the seat is reclined, the greater the risk of death
or serious injury.
3. SEAT
LUMBAR
ADJUSTING SWITCH
only)

SUPPORT
(driver’s seat

Push the control switch on either side.
The amount of lumbar support will change
while the switch is pushed.

46

CY13282

CY13283

1. Remove the head restraint. Hold the
center of the lever and pull it up.
Then slide the seat further forward
than the front−most lock position.

2. Pull the seatback angle adjusting lever to unlock and push down the
seatback.
When returning the seatback upright, be
careful not to make yourself hit by the
seatback which will bound with considerable spring force.
After returning the seat to its original
position, be certain to replace the head
restraint.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.08

—Flattening seatbacks
(power seat)
CAUTION


 Do not allow passengers to ride on
the flattened seat while driving; use
the seat in the normal position.


 After putting back the seat, try
pushing the seat and seatback forward and rearward to make sure it
is secured in place. Be certain to
replace the head restraint.

CY13135

CY13136

1. Remove the head restraint. Move the
seat position adjusting switch forward to slide the seat further forward than the front−most position.

2. Move the seatback angle adjusting
switch backward to flatten the seatback.
After returning the seat to its original
position, be certain to replace the head
restraint.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

47

06 06.08

Driving position memory
system (on some models)
CAUTION


 Do not allow passengers to ride on
the flattened seat while driving; use
the seat in the normal position.


 After putting back the seat, try
pushing the seat and seatback forward and rearward to make sure it
is secured in place. Be certain to
replace the head restraint.

This system can memorize the position
of the driver’s seat and recall it at the
touch of a button.
Buttons “1” and “2” can memorize two
separate positions.

CY13300

SETTING THE DRIVING POSITION
The ignition key must be in the “ON” position and the selector lever is in the “P”
position.
1. Adjust the driver’s seat to the desired position.
2. While pushing the “SET” button,
push button “1” or “2” until a beep
is heard.
The system can memorize up to 2 positions by repeating the above steps. If step
2 is performed when both buttons “1” and
“2” are memorized, the previous position
will be erased and a new position will be
set.

48

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.08

To make only slight changes to an already
memorized position, the easiest way is to
first activate the memorized position, then
make the desired changes and perform
step 2 above.

To stop the operation, push any driving
position memory button.
To reactivate the system, push the button
“1” or “2” again.
If the vehicle’s battery is disconnected,
the memory will be erased and the positions will have to be set again.

CY13301

CAUTION


 Do not start the vehicle while the
adjustments are being made.


 Take care not to select the wrong
RECALLING THE MEMORIZED POSITION
When you push button “1” or “2”, a
beep will sound and the driving position will be automatically adjusted to
the position recorded for that button.
The memorized position can be recalled
under the following conditions:

button, or the seat could strike the
rear passenger or hit your body
against the steering wheel. If this
happens, you can stop the movement by pressing another driving
position memory switch.


 The ignition key is in the “ON” position
and the selector lever is in the “P”
position.


 The ignition key is turned to the
“LOCK” position or the key is not in
the ignition switch, and less than 30
seconds have passed since opening
the driver’s door.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

49

06 06.08

Rear seats—
—Folding down rear seats
(vehicles without third seats)

CY13107

BEFORE FOLDING DOWN REAR SEAT
Stow the rear center seat belt buckle as
shown in the illustration.

CY13163

CY13093

If you are using a trash holder, lower
it.

1. Lower the head restraint to the lowest position.

This prevents the seat belt buckle from
falling out when you fold the seatback.

NOTICE
The seat belt buckle must be stowed
before you fold the seatback.

50

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.08

CY13131

CY13132

CY13082

2. Swing the bottom cushion up by
pulling the lock release strap.

3. Push the lock release button and
fold down the seatback.

Each bottom cushion can be swung up
separately.

This will enlarge the luggage compartment
as far as the raised seat cushion. See
“—Stowage precautions” on page 351 in
Section 2 for precautions when loading
luggage.
Each seatback can be folded separately.

WHEN RETURNING THE SEATBACK
If you cannot raise the seatback because
of the locked seat belt, do not try to force
it. Release the lock of the seat belt in the
following way.
1. Push in the lower front edge of the
seatback to slacken the seat belt.
2. Let the seat belt retract a little.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

51

06 06.08

—Rear seat precautions
(vehicles with third seats)

 The third seats have a maximum

CAUTION

CAUTION

When returning seats to their original
position, observe the following precautions in order to prevent death or
serious injury in a collision or sudden stop:


 Adjustment should not be made


 Make sure the seatback is securely


 After adjusting the seatback, push

locked by pushing forward and rearward on the top of the seatback.
Failure to do so will prevent the
seat belt from operating properly.


 Make sure the seat belts are not
twisted or caught in the seatback
and are arranged in their proper
position and are ready to use.


 Make sure the bottom cushion is
securely locked by trying to pull up
the edge of the cushion near the
lock release straps.


 Make sure to arrange the buckles of
the seat belts in their proper position and be ready to use.

52

while the vehicle is moving.


 When adjusting the seat, be careful
not to hit the seat against a passenger or luggage.
back your body to make sure it is
locked in position.


 When returning seats to their origi-

capacity of two belted occupants
who do not exceed 150 cm (59 in.)
in height. Exceeding these limits
can result in increased risk of serious injuries or death.
Folding the seats up will enlarge the
luggage compartment. See “—Stowage
precautions” on page 351 in Section 2 for
precautions when loading luggage.

nal position, observe the following
precautions in order to prevent personal injury in a collision or sudden stop:
Make sure the seat is securely
locked by pushing forward and rearward on the top of the seatback or
by trying to pull up the edge of the
bottom cushion. Failure to do so
will prevent the seat belt from operating properly.
Make sure the seat belts are not
twisted or caught under the seat
and are arranged in their proper
position and are ready to use.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.08

—Adjusting rear seats
(vehicles with third seats)

—Tumbling second seats
SEATBACK ANGLE ADJUSTING LEVER
Lean forward and pull the lock release
lever. Then lean back to the desired
angle and release the lever.

CY13199

Second seats

CAUTION
Avoid reclining the seatback any
more than needed. The seat belts provide maximum protection in a frontal
or rear collision when the passengers
are sitting up straight and well back
in the seats. If you are reclined, the
lap belt may slide past your hips and
apply restraint forces directly to the
abdomen. In the event of a frontal
collision, the more the seat is reclined, the greater the risk of death
or serious injury.

CY13200

BEFORE TUMBLING SECOND SEATS
Stow the second seat belt buckles as
shown in the illustration.
This prevents the buckles from falling out
when you tumble the second seat.

NOTICE

CY13204

The seat belt buckles must be stowed
before you tumble the second seat.

Third seats

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

53

06 06.08

CY13201

CY13202

CY13203

TUMBLING SECOND SEATS

WHEN RETURNING SECOND SEATS

Lower the head restraints to the lowest
position. Fold down the seatback while
pulling the seatback angle adjusting lever, then swing the whole seat up and
forward until they are locked.

Push the knob to unlock the seat,
swing the whole seat down and swing
the seatback up.

Tumbling the second seats will enlarge the
floor space for third seat entry. It will also
enlarge the luggage compartment when
the third seats are not used. See
“—Stowage precautions” on page 351 in
Section 2 for precautions when loading
luggage.

54

If you cannot raise the seatback because
of the locked seat belt, do not try to force
it. Release the lock of the seat belt in the
following way.
1. Push in the lower front edge of the
seatback to slacken the seat belt.
2. Let the seat belt retract a little.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.08

—Folding up third seats
CAUTION

To prevent death or serious injury in
a collision or sudden stop:

When tumbling seats or returning
seats to their original positions, observe the following to prevent death
or serious injury:


 Do not sit on or place anything on


 Do not tumble or return the seat
while the vehicle is moving.


 Make sure people or luggage are
clear of the seat. Then, hold the
seat and slowly move it. Otherwise,
people may be injured or luggage
may be damaged, if the seat hits
them.


 Be careful not to get your hands or
feet pinched in the seat.

the folded seatback or tumbled seat
while driving.


 Make sure the seat is securely
locked by pushing forward and rearward on the top of the seatback or
by trying to pull up the edge of the
bottom cushion. Failure to do so
will prevent the seat belt from operating properly.


 Make sure the seat belts are not
twisted or caught under the seat
and are arranged in their proper
position and are ready to use.

CY13248

BEFORE FOLDING UP THIRD SEATS
1. Stow the third seat belt buckles as
shown in the illustration.
This prevents the buckles from falling out
when you fold up the third seats.

NOTICE
The seat belt buckles must be stowed
before you fold up the third seats.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

55

06 06.08

CY13230

2. Make sure the shoulder belt passes
through the hanger.
This prevents the shoulder belt from being
damaged.

CAUTION
The seat belt must be removed from
the hanger when the seat belt is in
use.

56

CY13206

CY13207

FOLDING UP THIRD SEATS
1. Lower the head restraint to the lowest position. Fold down the seatback
while pushing the seatback angle adjusting lever.

2. Unlock the seat leg by pulling the
handle behind the seat, and swing
the whole seat up and sideward.

Folding up the third seats will enlarge the
luggage compartment. See “—Stowage
precautions” on page 351 in Section 2 for
precautions when loading luggage.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.08

CY13255

3. Stow the seat leg in the back of the
seat cushion. Take the holding strap
out of its holder, and attach the
strap to the assist grip. Tighten the
strap by pulling the end and fix it
with Velcro.

CAUTION

CY13256

CY13257

4. Remove the seat anchor covers from
the back of the seat cushion, and
install them over the seat anchors.

CAUTION

When returning the third seat to its original position, stow the holding strap in the
holder in the direction shown above. Then
do the above procedures in the reverse
order.

Be sure to apply the covers on the
seat anchors, or you may get burned
when they become hot.

When folding up the third seats, fix
the seats securely by adjusting the
length of the holding strap. Failure to
do so may cause an unexpected injury in the event of emergency braking
or collision.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

57

06 06.08

—Removing third seats
CAUTION
When folding up seats or returning
seats to their original positions, observe the following to prevent death
or serious injury:


 Do not fold up or return the seat

CY13248

CY13230

while the vehicle is moving.


 Be careful not to hit the seat
against a person or drop it on yourself.
To prevent death or serious injury in
a collision or sudden stop:


 Do not sit on or place anything on
the folded seatback while driving.


 Make sure the seat is securely
locked by pushing forward and rearward on the top of the seatback or
by trying to pull up the edge of the
bottom cushion. Failure to do so
will prevent the seat belt from operating properly.

BEFORE REMOVING THIRD SEATS
1. Stow the third seat belt buckles as
shown in the illustration.
This prevents the buckles from falling out
when you remove the third seats.

2. Make sure the shoulder belt passes
through the hanger.
This prevents the shoulder belt from being
damaged.

CAUTION

NOTICE
The seat belt buckles must be stowed
before you remove the third seats.

The seat belt must be removed from
the hanger when the seat belt is in
use.


 Make sure the seat belts are not
twisted or caught under the seat
and are arranged in their proper
position and are ready to use.

58

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.08

CY13206

REMOVING THIRD SEATS
1. Lower the head restraint to the lowest position. Fold down the seatback
while pushing the seatback angle adjusting lever.

CY13210

CY13211

2. Unlock the seat leg by pulling the
handle behind the seat, and lift the
whole seat up. Retract the seat leg
into the back of the seat cushion.
Then, place the seat on the floor.

3. Remove the cover and push the seat
lock release lever outward to unlock
the seat lock, then pull up the whole
seat and remove it. After removing
the seat, reinstall the cover.
Removing the third seats will enlarge the
luggage compartment. See “—Stowage
precautions” on page 351 in Section 2 for
precautions when loading luggage.

NOTICE
Avoid putting heavy loads on the removed seat. The metallic tips of the
seat leg may be damaged and the
seat cannot be reinstalled.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

59

06 06.08

REINSTALLING THIRD SEATS
1. Remove the seat anchor covers from
the floor and install them in the
back of the seat cushion. Hold the
seat and engage the seat striker to
the seat lock, then place the seat on
the floor. Press down the seatback
to securely lock the seat to the
body.

CY13258

4. Remove the seat anchor covers from
the back of the seat cushion, and
install them over the seat anchors.

CY13212

CAUTION
Be sure to apply the covers on the
seat anchors, or you may get burned
when they become hot.

60

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.08


 When reinstalling the seat, be careful not to hit the seat against yourself or the vehicle.

CY13213

To prevent death or serious injury in
a collision or sudden stop:

CY13214


 Do not sit on or place anything on
the folded seatback while driving.


 Do not leave the removed seat unsecured in the vehicle.


 Do not try to sit on or place anything on the removed seat.
2. Pull out the seat leg from the back
of the seat cushion and lock it on
the anchor. Reinstall the cover.

3. Raise the seatback while pushing
down the seatback angle adjusting
lever.


 Reinstall each seat in its original
position. Failure to do so will prevent third seat occupants from using seat belts properly.


 Make sure the seat is securely

CAUTION
When removing or reinstalling the
seat, observe the following to prevent
death or serious injury:


 Do not fold or remove the seat
while the vehicle is moving.


 Be careful not to get your hands or
feet pinched in the seat.


 Be careful not to hit the removed

locked by pushing forward and rearward on the top of the seatback or
by trying to pull up the edge of the
bottom cushion. Failure to do so
will prevent the seat belt from operating properly.


 Make sure the seat belts are not
twisted or caught under the seat
and are arranged in their proper
position and are ready to use.

seat against a person or drop it on
yourself.
2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

61

06 06.08

Head restraints
For your safety and comfort, adjust the
head restraint before driving.
To raise: Pull it up.
To lower: Push it down while pressing the
lock release button.

CY13109

Front seats

CY13110

Rear seats—vehicles without third seats

62

CY13238

Front head restraints—You can also move
the head restraint forward or backward. If
such adjustment is desired, pull or push
the base of the head restraint.

Second seats—vehicles with third seats

CY13239

Rear head restraints (vehicles without
third seats) and a second center head
restraint (vehicles with third seats)—When
an occupant sits on the rear seat (vehicles without third seats) or second center seat (vehicles with third seats), always
pull up the rear head restraint to the lock
position.
The head restraint is most effective when
it is close to your head. Therefore, using
a cushion on the seatback is not recommended.

Third seats

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.08

Armrest

Seat heaters

CAUTION


 Adjust the center of the head restraint so that it is closest to the
top of your ears.


 After adjusting the head restraint,
make sure it is locked in position.

CY13137

CY13193


 Do not drive with the head restraints removed.

To use the armrest,
shown above.

pull

it

out as

This armrest is equipped with cup holders
and tray. (For details, see “Rear cup
holders and tray” on page 318 or “Rear
cup holders” on page 320 in Section
1−10.)

NOTICE
To prevent damage to the armrest,
avoid putting heavy loads on it.

To turn on the seat heater, move the
dial forward (“L” dial for the left front
seat and “R” dial for the right front
seat). At this time, the indicator light
will illuminate to indicate the seat heater is operating.
To turn off the seat heater, move the
dial backward until it stops.
Move the dial forward or backward to adjust to the desired temperature. When the
seat heater is not in use, move the dial
fully backward.
The key must be in the “ON” position.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

63

06 06.08

Seat belts—
—Seat belt precautions
CAUTION
Occupants must use caution when operating the seat heater because it
may make them feel too hot or cause
burns at low temperatures (erythema,
varicella). Use extra caution for;


 Babies, small children, elderly persons, sick persons or persons with
physical disabilities


 Persons who have sensitive skin

 Persons who are exhausted

 Persons who have taken alcohol or
drugs which induce sleep (sleeping
drug, cold remedy, etc.)
To prevent the seat overheating, do
not use the seat heater with a blanket, cushion, or other insulating objects which cover the seat.

NOTICE

 Do not put unevenly weighed objects on the seat and do not stick
sharp objects (needles, nails, etc.)
into the seat.

 When cleaning the seats, do not
use organic substances (paint thinner, benzine, alcohol, gasoline,
etc.). They may damage the heater
and seat surface.

 To prevent the battery from being
discharged, turn the system off
when the engine is not running.

Toyota strongly urges that the driver and
passengers in the vehicle be properly restrained at all times with the seat belts
provided. Failure to do so could increase
the chance of injury and/or the severity of
injury in accidents.
The seat belts provided for your vehicle
are designed for people of adult size,
large enough to properly wear them.
Child. Use a child restraint system appropriate for the child until the child becomes large enough to properly wear the
vehicle’s seat belts. See “Child restraint”
on page 96 in this Section for details.
If a child is too large for a child restraint
system, the child should sit in the rear
seat and must be restrained using the
vehicle’s seat belt. According to accident
statistics, the child is safer when properly
restrained in the rear seat than in the
front seat.
If a child must sit in the front seat, the
seat belts should be worn properly. If an
accident occurs and the seat belts are not
worn properly, the force of the rapid inflation of the airbag may cause death or
serious injury to the child.

64

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.08

Do not allow any children to stand up or
kneel on either rear or front seats. An
unrestrained child could suffer serious injury or death during emergency braking or
a collision. Also, do not let the child sit
on your lap. Holding a child in your arms
does not provide sufficient restraint.
Pregnant woman. Toyota recommends the
use of a seat belt. Ask your doctor for
specific recommendations. The lap belt
should be worn securely and as low as
possible over the hips and not on the
waist.
Injured person. Toyota recommends the
use of a seat belt. Depending on the injury, first check with your doctor for specific
recommendation.


 Be careful not to damage the belt

CAUTION
Persons should ride in their seats
properly wearing their seat belts
whenever the vehicle is moving.
Otherwise, they are much more likely
to suffer serious injury or death in
the event of sudden braking or a collision.
When using the seat belts, observe
the following:


 Use the belt for only one person at
a time. Do not use a single belt for
two or more people—even children.


 Avoid reclining the seatback any
more than needed. The seat belts
provide maximum protection in a
frontal or rear collision when the
driver and the front passenger are
sitting up straight and well back in
the seats. If you are reclined, the
lap belt may slide past your hips
and apply restraint forces directly
to the abdomen or your neck may
contact the shoulder belt. In the
event of a frontal collision, the
more the seat is reclined, the greater the risk of death or serious injury.

webbing or hardware. Take care that
they do not get caught or pinched
in the seat or side doors.


 Inspect the belt system periodically.
Check for cuts, fraying, and loose
parts. Damaged parts should be replaced. Do not disassemble or
modify the system.


 Keep the belts clean and dry. If
they need cleaning, use a mild soap
solution or lukewarm water. Never
use bleach, dye, or abrasive cleaners, or allow them to come into
contact with the belts—they may
severely weaken the belts. (See
“Cleaning the interior” on page 401
in Section 5.)


 Replace the belt assembly (including bolts) if it has been used in a
severe impact. The entire assembly
should be replaced even if damage
is not obvious.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

65

06 06.08

—Fastening front and rear
seat belts
When a passenger’s shoulder belt is completely extended and is then retracted
even slightly, the belt is locked in that
position and cannot be extended. This feature is used to hold the child restraint
system securely. (For details, see “Child
restraint” on page 96 in this Section.) To
free the belt again, fully retract the belt
and then pull the belt out once more.

CY13231
Tab
Buckle

Adjust the seat as needed and sit
straight and well back in the seat.
fasten your belt, pull it out of the
tractor and insert the tab into
buckle.

up
To
rethe

You will hear a click when the tab locks
into the buckle.
The seat belt length automatically adjusts
to your size and the seat position.
The retractor will lock the belt during a
sudden stop or on impact. It also may
lock if you lean forward too quickly. A
slow, easy motion will allow the belt to
extend, and you can move around freely.

66

Take up
slack
Too high

CY13057

If the seat belt cannot be pulled out of the
retractor, firmly pull the belt and release
it. You will then be able to smoothly pull
the belt out of the retractor.

Keep as low on
hips as possible

CAUTION

Adjust the position
shoulder belts.


 After inserting the tab, make sure
the tab and buckle are locked and
that the belt is not twisted.


 Do not insert coins, clips, etc. in

of

the

Position the lap belt as low as
on your hips—not on your waist,
just it to a snug fit by pulling the
portion upward through the latch

the buckle as this may prevent you
from properly latching the tab and
buckle.


 If the seat belt does not function
normally, immediately contact your
Toyota dealer. Do not use the seat
until the seat belt is fixed, because
it cannot protect an adult occupant
or your child from death or serious
injury.
2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

lap and
possible
then adshoulder
plate.

06 06.08

CAUTION

CAUTION


 Both high−positioned lap belts and

Always make sure the shoulder belt
is positioned across the center of
your shoulder. The belt should be
kept away from your neck, but not
falling off your shoulder. Failure to
do so could reduce the amount of
protection in an accident and cause
death or serious injuries in a collision.

loose−fitting belts could cause
death or serious injuries due to
sliding under the lap belt during a
collision or other unintended event.
Keep the lap belt positioned as low
on hips as possible.

CY13007


 Do not place the shoulder belt under your arm.

Seat belts with an adjustable shoulder
anchor—
Adjust the shoulder anchor position to
your size.
To raise: Slide the anchor up.
To lower: Push in the lock release button
and slide the anchor down.
After adjustment make sure the anchor is
locked in position.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

67

06 06.08

—Stowing rear seat belt
buckles

CY13164

To release the belt, press the buckle
release button and allow the belt to
retract.

CY13107

CY13249

Rear center seat—vehicles without third
seats

Third seats

The rear seat belt buckles
stowed when not in use.

If the belt does not retract smoothly, pull
it out and check for kinks or twists. Then
make sure it remains untwisted as it retracts.

be

Seat belt buckle must be stowed before
you fold the seatback. (See “—Folding
down rear seats” on page 50, “—Tumbling
second seats” on page 53, “—Folding up
third seats” on page 55 or “—Removing
third seats” on page 58 in this Section.)

CY13200

Second seats—vehicles with third seats

68

can

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.08

—Seat belt extender
If your seat belts cannot be fastened securely because they are not long enough,
a personalized seat belt extender is available from your Toyota dealer free of
charge.
Please contact your local Toyota dealer to
order the proper required length for the
extender. Bring the heaviest coat you expect to wear for proper measurement and
selection of length. Additional ordering information is available at your Toyota dealer.


 Make sure the front passenger oc-

CY13241

CAUTION
When using the seat belt extender,
observe the following precautions.
Failure to follow these instructions
could reduce the effectiveness of the
seat belt restraint system in case of
an accident, increasing the chance of
death or serious injury.


 Remember that the extender provided for you may not be safe when
used on a different vehicle, for
another person, or at a different
seating position than the one originally intended.


 If the seat belt extender has been
connected to the driver’s seat belt
buckle without wearing the seat belt
when using the extender in the
driver’s seat, the SRS driver’s airbag system will judge that the driver wears the seat belt even if not
wearing it. In this case, the driver’s
airbag may not activate correctly,
causing death or serious injury in
the event of collision. Be sure to
wear the seat belt with the seat belt
extender.

cupant classification indicator light
indicates “ON” when using the seat
belt extender for the front passenger seat. If the indicator light indicates “OFF”, disconnect the extender tongue from the seat belt buckle,
then reconnect the seat belt. Reconnect the seat belt extender after
making sure the indicator light indicates “ON”. If you use the seat belt
extender while the indicator light
indicates “OFF”, the front passenger airbag and side airbag on the
front passenger side may not activate correctly, which could cause
death or serious injury in the event
of collision.


 Be sure to wear the seat belt without the seat belt extender if you
can fasten the seat belt without the
extender.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

69

06 06.08

As far as the seat belt extender on the
front passenger side is concerned, do not
fail to disconnect the extender from the
seat belt after the above operation in order to activate the front passenger airbag
correctly when getting into the vehicle
next time.


 Do not use the seat belt extender
when installing a child restraint
system on the front or rear passenger seat. If installing a child restraint system with the seat belt
extender connected to the seat belt,
the seat belt will not securely hold
the child restraint system, which
could cause death or serious injury
to the child or other passengers in
the event of collision.

CY13166

When not in use, remove the extender
and store in the vehicle for future use.

CAUTION


 After inserting the tab, make sure
To connect the extender to the seat
belt, insert the tab into the seat belt
buckle so that the “PRESS” signs on
the buckle release buttons of the extender and the seat belt are both facing
outward as shown.
You will hear a click when the tab locks
into the buckle.
When releasing the seat belt, press on
the buckle release button on the extender,
not on the seat belt. This helps prevent
damage to the vehicle interior and extender itself.

70

the tab and buckle are locked and
that the lap and shoulder portions
of the belt and the seat belt extender are not twisted.


 Do not insert coins, clips, etc. in
the buckle as this may prevent you
from properly latching the tab and
buckle.


 If the seat belt does not function
normally, immediately contact your
Toyota dealer. Do not use the seat
until the seat belt is fixed, because
it cannot protect an adult occupant
or your child from death or serious
injury.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.08

—Seat belt pretensioners

CY13018

The driver and front passenger seat
belt pretensioners are designed to be
activated in response to a severe frontal impact. On vehicles equipped with
curtain shield airbags, the pretensioners
are also activated during vehicle rollover.

The seat belt pretensioner will not activate
if no passenger is detected in the front
passenger seat by the front passenger
occupant classification system. However,
the
front
passenger’s
seat
belt
pretensioner may activate if luggage is put
on the seat, or the seat belt is buckled up
regardless of the presence of an occupant
in the seat. (As for the front passenger
occupant
classification
system,
see
“—Front passenger occupant classification
system” on page 91 in this Section.)
The seat belt pretensioners and SRS airbags may not operate together in all collisions.

CY13294

The seat belt pretensioners will not operate in a vehicle rollover if the “RSCA
OFF” indicator light is on. For details, see
“Roll sensing of curtain shield airbags off
switch” on page 95 in this Section.

When the sensor detects a severe frontal
impact or a vehicle rollover, the front seat
belts are quickly drawn back by the retractors so that the belts snugly restrain
the occupants.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

71

06 06.08

The seat belt pretensioners are controlled
by the airbag sensor assembly. The airbag
sensor assembly consists of a safing sensor and airbag sensor.
When the seat belt pretensioners are activated, an operating noise may be heard
and a small amount of non−toxic gas may
be released. This does not indicate that
a fire is occurring. This gas is normally
harmless.

CY13293

Once the seat belt pretensioners have
been activated, the seat belt retractors
remain locked.
The seat belt pretensioner system consists mainly of the following components
and their locations are shown in the illustration.
1. Front airbag sensors
2. SRS warning light
3. Front passenger occupant classification
indicator light
4. Front passenger occupant classification
system (ECU and sensors)
5. Seat belt pretensioner assemblies
6. Front passenger’s
switch

seat

belt

buckle

CAUTION


 Do not modify, remove, strike or
open the seat belt pretensioner assemblies, airbag sensor or surrounding area or wiring. Failure to
follow these instructions may prevent the seat belt pretensioners
from activating correctly, cause sudden operation of the system or disable the system, which could result
in death or serious injury. Consult
your Toyota dealer about any repair
and modification.


 Do not modify or change the suspension system. Such changes may
cause the curtain shield airbags to
inflate accidentally, which could result in death or serious injury. Consult your Toyota dealer about any
repair and modification.


 Do not use tires or wheels other
than
the
manufacture’s
recommended size. Such a use may cause
the curtain shield airbags and seat
belt pretensioners to inflate accidentally, which could result in death
or serious injury. For details, see
“Checking and replacing tires” on
page 427 in Section 7−2.


 Do not place luggage heavier than
specified on the roof luggage carrier. Such luggage may cause the
curtain shield airbags and seat belt
pretensioners to inflate accidentally,
which could result in death or serious injury. For details, see “Roof
luggage carrier” on page 324 in
Section 1−10.

7. Airbag sensor assembly

72

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.08

This warning light system monitors the
airbag sensor assembly, front airbag sensors, side and curtain shield airbag sensors, curtain shield airbag sensors, driver’s seat position sensor, driver’s seat belt
buckle switch, front passenger occupant
classification system and indicator light,
front passenger’s seat belt buckle switch,
seat belt pretensioner assemblies, inflators, “RSCA OFF” indicator light, interconnecting wiring and power sources. (For
details, see “Service reminder indicators
and warning buzzers” on page 147 in Section 1−6.)

NOTICE
Do not perform any of the following
changes without
consulting your
Toyota dealer. Such changes can
interfere with proper operation of the
seat belt pretensioners in some
cases.

CY13295


 Installation of electronic devices
such as a mobile two−way radio,
cassette tape player or compact
disc player

 Repairs on or near the front seat
belt retractor assemblies

 Modification of the front end structure

 Attachment of a grille guard (bull
bar, kangaroo bar, etc.), snowplow,
winches or any other equipment to
the front end

 Repairs made on or near the front
fenders, front end structure or console

This indicator comes on when the ignition key is turned to the “ON” position.
It goes off after about 6 seconds. This
means the seat belt pretensioners are
operating properly.

If any of the
this indicates
or seat belt
Toyota dealer

following conditions occurs,
a malfunction of the airbags
pretensioners. Contact your
as soon as possible.


 The light does not come on when the
ignition key is turned to the “ON” position or remains on for more than 6
seconds or flashes.


 The light comes on or starts flashing
while driving.


 If any seat belt does not retract or can
not be pulled out due to a malfunction
or activation of the relevant seat belt
pretensioner.


 The seat belt pretensioner assembly or
surrounding area has been damaged.
2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

73

06 06.08

SRS airbags—
—SRS driver airbag and front
passenger airbag
The SRS warning light will come on and
front passenger occupant classification indicator light will indicate “OFF” if there is
a malfunction in the front passenger occupant classification system.

CY13064

CY13019

In the following cases, contact your Toyota
dealer as soon as possible:


 The front of the vehicle (shaded in the
illustration) was involved in an accident
that was not severe enough to cause
the seat belt pretensioners to operate.


 Either seat belt pretensioner assembly
or surrounding area is scratched,
cracked, or otherwise damaged.

74

The SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) front airbags are designed to provide further protection for the driver
and front passenger in addition to the
primary safety protection provided by
the seat belts.
Your vehicle is equipped with “ADVANCED
AIRBAGS” designed based on US motor
vehicle safety standards (FMVSS208). The
airbag system controls airbag deployment
power for the driver and front passenger.
The driver airbag system consists of the
driver seat’s position sensor etc. The front
passenger’s airbag system consists of the
front passenger occupant classification
sensor etc.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.08

In response to a severe frontal impact,
the SRS front airbags work with the seat
belts to help reduce injury by inflating.
The SRS front airbags help reduce injuries
mainly to the driver’s or front passenger’s
head or chest caused by hitting the vehicle interior.
The SRS front passenger airbag will not
activate if there is no passenger sitting in
the front passenger seat. However, the
front passenger airbag may deploy if luggage is put in the seat, or the seat belt
is buckled up, regardless of the presence
of an occupant in the seat. (As for the
front passenger occupant classification
system, see “—Front passenger occupant
classification system” on page 91 in this
Section.)
Always wear your seat belt properly.


 Improperly seated and/or restrained

CAUTION


 The SRS front airbag system is designed only as a supplement to the
primary protection of the driver and
front passenger seat belt systems.
The driver and front passenger can
be killed or seriously injured by the
inflating airbags if they do not wear
the available seat belts properly.
During sudden braking just before
a collision, an unrestrained driver
or front passenger can move forward into direct contact with or
close proximity to the airbag which
may then deploy during the collision. To ensure maximum protection
in an accident, the driver and all
passengers in the vehicle must
wear their seat belts properly. Wearing a seat belt properly during an
accident reduces the chances of
death or serious injury or being
thrown out of the vehicle. For instructions and precautions concerning the seat belt system, see “Seat
belts” on page 64 in this Section.

infants and children can be killed
or seriously injured by the deploying airbags. An infant or child who
is too small to use a seat belt
should be properly secured using a
child
restraint
system.
Toyota
strongly recommends that all infants and children be placed in the
rear seat of the vehicle and properly restrained. The rear seat is the
safest for infants and children. For
instructions concerning the installation of a child restraint system, see
“Child restraint” on page 96 in this
Section.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

75

06 06.08

The SRS front airbags are designed to
deploy in severe (usually frontal) collisions where the magnitude and duration
of the forward deceleration of the vehicle exceeds the designed threshold
level.
The SRS front airbags will deploy if the
severity of the impact is above the designed threshold level, comparable to an
approximate 25 km/h (15 mph) collision
when the vehicle has the impact straight
into a fixed barrier that does not move or
deform.
However, this threshold velocity will be
considerably higher if the vehicle strikes
an object, such as a parked vehicle or
sign pole, which can move or deform on
impact, or if the vehicle is involved in an
underride collision (e.g. a collision in
which the front of the vehicle “underrides”,
or goes under, the bed of a truck, etc.).
It is possible that in some collisions
where the forward deceleration of the vehicle is very close to the designed threshold level, the SRS front airbags and the
seat belt pretensioners may not activate
together.

Collision from the rear

CY13309

Hitting a curb, edge
of pavement or
hard surface

Falling into or
jumping over
a deep hole

CY13232

Collision from the side
Vehicle rollover

The SRS front airbags are not generally
designed to inflate if the vehicle is involved in a side or rear collision, if it
rolls over, or if it is involved in a low−
speed frontal collision. But, whenever a
collision of any type causes sufficient
forward deceleration of the vehicle, deployment of the SRS front airbags may
occur.

Landing hard or vehicle falling

The SRS front airbags may also deploy
if a serious impact occurs to the underside of your vehicle. Some examples
are shown in the illustration.

Always wear your seat belts properly.

76

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.08

8. Driver’s seat position sensor
9. Airbag sensor assembly
10. Airbag module for driver
(airbag and inflator)
The airbag sensor assembly consists of a
safing sensor and airbag sensor.

CY13280

The SRS front airbag system consists
mainly of the following components, and
their locations are shown in the illustration.
1. Front airbag sensors
2. SRS warning light
3. Front passenger occupant classification
indicator light
4. Airbag module for front passenger
(airbag and inflator)
5. Front passenger occupant classification
system (ECU and sensors)
6. Front passenger’s
switch

seat

belt

7. Driver’s seat belt buckle switch

buckle

The front airbag sensors constantly monitor the forward deceleration of the vehicle.
If an impact results in a forward deceleration beyond the designed threshold level,
the system triggers the airbag inflators. At
this time a chemical reaction in the inflators very quickly fills the airbags with
non−toxic gas to help restrain the forward
motion of the occupants. The front airbags
then quickly deflate, so that there is no
obstruction of the driver’s vision should it
be necessary to continue driving.
When the airbags inflate, they produce a
loud noise and release some smoke and
residue along with non−toxic gas. This
does not indicate a fire. This smoke may
remain inside the vehicle for some time,
and may cause some minor irritation to
the eyes, skin or breathing. Be sure to
wash off any residue as soon as possible
to prevent any potential skin irritation with
soap and water. If you can safely exit
from the vehicle, you should do so immediately.

Deployment of the airbags happens in a
fraction of a second, so the airbags must
inflate with considerable force. While the
system is designed to reduce serious injuries, primarily to the head and chest, it
may also cause other, less severe injuries
to the face, chest, arms and hands. These
are usually in the nature of minor burns
or abrasions and swelling, but the force of
a deploying airbag can cause more serious injuries, especially if an occupant’s
hands, arms, chest or head is in close
proximity to the airbag module at the time
of deployment. This is why it is important
for the occupant to: avoid placing any
object or part of the body between the
occupant and the airbag module; sit
straight and well back into the seat; wear
the available seat belt properly; and sit as
far as possible from the airbag module,
while still maintaining control of the vehicle.
Parts of the airbag module (steering wheel
hub, airbag cover and inflator) may be hot
for several minutes after deployment, so
do not touch! The airbags inflate only
once. The windshield may be damaged by
absorbing some of the force of the inflating airbag.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

77

06 06.08

CAUTION
The driver or front passenger who is
too close to the steering wheel or
dashboard during airbag deployment
can be killed or seriously injured.
Toyota strongly recommends that:

CY13020

CY13275


 The driver sit as far back as possible from the steering wheel while
still maintaining control of the vehicle.


 The front passenger sit as far back
as possible from the dashboard.


 All vehicle occupants be properly
restrained using the available seat
belts.
For instructions and precautions concerning the seating position, see
“—Front seat precautions” on page
42 in this Section.

78


 Do not sit on the edge of the seat


 Toyota strongly recommends that all

or lean against the dashboard when
the vehicle is in use, since the
front passenger airbag could inflate
with considerable speed and force.
Anyone who is up against, or very
close to, an airbag when it inflates,
can be killed or seriously injured.
Sit up straight and well back in the
seat, and always use your seat belt
properly.

infants and children be placed in
the rear seat of the vehicle and be
properly restrained.


 Do not hold a child on your lap or
in your arms. Use a child restraint
system in the rear seat. For instructions concerning the installation of
a child restraint system, see “Child
restraint” on page 96 in this Section.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.08


 Do not modify or remove any wir-

CY13114


 Do not put anything or any part of
your body on or in front of the
dashboard or steering wheel pad
that houses the front airbag system. They might restrict inflation or
cause death or serious injury as
they are projected rearward by the
force of the deploying airbags. Likewise, the driver and front passenger
should not hold objects in their
arms or on their knees.

ing. Do not modify, remove, strike
or open any components such as
the steering wheel pad, steering
wheel, column cover, dashboard
near the front passenger airbag,
front passenger airbag or airbag
sensor assembly. Doing so may prevent the front airbag system from
activating correctly, cause sudden
activation of the system or disable
the system, which could result in
death or serious injury.
Failure to follow these instructions
can result in death or serious injury.
Consult your Toyota dealer about any
repair and modification.
If you wish to modify your vehicle for
a person with physical disability, consult your Toyota dealer. It may dangerously interfere with the SRS front
airbags operation.

NOTICE
Do not perform any of the following
changes without
consulting your
Toyota dealer. Such changes can interfere with proper operation of the
SRS front airbag system in some
cases.

 Installation of electronic devices
such as a mobile two−way radio,
cassette tape player or compact
disc player

 Modification of the suspension system

 Modification of the front end structure

 Attachment of a grille guard (bull
bar, kangaroo bar, etc.), snowplow,
winches or any other equipment to
the front end

 Repairs made on or near the front
fenders, front end structure, console, steering column, steering
wheel or dashboard near the front
passenger airbag

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

79

06 06.08

CY13295

This indicator comes on when the ignition key is turned to the “ON” position.
It goes off after about 6 seconds. This
means the SRS front airbags are operating properly.

This warning light system monitors the
airbag sensor assembly, front airbag sensors, side and curtain shield airbag sensors, curtain shield airbag sensors, driver’s seat position sensor, driver’s seat belt
buckle switch, front passenger occupant
classification system and indicator light,
front passenger’s seat belt buckle switch,
seat belt pretensioner assemblies, inflators, “RSCA OFF” indicator light, interconnecting wiring and power sources. (For
details, see “Service reminder indicators
and warning buzzers” on page 147 in Section 1−6.)
following conditions occurs,
a malfunction of the airbags
pretensioners. Contact your
as soon as possible.

In the following cases, contact your Toyota
dealer as soon as possible:


 The light does not come on when the


 The front of the vehicle (shaded in the

If any of the
this indicates
or seat belt
Toyota dealer

ignition key is turned to the “ON” position or remains on for more than 6
seconds or flashes.


 The light comes on or starts flashing
while driving.
The SRS warning light will come on and
front passenger occupant classification indicator light will indicate “OFF” if there is
a malfunction in the front passenger occupant classification system.

80

CY13065


 The SRS front airbags have been inflated.
illustration) was involved in an accident
that was not severe enough to cause
the SRS front airbags to inflate.


 The pad section of the steering wheel
or dashboard (shaded in the illustration) is scratched, cracked, or otherwise damaged.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.08

—SRS side airbags and
curtain shield airbags
In response to a severe side impact, the
SRS side airbag and curtain shield airbags
in the impacted side work with the seat
belts to help reduce injury by inflating.
The SRS side airbags help reduce injuries
mainly to the driver’s or front passenger’s
chest. The SRS curtain shield airbags
help reduce injuries mainly to the driver’s,
front passenger’s or rear/second passenger’s head and help prevent them from
being thrown out of the vehicle.

NOTICE
Do not disconnect the battery cables
before contacting your Toyota dealer.

CY13073

The SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) side airbags and curtain shield airbags are designed to provide further
protection for the driver, front passenger and rear seat passengers∗1 /second
seat passengers∗2 in addition to the primary safety protection provided by the
seat belts.
∗1 :
∗2 :

Without third seats
With third seats

The SRS side airbag on the passenger
seat will not activate if there is no passenger sitting in the front passenger seat.
However, the side airbag on the passenger seat may deploy if luggage is put in
the seat, or the seat belt is buckled up
regardless of the presence of the occupant in the seat. (As for the front passenger occupant classification system, see
“—Front passenger occupant classification
system” on page 91 in this Section.)
The SRS curtain shield airbag on the passenger side are activated even with no
passenger in the front seat or rear/second
outside seat.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

81

06 06.08

Roll sensing function:
In response to a vehicle rollover, the curtain shield airbags on both sides work
with the seat belts to help reduce injury
by inflating. The curtain shield airbags
help reduce injuries mainly to the driver’s,
front passenger’s or rear/second passenger’s head and help prevent them from
being thrown out of the vehicle. (This
function can be turned off if inflation is
not desired. See “Roll sensing of curtain
shield airbags off switch” on page 95 in
this Section.)
The SRS curtain shield airbags may activate even when the side airbags are not
activated.
Always wear your seat belt properly.

82


 Do not allow anyone to lean his/her

CAUTION


 The SRS side airbag and curtain
shield airbag system is designed
only as a supplement to the
primary protection of the driver,
front passenger and rear/second
passenger seat belt systems. To
ensure maximum protection in an
accident, the driver and all passengers in the vehicle must wear their
seat belts properly. Wearing a seat
belt properly during an accident
reduces the chances of death or
serious injury or being thrown out
of the vehicle. For instructions and
precautions concerning the seat
belt system, see “Seat belts” on
page 64 in this Section.

head or any part of his/her body
against the door or the area of the
seat, front pillar, rear pillar or roof
side rail from which the SRS side
airbag and curtain shield airbag
deploy even if he/she is a child
seated in the child restraint system.
It is dangerous if the SRS side airbag and curtain shield airbag inflate, and the impact of the deploying airbag could cause death or serious injury to the occupant.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.08


 Improperly seated and/or restrained
infants and children can be killed
or seriously injured by the deploying airbags. An infant or child who
is too small to use a seat belt
should be properly secured using a
child
restraint
system.
Toyota
strongly recommends that all infants and children be placed in the
rear seats of the vehicle and properly restrained. The rear seats are
the safest for infants and children.
For instructions concerning the
installation of a child restraint system, see “Child restraint” on page
96 in this Section.

Collision from the rear

CY13071

CY13310
Collision from the front

Vehicle rollover

The SRS side airbags may not activate
if the vehicle is subjected to a collision
from the side at certain angles, or a
collision to the side of the vehicle body
other than the passenger compartment
as shown in the illustration.

The SRS side airbags are not generally
designed to inflate if the vehicle is involved in a front or rear collision, if it
rolls over, or if it is involved in a low−
speed side collision.

The SRS side airbags are designed to
inflate when the passenger compartment
area suffers a severe impact from the
side.
Always wear your seat belts properly.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

83

06 06.08

CY13071

The angle of
vehicle tip−up
is marginal

The curtain shield airbags may not activate if the vehicle is subjected to a
collision from the side at certain
angles, or a collision to the side of the
vehicle body other than the passenger
compartment as shown in the illustration.

Collision from
the front

CY13311

CY13229

Skidding vehicle
hitting a curb
stone

The curtain shield airbags may inflate
if the angle of vehicle tip−up is marginal or if the skidding vehicle’s tires hit
a curb stone laterally as shown in the
illustration.

Collision from
the rear

Pitch end over end

The curtain shield airbags are not generally designed to inflate if the vehicle
is involved in a front or rear collision,
if it pitches end over end, or if it is
involved in a low−speed side collision.

The curtain shield airbags are designed to
inflate when the passenger compartment
area suffers a severe impact from the
side or vehicle rollover.
Always wear your seat belts properly.

84

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.08

8. Front passenger’s
switch

seat

belt

buckle

9. Airbag sensor assembly
Hitting a curb, edge
of pavement or
hard surface

Falling into or
jumping over
a deep hole

CY13232

The SRS side airbag and curtain shield
airbag system is controlled by the airbag
sensor assembly. The airbag sensor assembly consists of a safing sensor and
airbag sensor.

CY13278

Landing hard or vehicle falling

The SRS side and curtain shield airbags
may deploy if a serious impact occurs
to the underside of your vehicle. Some
examples are shown in the illustration.

The SRS side airbag and curtain shield
airbag system consists mainly of the following components, and their locations are
shown in the illustration.
1. SRS warning light
2. Front passenger occupant classification
indicator light
3. Curtain shield airbag modules
(airbag and inflator)

In a severe side impact, the side and
curtain shield airbag sensor and/or the
curtain shield airbag sensor trigger(s) the
side airbag inflators and/or the curtain
shield airbag inflators. At this time a
chemical reaction in the inflators quickly
fills the airbags with non−toxic gas to help
restrain the lateral motion of the occupants.
In a vehicle rollover, the airbag sensor
assembly triggers the curtain shield airbag
inflator. At this time, a chemical reaction
in the inflators quickly fills the airbags
with non−toxic gas to help restrain the
lateral motion of the occupants.

4. Front passenger occupant classification
system (ECU and sensors)
5. Side airbag modules
(airbag and inflator)
6. Curtain shield airbag sensors
7. Side and curtain shield airbag sensors
2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

85

06 06.08

When the airbags inflate, they produce a
fairly loud noise and release some smoke
and residue along with non−toxic gas. This
does not indicate a fire. This smoke may
remain inside the vehicle for some time,
and may cause some minor irritation to
the eyes, skin or breathing. Be sure to
wash off any residue as soon as possible
to prevent any potential skin irritation with
soap and water. If you can safely exit
from the vehicle, you should do so immediately.

SRS side airbags and curtain shield
airbags
inflate with considerable
force. To reduce the possibility of
death or serious injury when they inflate, the driver, front passenger and
rear/second passengers must:

Deployment of the airbags happens in a
fraction of a second, so the airbags must
inflate with considerable force. While the
system is designed to reduce serious injuries, it may also cause minor burns or
abrasions and swelling.

Improper sitting and wearing of the
seat belts may not retain you inside
the vehicle.

Front seats as well as parts of the front
and rear pillars, front, center and rear
garnish and roof interior may be hot for
several minutes, but the airbags themselves will not be hot. The airbags are
designed to inflate only once.

CAUTION

CY13023


 Wear their seat belts properly.

 Remain properly seated with their
backs upright and against the seats
at all times.


 Do not allow anyone to lean against
the door when the vehicle is in use,
since the side airbag and curtain
shield airbag could inflate with considerable speed and force. Otherwise, he/she may be killed or seriously injured. Special care should
be taken especially when you have
a small child in the vehicle.


 Sit up straight and well back in the
seat, distributing your weight evenly
in the seat. Do not apply excessive
weight to the outer side of the
seats with a side airbag, and to the
front pillar, rear pillar and roof side
rail with a curtain shield airbag.

86

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.08

CY13294

CY13026

CY13024


 Make sure the “RSCA OFF” indica-


 Do not allow anyone to get his/her


 Do not allow anyone to kneel on

tor light is off. The curtain shield
airbags will not inflate in a vehicle
rollover if this indicator light is on
and you may be killed or seriously
injured. For details, see “Roll sensing of curtain shield airbags off
switch” on page 95 in this Section.

head closer to the area where the
side airbag and curtain shield airbag inflate, since these airbags
could inflate with considerable
speed and force. Otherwise, he/she
may be killed or seriously injured.
Special care should be taken especially when you have a small child
in the vehicle.

the passenger seat, facing the passenger’s side door, since the side
airbag and curtain shield airbag
could inflate with considerable
speed and force. Otherwise, he/she
may be killed or seriously injured.
Special care should be taken especially when you have a small child
in the vehicle.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

87

06 06.08

CY13233

CY13069

CY13234


 Do not allow anyone to get his/her


 Do not attach a cup holder or any


 Do not attach a microphone or any

head or hands out of windows
since the curtain shield airbags
could inflate with considerable
speed and force. Otherwise, he/she
may be killed or seriously injured.
Special care should be taken especially when you have a small child
in the vehicle.

other device or object on or around
the door. When the side airbag inflates, the cup holder or any other
device or object will be thrown with
great force or the side airbag may
not activate correctly, resulting in
death or serious injury. Likewise,
the driver and front passenger
should not hold objects in their
arms or on their knees.

other device or object near the area
where the curtain shield airbags activate such as on the windshield
glass, side door glass, front, center
and roof side garnish, roof interior
or assist grips. When the curtain
shield airbags inflate, the microphone or other device or object will
be thrown away with great force or
the curtain shield airbags may not
activate correctly, resulting in death
or serious injury.

88

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.08


 Do not hook a hanger, heavy or


 Do not disassemble or repair the

sharp pointed objects on the coat
hook. If the curtain shield airbag
inflates, those items will be thrown
away with great force or the curtain
shield airbag may not activate correctly, resulting in death or serious
injury. When you hang clothes,
hang them on the coat hook directly.

front pillars and roof side rail containing the curtain shield airbags.
Such changes may disable the system or cause the curtain shield airbags to inflate accidentally, resulting in death or serious injury.


 Do not use seat accessories which
cover the parts where the side airbags inflate. Such accessories may
prevent the side airbags from activating correctly, causing death or
serious injury.


 Do not modify or replace the seats
or upholstery of the seats with side
airbags. Such changes may prevent
the side airbag system from activating correctly, disable the system or
cause the side airbags to inflate accidentally, resulting in death or serious injury.


 Do not modify or change the suspension system. Such changes may
cause the curtain shield airbags to
inflate accidentally, which could result in death or serious injury.


 Do not use tires or wheels other
than the manufacturer’s recommended size. Such a use may cause
the curtain shield airbags to inflate
accidentally, which could result in
death or serious injury. For details,
see “Checking and replacing tires”
on page 427 in Section 7−2.


 Do not place luggage heavier than
specified on the roof luggage carrier. Such luggage may cause the
curtain shield airbags to inflate accidentally, which could result in
death or serious injury. For details,
see “Roof luggage carrier” on page
324 in Section 1−10.

Failure to follow these instructions
can result in death or serious injury.
Consult your Toyota dealer about any
repair and modification.
If you wish to modify your vehicle for
a person with physical disability, consult your Toyota dealer. It may dangerously interfere with the SRS side
airbags and curtain shield airbags operation.

NOTICE
Do not perform any of the following
changes without
consulting your
Toyota dealer. Such changes can
interfere with proper operation of the
SRS side airbag and curtain shield
airbag system in some cases.

 Installation of electronic devices
such as a mobile two−way radio,
cassette tape player or compact
disc player

 Modification of the side structure of
the passenger compartment

 Repairs made on or near the console or front seat

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

89

06 06.08

CY13295

This indicator comes on when the ignition key is turned to the “ON” position.
It goes off after about 6 seconds. This
means the SRS side airbags and curtain
shield airbags are operating properly.

This warning light system monitors the
airbag sensor assembly, front airbag sensors, side and curtain shield airbag sensors, curtain shield airbag sensors, driver’s seat position sensor, driver’s seat belt
buckle switch, front passenger occupant
classification system and indicator light,
front passenger’s seat belt buckle switch,
seat belt pretensioner assemblies, inflators, “RSCA OFF” indicator light, interconnecting wiring and power sources. (For
details, see “Service reminder indicators
and warning buzzers” on page 147 in Section 1−6.)
If any of the
this indicates
or seat belt
Toyota dealer

following conditions occurs,
a malfunction of the airbags
pretensioners. Contact your
as soon as possible.

CY13235


 The light does not come on when the
ignition key is turned to the “ON” position or remains on for more than 6
seconds or flashes.


 The light comes on or starts flashing
while driving.
The SRS warning light will come on and
front passenger occupant classification indicator light will indicate “OFF” if there is
a malfunction in the front passenger occupant classification system.

90

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.08

—Front passenger occupant
classification system
In the following cases, contact your Toyota
dealer as soon as possible:


 Any of the SRS side airbags and curtain shield airbags have been inflated.


 The portion of the doors (shaded in the
illustration) was involved in an accident
that was not severe enough to cause
the SRS side airbags and curtain
shield airbags to inflate.


 The surface of the seats with the side
airbag (shaded in the illustration) is
scratched, cracked, or otherwise damaged.


 The portion of the front, center and
rear garnish, and roof interior containing the curtain shield airbags inside
(shaded in the illustration) is scratched,
cracked, or otherwise damaged.

Your vehicle is equipped with a front
passenger occupant classification system. This system detects the conditions
1—4 in the table on page 93 and based
on these conditions activates or deactivates the following systems;


 Front passenger airbag

 Side airbag on the front passenger

CY13267

seat


 Front passenger’s seat belt pretensioner
The system monitors the weight and
load on the front passenger seat, and
the seat belt buckle switch to determine
conditions 1—4.
In order for the system to detect the
conditions correctly, do not do any of
the following:

NOTICE


 Apply a heavy load to the front pas-

Do not disconnect the battery cables
before contacting your Toyota dealer.


 Attach a commercial seatback table,

senger seat.
etc. to the front passenger seatback.

The front passenger occupant classification indicator light indicates the actuation of the front passenger airbag,
side airbag on the front passenger seat
and front passenger’s seat belt pretensioner.
The indicator light will indicate “OFF”
when the ignition switch is in the “ON”
position with the condition 2 in the table
shown below.


 Put weight on the front passenger seat
by putting your hands or feet on the
seatback from the rear passenger seat.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

91

06 06.08

If the front passenger occupant classification system determines that a person of
adult size sits in the front passenger seat
but the “OFF” indicator is illuminated, one
of the following is likely to have occurred:


 A rear passenger lifts the front passenger seat cushion with their legs.


 Objects are placed under the front pas-

The front passenger occupant classification indicator light will indicate “ON”
and “OFF” when the ignition key is
turned to the “ON” position. After
about four seconds, it will go off. After
that, the front passenger occupant classification system operates and judges
whether to indicate “ON” or “OFF”.

CY13299

senger seat.


 The front passenger seatback is in
contact with the rear/second seat.
To ensure the system correctly detects an
adult sitting in the front passenger seat,
make sure the above do not occur.
Make sure that the “ON” indicator is illuminated when an adult is seated in the
front passenger seat. If the “OFF” indicator is illuminated, ask the passenger to sit
up straight, well back in the seat, and
with the seat belt worn correctly. If the
“OFF” indicator still remains illuminated,
either ask the passenger to move to the
rear seat, or if that is not possible, move
the front passenger seat fully rearward.

92

The SRS warning light will come on
and front passenger occupant classification indicator light will indicate
“OFF” if there is a malfunction in the
front passenger occupant classification
system.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.08

Condition and operation in the front passenger occupant classification system
Indicator/warning light
Condition detected by
the front passenger
occupant classification
system
1. Adult∗1
2.

Child∗2

or child
restraint system∗3

3. Unoccupied
4. There is a
malfunction in the
system

Devices

Front
passenger
occupant
classification
indicator light

SRS warning
light

Front
passenger’s
seat belt
reminder light

“ON”

Off

Flashing∗4

“OFF”

Off

Flashing∗4

Deactivated

Not
illuminated

Off

Off

Deactivated

“OFF”

On

Off

Deactivated

Front
passenger
airbag

Side airbag
on the front
passenger
seat

Curtain shield
airbag in the
front
passenger
side

Front
passenger’s
seat belt
pretensioner

Activated
Activated

Activated

Deactivated

Activated

∗1 :

The system judges a person of adult size as an adult. When a smaller adult sits in the front passenger seat, the system may
recognize him/her as a child depending on his/her physique and posture.
∗2 : When a larger child who has outgrown a child restraint system sits in the front passenger seat, the system may recognize him/her
as an adult depending on his/her physique or posture.
∗3 : Never install a rear−facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat. A forward−facing child restraint system should only be
installed on the front passenger seat when it is unavoidable. (See “Child restraint” on page 96 in this Section as for installing the
child restraint system.)
∗4 : In the event the front passenger does not wear a seat belt.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

93

06 06.08

CAUTION
To avoid potential death or serious
injury when the front passenger occupant classification system does not
detect the conditions correctly, observe the following.


 Make sure the front passenger occupant classification indicator light
indicates “ON” when using the seat
belt extender for the front passenger seat. If the indicator light indicates “OFF”, disconnect the extender tongue from the seat belt buckle,
then reconnect the seat belt. Reconnect the seat belt extender after
making sure the indicator light indicates “ON”. If you use the seat belt
extender while the indicator light
indicates “OFF”, the front passenger airbag and side airbag on the
front passenger side may not activate correctly, which could cause
death or serious injury in the event
of collision.

94


 Do not recline the front passenger
seatback so far that it touches a
second seat. This may cause the
“OFF” indicator to be illuminated,
which indicates that the passenger’s airbags will not deploy in the
event of a severe accident. If the
seatback touches the rear/second
seat, return the seatback to a position where it does not touches the
rear/second seat.
Keep the front passenger seatback
as upright as possible when the vehicle is moving. Reclining the seatback excessively may lessen the effectiveness of the seat belt system.


 If an adult sits in the front passenger seat, the occupant classification
indicator light should indicate “ON”.
If the “OFF” indicator is illuminated, ask the passenger to sit up
straight, well back in the seat, feet
on the floor, and with the seat belt
worn correctly. If the “OFF” indicator still remains illuminated, either
ask the passenger to move to the
rear/second seat, or if that is not
possible, move the front passenger
seat fully rearward.


 Wear the seat belt properly.

 Make sure the front passenger’s
seat belt tab has not been left inserted into the buckle before someone sits in the front passenger
seat.


 Do not apply a heavy load to the
front passenger seat.


 Do not put weight on the front passenger seat by putting your hands
or feet on the front passenger seat
seatback from the rear/second passenger seat.


 Do not let a rear/second passenger
lift the front passenger seat with
their feet or press on the seatback
with their legs.


 Do not put objects under the front
passenger seat.


 Child restraint systems installed on
the rear/second seat should
contact the front seatbacks.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

not

06 06.08

Roll sensing of curtain shield
airbags off switch
When you push the “RSCA OFF” switch
for a few seconds with the ignition switch
on, the “RSCA OFF” indicator light comes
on and the roll sensing function is turned
off. When you push the switch again, the
indicator light goes off and the roll sensing function is turned on. (For details
about the roll sensing function, see
“—SRS side airbags and curtain shield
airbags” on page 81 in this Section.)


 When it is unavoidable to install the
forward−facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat,
install the child restraint system on
the front passenger seat in the
proper order. (As for the installation
order, see “—Installation with seat
belt” on page 99 in this Section.)

CY13302


 Do not remove the front seats.

 Do not kick the front passenger
seat or subject it to severe impact.
Otherwise, the SRS warning light
may come on to indicate a malfunction of the detection system. In this
case, contact your Toyota dealer immediately.
The front passenger occupant classification indicator light may indicate “ON” (the
front passenger airbag and side airbag on
the front passenger seat may deploy)
even if observing the above cautions,
when a child sits in, or a forward−facing
child restraint system is installed on the
front passenger seat. Refer to all the cautions in “SRS airbags” on page 74 and
“Child restraint” on page 96 in this Section.

The roll sensing of curtain shield airbags off switch (“RSCA OFF” switch)
can turn off the curtain shield airbags
and seat belt pretensioners in a vehicle
rollover. This switch should only be
used if inflation is not desired (such as
extreme off−road driving).

In a severe side impact, the curtain shield
airbags on impacted side will inflate even
if the roll sensing function is turned off.
(For details about the curtain shield airbags, see “—SRS side airbags and curtain
shield airbags” on page 81 in this Section.)
In a severe frontal impact, the seat belt
pretensioners will work even if the roll
sensing function is turned off. (For details
about the seat belt pretensioners, see
“—Seat belt pretensioners” on page 71 in
this Section.)
If the ignition switch is turned to “ACC” or
“LOCK” with the roll sensing function off
and then the ignition switch is turned back
to “ON”, the roll sensing function will turn
back on automatically.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

95

06 06.08

Child restraint—
—Child restraint precautions
CAUTION


 Before normal driving, make sure
the “RSCA OFF” indicator light is
off.


 When the roll sensing function is
turned off (and the “RSCA OFF”
indicator light is on), the curtain
shield airbags and seat belt pretensioners will not work in a vehicle
rollover. Turning off the curtain
shield airbags and seat belt pretensioners reduces occupant protection
which your vehicle safety systems
can provide in accidents and increase the likelihood of death or
serious injuries.

96

Toyota strongly urges the use of appropriate child restraint systems for
children.
The laws of all 50 states in the U.S.A.
and Canada now require the use of a
child restraint system.
Your vehicle conforms to SAE J1819.
If a child is too large for a child restraint
system, the child should sit in the rear
seat and must be restrained using the
vehicle’s seat belt. See “Seat belts” on
page 64 in this Section for details.

CAUTION


 For effective protection in automobile accidents and sudden stops, a
child must be properly restrained,
using a seat belt or child restraint
system depending on the age and
size of the child. Holding a child in
your arms is not a substitute for a
child restraint system. In an accident, the child can be crushed
against the windshield, or between
you and the vehicle’s interior.


 Toyota strongly urges use of a
proper child restraint system which
conforms to the size of the child,
and is installed on the rear seat.
According to accident statistics, the
child is safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the
front seat.


 Never install a rear−facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat even if the front passenger
occupant
classification
indicator
light indicates “OFF”. In the event
of an accident, the impact of the
rapid inflation of the front passenger airbag could cause death or serious injury to the child if the rear−
facing child restraint system is
installed on the front passenger
seat.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.08

—Child restraint system

 A forward−facing child restraint sys-


 Do not use the seat belt extender

tem should be allowed to be
installed on the front passenger
seat only when it is unavoidable.
Always move the seat as far back
as possible even if the front passenger occupant classification indicator light indicates “OFF”, because
the front passenger airbag could inflate with considerable speed and
force. Otherwise, the child may be
killed or seriously injured.

when installing a child restraint
system on the front or rear passenger seat. If installing a child restraint system with the seat belt
extender connected to the seat belt,
the seat belt will not securely hold
the child restraint system, which
could cause death or serious injury
to the child or other passengers in
the event of collision.


 On vehicles with side airbags and
curtain shield airbags, do not allow
the child to lean his/her head or
any part of his/her body against the
door or the area of the seat, front
or rear pillar or roof side rail from
which the side airbags or curtain
shield airbags deploy even if the
child is seated in the child restraint
system. It is dangerous if the side
airbag and/or curtain shield airbag
inflate, and the impact could cause
death or serious injury to the child.


 Make sure you have complied with
all installation instructions provided
by the child restraint manufacturer
and that the system is properly secured. If it is not secured properly,
it may cause death or serious injury
to the child in the event of a sudden stop or accident.

A child restraint system for a small
child or baby must itself be properly
restrained on the seat with the lap portion of the lap/shoulder belt. You must
carefully consult the manufacturer’s
instructions which accompany the child
restraint system.
To provide proper restraint, use a child
restraint system following the manufacturer’s instructions about the appropriate age
and size of the child for the child restraint
system.
Install the child restraint system correctly
following the instructions provided by its
manufacturer. General directions are also
provided under the following illustrations.
The child restraint system should be
installed on the rear seat. According to
accident statistics, the child is safer when
properly restrained in the rear seat than
in the front seat.
When not using the child restraint system,
keep it secured with the seat belt or place
it somewhere other than the passenger
compartment. This will prevent it from injuring passengers in the event of a sudden stop or accident.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

97

06 06.08

—Types of child restraint
system
Child restraint systems are classified into
the following 3 types depending on the
child’s age and size.
(A) Infant seat
(B) Convertible seat
(C) Booster seat
Install the child restraint system following
the instructions provided by its manufacturer.

CY13138

CY13140

Your vehicle has anchor brackets for securing the top strap of a child restraint
system.
For instructions about how to use the anchor bracket, see “—Using a top strap” on
page 109 in this Section.

(A) Infant seat

(C) Booster seat

The child restraint lower anchorages
approved for your vehicle may also be
used. See “—Installation with child
restraint lower anchorages” on page 114 in
this Section.

CY13139

(B) Convertible seat

98

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.08

—Installation with seat belt

CY13141

(A) INFANT SEAT INSTALLATION
An infant seat must be used in rear−
facing position only.

CY13034

CY13035


 Do not install a child restraint sys-

CAUTION


 Never install a rear−facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat even if the front passenger
occupant
classification
indicator
light indicates “OFF”. In the event
of an accident, the impact of the
rapid inflation of the front passenger airbag could cause death or serious injury to the child if the rear−
facing child restraint system is
installed on the front passenger
seat.

tem on the second (or third) seat if
it interferes with the lock mechanism of the front (or second) seats.
Otherwise, the child or front (or
second) seat occupant(s) may be
killed or seriously injured in case
of sudden braking or a collision.


 If the driver’s seat position does
not allow sufficient space for safe
installation, install the child restraint system on the rear right
seat.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

99

06 06.08

CAUTION


 After inserting the tab, make sure

CY13167

the tab and buckle are locked and
that the lap and shoulder portions
of the belt are not twisted.


 Do not insert coins, clips, etc. in

CY13157

the buckle as this may prevent your
child from properly latching the tab
and buckle.


 If the seat belt does not function
1. Run the lap and shoulder belt through
or around the infant seat following the
instructions provided by its manufacturer and insert the tab into the buckle
taking care not to twist the belt. Keep
the lap portion of the belt tight.

100

normally, it cannot protect your
child from death or serious injury.
Contact your Toyota dealer immediately. Do not install the child
restraint system on the seat until
the seat belt is fixed.

2. Fully extend the shoulder belt to put it
in the lock mode. When the belt is
then retracted even slightly, it cannot
be extended.
To hold the infant seat securely, make
sure the belt is in the lock mode before
letting the belt retract.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.08

CY13158

3. While pressing
against the seat
let the shoulder
it will go to hold
ly.

the infant seat firmly
cushion and seatback,
belt retract as far as
the infant seat secure-

CY13159

CY13116

CAUTION
Push and pull the child restraint system in different directions to be sure
it is secure. Follow all the installation
instructions provided by its manufacturer.

4. To remove the infant seat, press the
buckle release button and allow the
belt to retract completely. The belt will
move freely again and be ready to
work for an adult or older child passenger.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

101

06 06.08

CY13142

Install the child restraint system on the
front passenger seat only when it is unavoidable. Your vehicle is equipped with a
front passenger occupant classification
system. In order to activate the occupant
classification system correctly, install the
forward−facing child restraint system on
the front passenger seat in the following
order:
1. Turn the ignition key to the “ON” position.
2. Move the front passenger seat to the
rearward position.

(B) CONVERTIBLE SEAT INSTALLATION
A convertible seat must be used in forward−facing or rear−facing position depending on the age and size of the
child. When installing, follow the
manufacturer’s instructions about the
applicable age and size of the child as
well as directions for installing the
child restraint system.

102

3. Put the child restraint system on the
front passenger seat without putting
your weight on the front passenger
seat.

6. While pressing the convertible seat
firmly against the seat cushion and
seatback, let the shoulder belt retract
as far as it will go to hold the convertible seat securely.

CAUTION
Push and pull the child restraint system in different directions to be sure
it is secure. Follow all the installation
instructions provided by its manufacturer.
7. Put a child on the child restraint system and secure the child, complying
with the instructions provided by the
child restraint system manufacturer.

4. Insert the seat belt tab into the seat
belt buckle.
5. Fully extend the shoulder belt to put it
in the lock mode. When the belt is
then retracted even slightly, it cannot
be extended. To hold the seat securely,
make sure the belt is in the lock mode
before letting the belt retract.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.08

The occupant classification indicator light
should indicate “OFF” when the ignition
key is “ON” and the child is in the child
restraint system after following these procedures. The “OFF” indicator indicates the
SRS front passenger airbag and side airbag on the passenger side will not deploy.
If the indicator light indicates “ON”, remove the child restraint system and reinstall it with the ignition key in the “ACC”
or “LOCK” position. If the indicator light
still indicates “ON” when the ignition key
is turned to the “ON” position, then the
SRS front passenger airbag and side airbag on the passenger side may deploy in
an accident. Do not drive the vehicle in
this condition. Remove the child restraint
system and contact your Toyota dealer.

CAUTION


 Never install a rear−facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat. A forward−facing child restraint system should only be
installed on the front passenger
seat when unavoidable. If you must
install the child restraint system on
the front passenger seat, put the
seat in its most rearward position,
and install the forward−facing child
restraint system in the proper order. Otherwise, the front passenger
occupant classification system can
not detect the presence of the child
restraint system and the front passenger airbag and side airbag on
the front passenger seat could
deploy.

CY13055

CAUTION


 Never install a rear−facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat even if the front passenger
occupant
classification
indicator
light indicates “OFF”. In the event
of an accident, the impact of the
rapid inflation of the front passenger airbag could cause death or serious injury to the child if the rear−
facing child restraint system is
installed on the front passenger
seat.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

103

06 06.08


 On vehicles with side airbags and

CY13043
Move seat
fully back

curtain shield airbags, do not allow
the child to lean his/her head or
any part of his/her body against the
door or the area of the seat, front
or rear pillar or roof side rail from
which the side airbags or curtain
shield airbags deploy even if the
child is seated in the child restraint
system. It is dangerous if the side
airbag and/or curtain shield airbag
inflate, and the impact could cause
death or serious injury to the child.

CY13044


 A forward−facing child restraint sys-


 Do not install a child restraint sys-

tem should be allowed to be
installed on the front passenger
seat only when it is unavoidable.
Always move the seat as far back
as possible even if the front passenger occupant classification indicator light indicates “OFF”, because
the front passenger airbag could inflate with considerable speed and
force. Otherwise, the child may be
killed or seriously injured.

tem on the second (or third) seat if
it interferes with the lock mechanism of the front (or second) seats.
Otherwise, the child or front (or
second) seat occupant(s) may be
killed or seriously injured in case
of sudden braking or a collision.

104


 If the driver’s seat position does
not allow sufficient space for safe
installation, install the child restraint system on the rear right
seat.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.08

CAUTION


 After inserting the tab, make sure

CY13117

the tab and buckle are locked and
that the lap and shoulder portions
of the belt are not twisted.


 Do not insert coins, clips, etc. in

CY13144

the buckle as this may prevent your
child from properly latching the tab
and buckle.


 If the seat belt does not function
1. Run the lap and shoulder belt through
or around the convertible seat following
the
instructions
provided
by
its
manufacturer and insert the tab into
the buckle taking care not to twist the
belt. Keep the lap portion of the belt
tight.

normally, it cannot protect your
child from death or serious injury.
Contact your Toyota dealer immediately. Do not install the child
restraint system on the seat until
the seat belt is fixed.

2. Fully extend the shoulder belt to put it
in the lock mode. When the belt is
then retracted even slightly, it cannot
be extended.
To hold the convertible seat securely,
make sure the belt is in the lock mode
before letting the belt retract.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

105

06 06.08

CY13145

3. While pressing the convertible seat
firmly against the seat cushion and
seatback, let the shoulder belt retract
as far as it will go to hold the convertible seat securely.

106

CY13146

CY13118

CAUTION
Push and pull the child restraint system in different directions to be sure
it is secure. Follow all the installation
instructions provided by its manufacturer.

4. To remove the convertible seat, press
the buckle release button and allow the
belt to retract completely. The belt will
move freely again and be ready to
work for an adult or older child passenger.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.08


 On vehicles with side airbags and

CY13147

curtain shield airbags, do not allow
the child to lean his/her head or
any part of his/her body against the
door or the area of the seat, front
or rear pillar or roof side rail from
which the side airbags or curtain
shield airbags deploy even if the
child is seated in the child restraint
system. It is dangerous if the side
airbag and/or curtain shield airbag
inflate, and the impact could cause
death or serious injury to the child.

CY13051
Move seat
fully back

(C) BOOSTER SEAT INSTALLATION
A booster seat must be used in forward−facing position only.

CAUTION


 A forward−facing child restraint system should be allowed to be
installed on the front passenger
seat only when it is unavoidable.
Always move the seat as far back
as possible even if the front passenger occupant classification indicator light indicates “OFF”, because
the front passenger airbag could inflate with considerable speed and
force. Otherwise, the child may be
killed or seriously injured.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

107

06 06.08


 If the seat belt does not function

CAUTION


 Always make sure the shoulder belt

CY13119

is positioned across the center of
child’s shoulder. The belt should be
kept away from child’s neck, but
not falling off child’s shoulder.
Otherwise, the child may be killed
or seriously injured in case of sudden braking or a collision.

normally, it cannot protect your
child from death or serious injury.
Contact your Toyota dealer immediately. Do not install the child
restraint system on the seat until
the seat belt is fixed.


 Both high−positioned lap belts and
1. Sit the child on a booster seat. Run
the lap and shoulder belt through or
around the booster seat and across the
child following the instructions provided
by its manufacturer and insert the tab
into the buckle taking care not to twist
the belt.
Make sure the shoulder belt is correctly
across the child’s shoulder and that the
lap belt is positioned as low as possible
on the child’s hips. See “Seat belts” on
page 64 in this Section for details.

108

loose−fitting belts could cause
death or serious injuries due to
sliding under the lap belt during a
collision or other unintended event.
Keep the lap belt positioned as low
on a child’s hips as possible.


 For child’s safety, do not place the
shoulder belt under child’s arm.


 After inserting the tab, make sure
the tab and buckle are locked and
that the lap and shoulder portions
of the belt are not twisted.


 Do not insert coins, clips, etc. in
the buckle as this may prevent your
child from properly latching the tab
and buckle.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.08

—Using a top strap
(vehicles without third seats)
Anchor brackets

CY13118

CY13306

CY13307
Symbol

2. To remove the booster seat, press the
buckle release button and allow the
belt to retract.

Follow the procedure below for a child
restraint system that requires the use
of a top strap.

Use the anchor brackets behind the rear
seatbacks to attach the top strap.
Anchor brackets are installed for each
rear seating position.
This symbol indicates the locations of the
anchor brackets.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

109

06 06.08

CY13096

TO USE THE ANCHOR BRACKET:
1. Remove the head restraint.

CY13188

2. Raise the anchor bracket.

CY13152

3. Fix the child restraint system with
the seat belt.
Latch the hook onto the anchor
bracket and tighten the top strap.
The anchor bracket is only designed to
secure the top strap. Do not use the
anchor bracket for any other purpose.
For instructions to install the child restraint system, see “Child restraint” on
page 96 in this Section.

110

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.08

CAUTION
Make sure the top strap is securely
latched, and check that the child restraint system is secure by pushing
and pulling it in different directions.
Follow all the installation instructions
provided by its manufacturer.

CY13099

4. Replace the head restraint.

CY13153

Lower the anchor bracket when it is not
in use.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

111

06 06.08

—Using a top strap
(vehicles with third seats)
Anchor brackets

CY13308

CY13242

CY13219

Symbol

Follow the procedure below for a child
restraint system that requires the use
of a top strap.

Use the anchor brackets behind the second seatbacks to attach the top strap.

TO USE THE ANCHOR BRACKET:
1. Remove the head restraint.

Anchor brackets are installed for each
second seat.
This symbol indicates the locations of the
anchor brackets.

112

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.08

CAUTION

CY13220

2. Open the anchor bracket cover.

Make sure the top strap is securely
latched, and check that the child restraint system is secure by pushing
and pulling it in different directions.
Follow all the installation instructions
provided by its manufacturer.

CY13221

3. Fix the child restraint system with
the seat belt.
Latch the hook onto the anchor
bracket and tighten the top strap.
The anchor bracket is only designed to
secure the top strap. Do not use the
anchor bracket for any other purpose.
For instructions to install the child restraint system, see “Child restraint” on
page 96 in this Section.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

113

06 06.08

—Installation with child
restraint lower anchorages
(vehicles without third seats)

CY13222

4. Replace the head restraint.
Close the anchor bracket cover when the
anchor bracket is not used.

CY13175

CY13262

Lower anchorages for the child restraint
systems complying with the FMVSS225
or
CMVSS210.2
specifications
are
installed in the rear seats.
The anchorages are installed in the gap
between the seat cushion and seatback of
both outside rear seats.
Child restraint systems complying with the
FMVSS213 or CMVSS213 specification
can be fixed to these anchorages. In this
case, it is not necessary to fix the child
restraint system with a seat belt on the
vehicle.

Canada only

Type A

114

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.08

CHILD
RESTRAINT
INSTALLATION

SYSTEM

1. Widen the gap between the seat
cushion and seatback slightly and
confirm the position of the lower anchorages near the button on the
seatback.


 When using the lower anchorages

2. Type A—Latch the hooks of lower
straps onto the anchorages and
tighten the lower straps.


 Push and pull the child restraint

Type B—Latch the buckles onto the
anchorages.

CY13263

CAUTION

For owners in Canada—The symbol on
a child restraint system indicates the presence of a lower connector system.
If your child restraint system has a top
strap, it should be anchored. (For the
installation of the top strap, see “—Using
a top strap” on page 109 in this Section.)

for the child restraint system, be
sure that there are no irregular objects around the anchorages or that
the seat belt is not caught.
system in different directions to be
sure it is secure. Follow all the
installation instructions provided by
its manufacturer.


 Do not install a child restraint system on the rear seat if it interferes
with the lock mechanism of the
front seats. Otherwise, the child or
front seat occupant(s) may be killed
or seriously injured in case of sudden braking or a collision.

For installation details, refer to the instruction manual equipped with each product.

Canada only

Type B

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

115

06 06.08

—Installation with child
restraint lower anchorages
(vehicles with third seats)
1st lock
position

5th lock
position

CY13223

Lower anchorages for the child restraint
systems complying with the FMVSS225
or
CMVSS210.2
specifications
are
installed in the second seats.
The anchorages are installed in the seat
cushion of the right side seating position
and between the center and left side seating position.
Child restraint systems complying with the
FMVSS213 or CMVSS213 specification
can be fixed to these anchorages. In this
case, it is not necessary to fix the child
restraint system with a seat belt on the
vehicle.

116

CY13289

CHILD
RESTRAINT
INSTALLATION

CY13291

SYSTEM

2. Take off the cover on the seat cushion.

1. Fold down the seatback. Make sure
the rear seat legs are relocked into
place (folding down the seatback will
disengage them) by pushing downward on the back of the seat. Adjust
the seatback to the 1st lock position
(most upright position) and then to
the 5th lock position.
Make sure the
locked securely.

seat

and

seatback

is

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.08

3. Widen the slits of the seat cushion
slightly and confirm the position of
the lower anchorages near the button on the seatback.
4. Type A—Latch the hooks of lower
straps onto the anchorages and
tighten the lower straps.
Type B—Latch the buckles onto the
anchorages.
For owners in Canada—The symbol on
a child restraint system indicates the presence of a lower connector system.

CY13285

If your child restraint system has a top
strap, it should be anchored. (For the
installation of the top strap, see “—Using
a top strap” on page 112 in this Section.)

CY13286

For installation details, refer to the instruction manual equipped with each product.

Canada only

Canada only

Type A

Type B

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

117

06 06.08

CAUTION


 When using the lower anchorages
for the child restraint system, be
sure that there are no irregular objects around the anchorages or that
the seat belt is not caught.

CY13227


 Push and pull the child restraint
system in different directions to be
sure it is secure. Follow all the
installation instructions provided by
its manufacturer.


 After securing the child restraint
system, never recline the seat.


 Do not install a child restraint system on the second seat if it interferes with the lock mechanism of
the front seats. Otherwise, the child
or front seat occupant(s) may be
killed or seriously injured in case
of sudden braking or a collision.

118


 When using the left side lower anchorages for the child restraint system, do not sit in the center seat.
The performance of the center seat
belt cannot be brought out sufficiently because the belt may be
high−positioned or the seat belt
may be loose−fitting, posing the
risk of serious injury in the case of
collision.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

SECTION

1− 4

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND
CONTROLS
Steering wheel and Mirrors
Tilt steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tilt and telescopic steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Outside rear view mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Anti−glare inside rear view mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Auto anti−glare inside rear view mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear side−view mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sun visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

120
120
121
123
124
125
125

119

06 06.07

Tilt and telescopic steering
wheel

Tilt steering wheel
CAUTION


 Do not adjust the steering wheel

CY13305

while the vehicle is moving. Doing
so may cause the driver to mishandle the vehicle and an accident may
occur resulting in death or serious
injuries.

CY13303


 After adjusting the steering wheel,
try moving it up and down to make
sure it is locked in position.

To change the steering
hold the steering wheel,
release lever toward you,
ing wheel to the desired
lease the lever.

wheel angle,
pull the lock
tilt the steerangle and re-

When the steering wheel is in a low position, it will spring up as you release the
lock release lever.

120

ADJUSTMENT
TILT

OF

STEERING

To change the steering
hold the steering wheel,
release lever toward you,
ing wheel to the desired
lease the lever.

WHEEL

wheel angle,
pull the lock
tilt the steerangle and re-

When the steering wheel is in a low position, it will spring up as you release the
lock release lever.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

Outside rear view mirrors—
CAUTION


 Do not adjust the steering wheel

CY13304

while the vehicle is moving. Doing
so may cause the driver to mishandle the vehicle and an accident may
occur resulting in death or serious
injuries.

CY13009


 After adjusting the steering wheel,
try moving it up and down or forward and rearward to make sure it
is locked in position.
ADJUSTMENT
OF
STEERING COLUMN

TELESCOPIC

To change the steering wheel length,
push down the lock release lever, set
the steering wheel to the desired length
and return the lever to its original position.

Adjust the mirror so that you can just
see the side of your vehicle in the mirror.
Be careful when judging the size or distance of any object seen in the outside
rear view mirror on the passenger’s side
because it is a convex mirror. Any object
seen in a convex mirror will look smaller
and farther away than when seen in a flat
mirror.
On some models, when you push the
back window defogger switch, the heater
panels in the outside rear view mirrors will
quickly clear the surface. (See “Back
window and outside rear view mirror
defoggers” on page 142 in Section 1−5.)
2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

121

06 06.07

—Power rear view mirror
control
On some models, the outside rear view
mirrors are rain clearing mirrors that clear
the driver’s rear view when it rains. (For
details, see “Rain clearing mirrors” on
page 403 in Section 5.)

CAUTION

NOTICE
If ice should jam the mirror, do not
operate the control or scrape the mirror face. Use a spray de−icer to free
the mirror.

CY13010


 Do not adjust the mirror while the
vehicle is moving. Doing so may
cause the driver to mishandle the
vehicle and an accident may occur
resulting in death or serious injuries.


 On some models, since the mirror
surfaces can get hot, do not touch
them when the defogger switch is
on.

To adjust a mirror, use the switches.
1. Master switch—To select the mirror to
be adjusted
Push the switch to “L” (left) or “R”
(right).
2. Control switch—To move the mirror
Push the switch in the desired direction.
Mirrors can be adjusted when the key is
in the “ACC” or “ON” position.

122

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

—Folding rear view mirrors

Anti−glare inside rear view
mirror
CAUTION

CY13011

The rear view mirrors can be folded
backward for parking in compact areas.
To fold the rear view mirror, push backward.

CAUTION
Do not drive with the mirrors folded
backward. Both the driver and passenger side rear view mirrors must
be extended and properly adjusted
before driving.

Do not adjust the mirror while the
vehicle is moving. Doing so may
cause the driver to mishandle the vehicle and an accident may occur resulting in death or serious injuries.

CY13012

Adjust the mirror so that you can just
see the rear of your vehicle in the mirror.
To reduce glare from the headlights of
the vehicle behind you during night
driving, operate the lever on the lower
edge of the mirror.
Daylight driving—Lever at position 1
The reflection in the mirror has greater
clarity at this position.
Night driving—Lever at position 2
Remember that by reducing glare you also
lose some rear view clarity.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

123

06 06.07

Auto anti−glare inside rear
view mirror
In automatic function mode, if the mirror
detects light from the headlights of the
vehicle behind you, the mirror surface
darkens slightly to reduce the reflected
light.

CY13312

To turn off and on the automatic function,
push the “

” switch.

CY13313

Adjust it before driving so that the rear
view is in the best condition.

Adjust the mirror so that you can just
see the rear of your vehicle in the mirror.
This mirror is equipped with auto anti−
glare function. The function is designed
to reduce glare from the headlights of
the vehicle behind you during night
driving.

When the inside air temperature is low, it
may take a little longer for the mirror to
darken in response to the detection of
headlights.

CAUTION
Do not adjust the mirror while the
vehicle is moving. Doing so may
cause the driver to mishandle the vehicle and an accident may occur resulting in death or serious injuries.

To ensure correct functioning of anti−
glare mirror sensors located on both
sides of the mirror, do not touch or
cover the sensors with your finger or
a piece of cloth, etc.

When the ignition key is inserted and
turned on, the inside rear view mirror always turns on in the automatic function
mode.
The indicator illuminates to show you that
the function is on.

124

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

Rear side−view mirrors

Sun visors—
Rear side−view mirrors are useful as a
secondary means of checking the area
to the rear of the vehicle.
Carefully check the area to the rear of the
vehicle by either looking directly or using
both outside and inside rear view mirrors.

CY13247

CY13124

Type A

CY13125

Type B

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

125

06 06.07

To block out glare, move the sun visor.

CAUTION

To block out glare from the front—Swing
down the main sun visor (position 1).
To block out glare from the side—Swing
down the main sun visor, remove it from
the hook and swing it to the lateral side
(position 2).


 Type A—Do not extend the plate at
the end of the sun visor when the
visor is in the position 1. It can
cover the anti−glare inside rear
view mirror and obstruct the rear
view.

CY13126

Type A—If glare comes from obliquely behind you, extend the plate at the end of
the visor (to position 3).
Type B—If glare comes from obliquely behind you, slide the main sun visor backward (to position 3).

126


 Type B—Slide the main sun visor
only when it
lateral side.
glare inside
obstruct the

is swung down to the
It can cover the anti−
rear view mirror and
rear view.

To block the glare from the front when the
main sun visor is swung to the lateral
side, swing down the sub visor.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

—Vanity mirrors
To use the vanity mirrors, swing down
the main sun visor and slide the cover.
Type A—
The vanity light comes on when you slide
the cover.

CY13160

To prevent the battery being discharged,
the light will automatically turn off when
the key is removed for 30 minutes or
more.

Type A

CY13195

Type B

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

127

06 06.07

128

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

SECTION

1− 5

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND
CONTROLS
Lights, Wipers and Defogger
Headlights and turn signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Emergency flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Instrument panel light control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front fog lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interior light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Personal lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Luggage compartment light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ignition switch light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Running board lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Windshield wipers and washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Back window wiper and washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Back window and outside rear view mirror defoggers . . . . . . . . . . .

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

130
135
135
136
136
138
138
139
140
141
141
142

129

06 06.07

Headlights and turn signals
(with automatic light control
system)
HEADLIGHTS
To turn on the following lights: Twist
the headlight/turn signal lever knob.
Position 1—Parking, tail, license plate,
side marker and instrument panel lights

CY14036

For Canada—The tail light indicator (green
light) on the instrument panel will tell you
that the tail lights are on.
Position
above

For the U.S.A.

2—Headlights

and

all

of

the

For the U.S.A.—The headlight low beam
indicator light (green light) on the instrument panel will tell you that the low
beams are on.
Position 3 (“AUTO”)—Headlights and/or all
of the lights in position 1
They automatically turn on or off depending on the darkness of the surroundings.

CY14037

CY14031

Manually twist the knob to the position 2
to turn on the headlights if they are needed immediately when entering a dark tunnel, parking structure, etc.

The automatic light control sensor is on
the top of the driver’s side instrument
panel.
Do not place anything on the instrument
panel, and/or do not affix anything on the
windshield to block this sensor.
The operating condition or sensitivity can
be changed. For details, contact your
Toyota dealer.
Automatic light cut off system
Position 1 or position 3 with the tail
lights on—

For Canada

130

The lights automatically turn off when the
driver’s door is opened with the ignition
key in the “ACC” or “LOCK” position.
2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

Position 2 or 3 with the headlights on—
The lights automatically turn off after 30
seconds when all the side doors and back
door are closed with the ignition key in
the “ACC” or “LOCK” position.
If the “LOCK” switch of the wireless remote control transmitter is pushed twice
simultaneously, the lights automatically
turn off immediately.
The time before the headlights turn off
can be changed. For details, contact your
Toyota dealer.
If the driver’s door is kept open, the lights
automatically turn off after 30 minutes.
To turn them on again, turn the key to the
“ON” position or actuate the headlight
switch.
If you are going to park for over one
week, make sure the headlight switch is
off.

NOTICE
To prevent the battery from being discharged, do not leave the lights on
for a long period when the engine is
not running.

Daytime running light (DRL) system (all
models sold in Canada and some models sold in U.S.A.)
The Daytime Running Light (DRL) system
can make it easier for others to see the
front of your vehicle during the day. The
DRL system can be helpful in many different driving conditions, but they can be
especially helpful in the short periods after
dawn and before sunset.

CY14013

The DRL system will make your front turn
signal lights come on when:


 The ignition is on with the engine running.


 The knob is in the “OFF” position,
position 1 or position 3 with the tail
lights on.


 The parking brake is released.
To turn off the DRL system, twist the knob
to position 2 or position 3 with the headlights on, or turn the ignition switch off.
This DRL system can be disabled. For
details, contact your Toyota dealer.

High−Low beams—For high beams, turn
the headlights on and push the lever away
from you (position 1). Pull the lever toward you (position 2) for low beams.
The headlight high beam indicator light
(blue light) on the instrument panel will
tell you that the high beams are on.
Flashing the high
(position 3)—Pull the
back. The high beam
when you release the

beam headlights
lever all the way
headlights turn off
lever.

You can flash the high beam headlights
with the knob turned to “OFF”.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

131

06 06.07

Headlights and turn signals
(without automatic light
control system)
If the turn signal indicator lights (green
lights) on the instrument panel flash faster
than normal, a front or rear turn signal
bulb is burned out.

CY14014

TURN SIGNALS

CY14038

For the U.S.A.

To signal a turn, push the headlight/
turn signal lever up or down to position
1.
The key must be in the “ON” position.
The lever automatically returns after you
make a turn, but you may have to return
it by hand after you change lanes.

CY14039

To signal a lane change, move the lever
up or down to the pressure point (position
2) and hold it.
On some models, the front turn signal
lights are on during daytime running light
system is on. For details, see “Daytime
running light system”.

132

For Canada

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

HEADLIGHTS
To turn on the following lights: Twist
the headlight/turn signal lever knob.

The time before the headlights turn off
can be changed. For details, contact your
Toyota dealer.

Daytime running light (DRL) system (all
models sold in Canada and some models sold in U.S.A.)

Position 1—Parking, tail, license plate,
side marker and instrument panel lights

If the driver’s door is kept open, the lights
automatically turn off after 30 minutes.

For Canada—The tail light indicator (green
light) on the instrument panel will tell you
that the tail lights are on.

To turn them on again, turn the key to the
“ON” position or actuate the headlight
switch.

Position
above

If you are going to park for over one
week, make sure the headlight switch is
off.

The Daytime Running Light (DRL) system
can make it easier for others to see the
front of your vehicle during the day. The
DRL system can be helpful in many different driving conditions, but they can be
especially helpful in the short periods after
dawn and before sunset.

2—Headlights

and

all

of

the

For the U.S.A.—The headlight low beam
indicator light (green light) on the instrument panel will tell you that the low
beams are on.
Automatic light cut off system
Position 1—
The lights automatically turn off when the
driver’s door is opened with the ignition
key in the “ACC” or “LOCK” position.
Position 2—

The DRL system will make your front turn
signal lights come on when:


 The ignition is on with the engine run-

NOTICE
To prevent the battery from being discharged, do not leave the lights on
for a long period when the engine is
not running.

ning.


 The knob is in the “OFF” position or
position 1.


 The parking brake is released.
To turn off the DRL system, twist the knob
to position 2 or turn the ignition switch off.
This DRL system can be disabled. For
details, contact your Toyota dealer.

The lights automatically turn off after 30
seconds when all the side doors and back
door are closed with the ignition key in
the “ACC” or “LOCK” position.
If the “LOCK” switch of the wireless remote control transmitter is pushed twice
simultaneously, the lights automatically
turn off immediately.
2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

133

06 06.07

If the turn signal indicator lights (green
lights) on the instrument panel flash faster
than normal, a front or rear turn signal
bulb is burned out.

CY14016

CY14017

High−Low beams—For high beams, turn
the headlights on and push the lever away
from you (position 1). Pull the lever toward you (position 2) for low beams.

TURN SIGNALS

The headlight high beam indicator light
(blue light) on the instrument panel will
tell you that the high beams are on.

The key must be in the “ON” position.

Flashing the high
(position 3)—Pull the
back. The high beam
when you release the

beam headlights
lever all the way
headlights turn off
lever.

You can flash the high beam headlights
with the knob turned to “OFF”.

134

To signal a turn, push the headlight/
turn signal lever up or down to position
1.
The lever automatically returns after you
make a turn, but you may have to return
it by hand after you change lanes.
To signal a lane change, move the lever
up or down to the pressure point (position
2) and hold it.
On some models, the front turn signal
lights are on during daytime running light
system is on. For details, see “Daytime
running light system”.
2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

Emergency flashers

Instrument panel light control
NOTICE
To prevent the battery from being discharged, do not leave the switch on
longer than necessary when the engine is not running.

CY14042

To turn on the
push the switch.

emergency

flashers,

CY14043

To adjust the brightness of the instrument panel lights, turn the dial.

All the turn signal lights will flash. To turn
them off, push the switch once again.
Turn on the emergency flashers to warn
other drivers if your vehicle must be
stopped where it might be a traffic hazard.
Always pull as far off the road as possible.
The turn signal light switch will not work
when the emergency flashers are operating.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

135

06 06.07

Front fog lights

Interior light (without rear
seat entertainment system)
ILLUMINATED ENTRY SYSTEM

CY14044

Door linked operation—When the switch is
in the “DOOR” position and any of the
side doors and back door is opened, the
light will come on. After all the side doors
and back door are closed, the light remains on for about 15 seconds before
fading out.

CY14022

Ignition switch linked operation—When the
switch is in the “DOOR” position, and the
ignition switch is turned to “LOCK”, the
light will come on. The light remains on
for about 15 seconds before fading out.
To turn on the front fog lights, twist
the band of the headlight and turn signal switch lever. They will come on
only when the headlights are on low
beam.
Front fog light indicator light on the instrument panel will tell you that the front fog
lights are on.

136

To turn on the interior light, slide the
switch.
The interior light switch has the following
positions:
“ON”—Keeps the light on all the time.
“OFF”—Turns the light off.
“DOOR”—Turns the light on when any of
the side doors and back door is opened.
The light goes off when all the side doors
and back door are closed.

However, in the following cases, the light
goes off immediately.


 All the side doors and back door are
closed when the ignition key is in the
“ACC” or “ON” position.


 All the side doors and back door are
closed and locked.
When any of the side doors and back
door is unlocked using either the key or
the wireless remote control transmitter, the
light will come on and remain on for about
15 seconds before fading out.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

Interior light (with rear seat
entertainment system)
The following adjustments can be made in
this system. For details, contact your
Toyota dealer.

ILLUMINATED ENTRY SYSTEM
Door linked operation—When the switch is
in the “DOOR” position and any of the
side doors and back door is opened, the
light will come on. After all the side doors
and back door are closed, the light remains on for about 15 seconds before
fading out.


 Cancelling the door key or the wireless
remote control transmitter linked operation


 Changing the duration of lighting

CY14045

To prevent the battery being discharged,
the lights will automatically turn off when
the key is removed and the door is left
opened with the switch at the “DOOR”
position for 30 minutes or more.

Ignition switch linked operation—When the
switch is in the “DOOR” position, and the
ignition switch is turned to “LOCK”, the
light will come on. The light remains on
for about 15 seconds before fading out.
The interior lights operate separately
with each outer lens.
To turn on the light, push the lens. To
turn the light off, push the lens once
again.

However, in the following cases, the light
goes off immediately.


 All the side doors and back door are
closed when the ignition key is in the
“ACC” or “ON” position.

The interior light switch has the following
positions:


 All the side doors and back door are

“OFF”—The lights are off unless you operate either outside switch.

When any of the side doors and back
door is unlocked using either the key or
the wireless remote control transmitter, the
light will come on and remain on for about
15 seconds before fading out.

“DOOR”—Turns the light on when any of
the side doors and back door is opened.
The light goes off when all the side doors
and back door are closed.

closed and locked.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

137

06 06.07

Personal lights

Luggage compartment light

The following adjustments can be made in
this system. For details, contact your
Toyota dealer.


 Cancelling the door key or the wireless
remote control transmitter linked operation


 Changing the duration of lighting

CY14004

CY14005

To prevent the battery being discharged,
the lights will automatically turn off when
the key is removed and the door is left
opened with the switch at the “DOOR”
position for 30 minutes or more.
To turn on the personal lights, push the
lens. To turn the lights off, push the
lens once again.

To turn on the luggage compartment
light, slide the switch.
The luggage compartment light switch has
the following positions:
“ON”—Keeps the light on all the time.
“OFF”—Turns the light off.
“DOOR”—Turns the light on when any of
the side doors and back door is opened.
The light goes off when all the side doors
and back door are closed.

138

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

Ignition switch light
ILLUMINATED ENTRY SYSTEM
Door linked operation—When the switch is
in the “DOOR” position and any of the
side doors and back door is opened, the
light will come on. After all the side doors
and back door are closed, the light remains on for about 15 seconds before
fading out.
Ignition switch linked operation—When the
switch is in the “DOOR” position, and the
ignition switch is turned to “LOCK”, the
light will come on. The light remains on
for about 15 seconds before fading out.
However, in the following cases, the light
goes off immediately.


 All the side doors and back door are
closed when the ignition key is in the
“ACC” or “ON” position.


 All the side doors and back door are
closed and locked.
When any of the side doors and back
door is unlocked using either the key or
the wireless remote control transmitter, the
light will come on and remain on for about
15 seconds before fading out.
The following adjustments can be made in
this system. For details, contact your
Toyota dealer.


 Cancelling the door key or the wireless
remote control transmitter linked operation


 Changing the duration of lighting
To prevent the battery being discharged,
the lights will automatically turn off when
the key is removed and the door is left
opened with the switch at the “DOOR”
position for 30 minutes or more.

CY14026

For easy access to the ignition switch,
the ignition switch light comes on when
any of the side doors and back door is
opened or when the ignition switch is
turned to the “LOCK” position.
The light remains on for about 15 seconds
after all the side doors and back door are
closed.
However, in the following cases, the light
goes off immediately.


 All the side doors and back door are
closed when the ignition key is in the
“ACC” or “ON” position.


 All the side doors and back door are
closed and locked.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

139

06 06.07

Running board lights
When any of the side doors and back
door is unlocked using either the key or
the wireless remote control transmitter, the
lights will come on and remain on for
about 15 seconds before fading out.

When any of the side doors and back
door is unlocked using either the key or
the wireless remote control transmitter, the
light will come on and remain on for about
15 seconds before fading out.
The following adjustments can be made in
this system. For details, contact your
Toyota dealer.

To prevent the battery being discharged,
the light will automatically turn off when
the key is removed and the door is left
opened for 30 minutes or more.

CY14027


 Cancelling the door key or the wireless
remote control transmitter linked operation


 Changing the duration of lighting
To prevent the battery being discharged,
the light will automatically turn off when
the key is removed and the door is left
opened for 30 minutes or more.

Lighting the running boards and
ground helps you easily to get in
out of the vehicle in the night.
lights come on when any of the
doors is opened.

the
and
The
side

The lights remain on for about 15 seconds
after all the side doors are closed.
However, in the following cases, the light
go off immediately.


 All the side doors and back door are
closed and locked.


 The vehicle speed reaches 8 km/h (5
mph) or higher.

140

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

Back window wiper and
washer

Windshield wipers and washer
To squirt washer fluid, pull the lever
toward you.
If the windshield wipers are off, they will
operate a couple of times after the washer
squirts.

CY14040

For instructions on adding washer fluid,
see “Adding washer fluid” on page 437 in
Section 7−3.

CY14041

In freezing weather, warm the windshield
with the defroster before using the washer.
This will help prevent the washer fluid
from freezing on your windshield, which
can block your vision.
To turn on the windshield wipers, move
the lever to the desired setting.
The key must be in the “ON” position.

To turn on the back window wiper, twist
the lever knob upward.

NOTICE
Do not operate the wipers if the windshield is dry. It may scratch the
glass.

The key must be in the “ON” position.

Lever position

Speed setting

Lever position

Speed setting

Position 1

Intermittent

Position 1

Intermittent

Position 2

Slow

Position 2

Normal

Position 3

Fast

The “INT” band lets you adjust the wiping
time interval when the wiper lever is in
the intermittent position (position 1). Twist
the band upward to increase the time between sweeps, and downward to decrease
it.

To squirt washer fluid on the back window,
twist the knob upward or downward as far
as it will go (position 3 or 4). The knob
automatically returns from these positions
after you release it. The back window wiper operates while the washer squirts.
For instructions on adding washer fluid,
see “Adding washer fluid” on page 437 in
Section 7−3.
2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

141

06 06.07

Back window and outside rear
view mirror defoggers
If the back window is not fully closed, the
back window wiper and washer will not
work. Make sure the back window is fully
closed when using the back window wiper
and washer.

NOTICE

If the back window is not fully closed, the
back window defogger will not work. Make
sure the back window is fully closed when
using the back window defogger.
If the back window is opened while the
defogger is working, the defogger will automatically turn off. Even if the back window is fully closed after that, the defogger
will not automatically turn on.

CY14009

Do not operate the back window wiper if the back window is dry. It may
scratch the glass.

To defog or defrost the back window,
push the switch with the back window
closed.
The key must be in the “ON” position.

CAUTION

The thin heater wires on the inside of the
back window will quickly clear the surface.
An indicator light will illuminate to indicate
the defogger is operating.

On some models, since the mirror
surfaces can get hot, do not touch
them when the defogger switch is on.

On some models, heater panels in the
outside rear view mirrors will also quickly
clear the surfaces.

NOTICE

Push the switch once again to turn the
defoggers off.
The system will automatically shut off after the defoggers have operated about 15
minutes.

142

Make sure you turn the defoggers off
when the surfaces are clear. Leaving the
defoggers on for a long time could cause
the battery to discharge, especially during
stop−and−go driving. The defoggers are
not designed for drying rain water or for
melting snow.

When cleaning the inside of the back
window, be careful not to scratch or
damage the heater wires or connectors.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

SECTION

1− 6

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND
CONTROLS
Gauges, Meters and Service reminder indicators
Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine coolant temperature gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Odometer and two trip meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Service reminder indicators and warning buzzers . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

144
144
145
146
147

143

06 06.07

Engine coolant temperature
gauge

Fuel gauge
On inclines or curves, due to the movement of fuel in the tank, the fuel gauge
needle may fluctuate or the low fuel level
warning light may come on earlier than
usual.

CY15001
Low fuel level
warning light

The gauge indicates the approximate
quantity of fuel remaining in the tank
when the ignition switch is on.
Nearly full—Needle at “F”
Nearly empty—Needle at “E”
It is a good idea to keep the tank over
1/4 full.
The needle moves when braking, accelerating or making turns. This is caused by
the movement of the fuel in the tank.
If the fuel level approaches “E” or the low
fuel level warning light comes on, fill the
fuel tank as soon as possible.

If the fuel tank is completely empty, the
malfunction indicator lamp comes on. Fill
the fuel tank immediately.

CY15002

The indicator lamp goes off after driving
several times. If the indicator lamp does
not go off, contact your Toyota dealer as
soon as possible.
The gauge indicates the engine coolant
temperature when the ignition switch is
on. The engine operating temperature
will vary with changes in weather and
engine load.
If the needle moves into the red zone,
your engine is too hot. If your vehicle
overheats, stop your vehicle and allow the
engine to cool.
Your vehicle may overheat during severe
operating conditions, such as:


 Driving up a long hill on a hot day.

 Reducing speed or stopping after high
speed driving.

144

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

Tachometer

 Idling for a long period with the air

NOTICE

conditioning on in stop−and−go traffic.


 Towing a trailer.

Do not let the indicator needle get
into the red zone. This may cause
severe engine damage.

NOTICE

 Do not remove the thermostat in
the engine cooling system as this
may cause the engine to overheat.
The thermostat is designed to control the flow of coolant to keep the
temperature of the engine within
the specified operating range.

 Do not continue driving with an
overheated engine. See “If your
vehicle overheats” on page 378 in
Section 4.

CY15003

The tachometer indicates engine speed
in thousands of rpm (revolutions per
minute). Use it while driving to select
correct shift points and to prevent engine lugging and over−revving.
Driving with the engine running too fast
causes excessive engine wear and poor
fuel economy. Remember, in most cases
the slower the engine speed, the greater
the fuel economy.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

145

06 06.07

Odometer and two trip meters
3. Trip meter reset knob—Resets the two
trip meters to zero, and also change
the meter display.
To change the meter display, quickly
push and release the knob. The meter
display changes in the order from the
odometer to trip meter A to trip meter
B, then back to the odometer each
time you push.

CY15009

This meter displays the odometer and
two trip meters.
1. Odometer—Shows the total
the vehicle has been driven.

To reset the trip meter A to zero, display the meter A reading, then push
and hold the knob until the meter is
set to zero. The same process can be
applied for resetting the trip meter B.

distance

2. Two trip meters—Show two different
distances independently driven since
the last time each trip meter was set
to zero.
You can use one trip meter to calculate
the fuel economy and the other to
measure the distance on each trip. All
trip meter data is cancelled if the electrical power source is disconnected.

146

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

Service reminder indicators and warning buzzers
If the indicator or buzzer comes on...

(a)

Do this.

If parking brake is off, stop immediately and contact Toyota dealer.
(indicator and buzzer)

(b)

Fasten driver’s seat belt.
(indicator and buzzer)

(c)

Fasten front passenger’s seat belt.

(d)

Stop immediately and contact Toyota dealer.

(e)

Stop and check.

(f)

Take vehicle to Toyota dealer.

(g)

Low fuel level warning light

Fill up tank.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

147

06 06.07

If the indicator or buzzer comes on...

(h)

(i)

Do this.
Replace engine oil.

or

Take vehicle to Toyota dealer. If brake system warning light is also on, stop
immediately and contact Toyota dealer.

(j)

Take vehicle to Toyota dealer.

(k)

Close all side doors and back door.

(l)

Take vehicle to Toyota dealer immediately.

(m)

Stop and check.

(n)

Adjust tire pressure. If the light remains, contact Toyota dealer.

148

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

If the indicator or buzzer comes on...

(o)

(p)

Do this.
Add washer fluid.

Key reminder buzzer

Remove key.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

149

06 06.07

(a) Brake System Warning Light and
Buzzer

Have your vehicle checked at your
Toyota dealer in the following cases:

This light comes on in the following cases
when the ignition key is in the “ON” position.


 The light does not come on even if the


 When the parking brake is applied...


 The light does not come on even if the

This light comes on for a few seconds
when the ignition key is turned to the
“ON” position even after the parking brake
is released.

ignition key is turned on with the parking brake released.


 When the brake fluid level is low...
CAUTION
It is dangerous to continue driving
normally when the brake fluid level is
low.


 When the hydraulic brake booster
fails...
If the hydraulic booster causes a problem
resulting in poor braking performance, the
warning light comes on and buzzer sounds
continuously.

150

parking brake is applied when the ignition key is in the “ON” position.

A warning light turning on briefly during
operation does not indicate a problem.

CAUTION


 The brake system warning light remains on together with the “ABS”
warning light.
In this case, not only the anti−lock
brake system will fail but also the
vehicle will become extremely unstable during braking.
Any of the following conditions may occur, but do not indicate the malfunction:


 The light may stay on for about 60

If any of the following conditions occurs, immediately stop your vehicle at
a safe place and contact your Toyota
dealer.


 The light does not turn off even
after the parking brake is released
while the engine is running.


 The warning buzzer comes on together with the warning light.
In either case, this can indicate that
the brakes may not work properly
and your stopping distance will become longer. Depress the brake
pedal firmly and bring the vehicle
to an immediate stop.

seconds after the ignition key is turned
to the “ON” position. It is normal if it
turns off after a while.


 Depressing the brake pedal repeatedly
may turn on the warning light and
buzzer. It is normal if the light turns off
and the buzzer stops sounding after a
few seconds.


 You may hear a small sound in the
engine compartment
started or the brake
repeatedly. This is
sound of the brake
not a malfunction.

after the engine is
pedal is depressed
a pump pulsating
system, and it is

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

(b) Driver’s Seat Belt Reminder Light
and Buzzer
The light and buzzer act as a reminder to
buckle up the driver’s seat belt.
Once the ignition key is turned to “ON” or
“START”, the reminder light flashes and
buzzer come on if the driver’s seat belt
is not fastened. Unless the driver fastens
the belt, the light continues flashing and
the buzzer sounds for about 4 to 8 seconds.
(c) Front
Passenger’s
Reminder Light

Seat

Belt

The light acts as a reminder to have the
front passenger buckle up the seat belt.
Once the ignition key is turned to “ON” or
“START”, the reminder light flashes if a
passenger sits in the front passenger seat
and does not fasten the seat belt.
If luggage or other load is placed on the
front passenger seat, depending on its
weight, the reminder light may flash.

(d) Charging System Warning Light
This warning light comes on when the
ignition switch is turned to the “ON” position, and goes off when the engine is
started.
When there are problems in the charging
system while the engine is running, the
warning light comes on.

NOTICE
When the charging system warning
light comes on while the engine is
running, malfunctions such as the engine drive belt being broken may have
occurred. If the warning light comes
on, immediately stop the vehicle in a
safe place and contact your Toyota
dealer.

(e) Low Engine Oil Pressure Warning
Light
This light warns that the engine oil pressure is too low.
If it flickers or stays on while you are
driving, pull off the road to a safe place
and stop the engine immediately. Call a
Toyota dealer or qualified repair shop for
assistance.
The light may occasionally flicker when
the engine is idling or it may come on
briefly after a hard stop. There is no
cause for concern if it then goes out when
the engine is accelerated slightly.
The light may come on when the oil level
is extremely low. It is not designed to
indicate low oil level, and the oil level
must be checked using the level dipstick.

NOTICE
Do not drive the vehicle with the
warning light on—even for one block.
It may ruin the engine.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

151

06 06.07

(f) Malfunction Indicator Lamp
This lamp comes on when the ignition
key is turned to the “ON” position and
goes off after the engine starts. This
means that the warning light system is
operating properly.
If the lamp remains on, or the lamp
comes on while driving, first check the
followings.


 Empty fuel tank
If the fuel tank is empty, refuel immediately.


 Loose fuel tank cap
If the fuel tank cap is loose, securely
tighten it.
These cases are temporary malfunctions.
The malfunction indicator lamp will go off
after taking several driving trips.
If the lamp does not go off even after
several trips, contact your Toyota dealer
as soon as possible.

Contact your Toyota dealer as soon as
possible to service the vehicle.

Emissions inspection and maintenance
(I/M) programs

If engine speed does not increase when
the accelerator pedal is depressed, there
may be a problem somewhere in the electronic throttle control system.

Your vehicle may not pass a state
emission inspection if the malfunction
indicator lamp remains on. Contact your
Toyota dealer to check your vehicle’s
emission
control
system
and
OBD
(On−Board Diagnostics) system before
taking your vehicle for the inspection.

At this time, vibration may occur. However, if you depress the accelerator pedal
more firmly and slowly, you can drive your
vehicle at low speeds. Have your vehicle
checked by your Toyota dealer as soon as
possible.
Even if the abnormality of the electronic
throttle control system is corrected during
low speed driving, the system may not be
recovered until the engine is stopped and
the ignition key is turned to the “ACC” or
“LOCK” position.

CAUTION

For details, see “Emissions Inspection and
Maintenance (I/M) programs” on page 410
in Section 6.
(g) Low Fuel Level Warning Light
This light comes on when the fuel level
in the tank becomes nearly empty. Fill up
the tank as soon as possible.
On inclines or curves, due to the movement of fuel in the tank, the low fuel level
warning light may come on earlier than
usual.

Be especially careful to prevent erroneous pedal operation.

If the fuel tank is not empty or the fuel
tank cap is not loose...


 There is a problem somewhere in the
engine, emission control system, electronic throttle control system, automatic
transmission electrical system or warning light system itself.

152

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

(h) Engine Oil Replacement Reminder
Light (for vehicles sold in U.S.A.)
This light acts as a reminder to replace
the engine oil.
This light will come on when the ignition
key is turned to “ON” and will go off after
about a few seconds.
When you drive for about 7200 km (4500
miles) after the engine oil replacement,
this light illuminates for about 3 seconds
and then flashes for about 12 seconds
with the ignition key turned to the “ON”
position. If you continue driving without
the engine oil replacement, and if the driving range exceeds 8000 km (5000 miles),
the light will come on after the ignition
key is turned to the “ON” position. The
light will remain on thereafter.
If the light is flashing, we recommend that
you replace the engine oil at an early
opportunity depending on the driving and
road condition. If the light comes on, replace it as soon as possible.

You need to reset the light after the engine oil replacement. Reset the light by
following the procedure below:
1. Turn the ignition key to the “ACC” or
“LOCK” position with the odometer
reading shown. (For details, see
“Odometer and two trip meters” on
page 146 in this Section.)
2. Turn the ignition key to the “ON” position while holding down the trip meter
reset button.
Hold down the button until the light goes
off. Before the light goes off, it illuminates
for 3 seconds, flashes for 2 seconds and
illuminates for 1 second.
If the system fails to reset, the light will
remain flashing.
(i) “ABS” Warning Light
The light comes on when the ignition key
is turned to the “ON” position. If the anti−
lock brake system and the brake assist
system work properly, the light turns off
after a few seconds. Thereafter, if either
of the systems malfunctions, the light
comes on again.

When the “ABS” warning light is on (and
the brake system warning light is off), the
following systems do not operate, but the
brake system still operates conventionally.


 Anti−lock brake system

 Brake assist system

 Traction control system
(two−wheel drive models)


 Active traction control system
(four−wheel drive models)


 “AUTO LSD” system
(two−wheel drive models)


 Vehicle stability control system

 Downhill assist control system
(four−wheel drive models)


 Hill−start assist control system
When the “ABS” warning light is on (and
the brake system warning light is off), the
anti−lock brake system does not operate,
so that the wheels will lock up during a
sudden braking or braking on slippery
road surfaces.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

153

06 06.07

If either of the following conditions occurs, this indicates a malfunction somewhere in the components monitored by
the warning light system. Contact your
Toyota dealer as soon as possible to
service the vehicle.


 The light does not come on when the
ignition key is turned to the “ON” position, or remains on.


 The light comes on while you are driving.
A warning light turning on briefly during
operation does not indicate a problem.

CAUTION
If the “ABS” warning light remains on
together with the brake system warning light, immediately stop your vehicle at a safe place and contact your
Toyota dealer.
In this case, not only the anti−lock
brake system will fail but also the
vehicle will become extremely unstable during braking.

Either of the following conditions may
occur, but do not indicate a malfunction:

It is not a malfunction that the warning
light may stay on for 60 seconds after the
ignition key is turned to the “ON” position.


 The light may stay on for about 60

Depressing the brake pedal repeatedly
may turn on the lights. It is normal if they
go out after a few seconds.

seconds after the ignition key is turned
to the “ON” position. It is normal if it
turns off after a while.

(j) “VSC TRAC” Warning Light

If the light comes on while driving, the
above mentioned systems do not work.
However, as conventional braking operates
when applied, there is no problem to continue your driving.

The light warns that there is a problem
somewhere in the following.

In the following cases, contact your Toyota
dealer:


 Depressing the brake pedal repeatedly
may turn on the light. It is normal if it
turns off after a few seconds.


 Vehicle stability control system

 Traction control system
(two−wheel drive models)

after the ignition key is turned to “ON”.


 The warning light remains on after the
ignition key is turned to “ON”.


 Active traction control system


 The warning light comes on while driv-

(four−wheel drive models)

ing.


 “AUTO LSD” system
(two−wheel drive models)


 Downhill assist control system
(four−wheel drive models)


 Hill−start assist control system
The light will come on when the ignition
key turned to “ON”, and will go off after
a few seconds.

154


 The warning light does not come on

When the brake fluid level is too low, the
above mentioned systems will not operate
and the warning light comes on.
(k) Open Door Warning Light
This light remains on until all the side
doors and back door are completely
closed.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

(l) SRS Warning Light
This indicator comes on when the ignition key is turned to the “ON” position.
It goes off after about 6 seconds. This
means the SRS airbags and seat belt
pretensioners are operating properly.
This warning light system monitors the
airbag sensor assembly, front airbag sensors, side and curtain shield airbag sensors, curtain shield airbag sensors, driver’s seat position sensor, driver’s seat belt
buckle switch, front passenger occupant
classification system and indicator light,
front passenger’s seat belt buckle switch,
seat belt pretensioner assemblies, inflators, “RSCA OFF” indicator light, interconnecting wiring and power sources.
If any of the
this indicates
or seat belt
Toyota dealer

following conditions occurs,
a malfunction of the airbags
pretensioners. Contact your
as soon as possible.


 The light does not come on when the
ignition key is turned to the “ON” position or remains on for more than 6
seconds or flashes.

The SRS warning light will come on and
front passenger occupant classification indicator light will indicate “OFF” if there is
a malfunction in the front passenger occupant classification system.
(m) Automatic
Transmission
Temperature
Warning
(four−wheel drive models)

Fluid
Light

This light warns that the automatic transmission fluid temperature is too high.
If this light comes on while you are driving, slow down and pull off the road. Stop
the vehicle at a safe place and put the
selector lever in “P”. With the engine idling, wait until the light goes off. If the
light goes off, you may start the vehicle
again. If the light does not go off, call a
Toyota dealer or qualified repair shop for
assistance.

NOTICE
Continued driving with the warning
light on may damage the automatic
transmission.

(n) Tire Pressure Warning Light
This light warns that the tire pressure of
one or more of your tires (including the
spare tire) is low. The light comes on
when the ignition key is turned to the
“ON” position. It goes off after a few seconds. This indicates that the tire pressure
warning system is functioning properly.
If the warning light comes on, stop your
vehicle in a safe place as soon as possible and check that the inflation pressure
of all tires (including the spare tire) is as
specified on the tire and loading information label. (See “Checking tire inflation
pressure” on page 425 in Section 7−2.)
The light should go off a few minutes after
the tire pressure is adjusted.
If the warning light blinks, the tire pressure warning system may be malfunctioning. Contact your Toyota dealer.
For details, see “Tire pressure warning
system” on page 190 in Section 1−7.


 The light comes on or starts flashing
while driving.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

155

06 06.07

(o) Low Windshield Washer Fluid Level
Warning Light (for vehicles sold in
Canada)
The light warns that the windshield washer
fluid level is too low. Add washer fluid at
your earliest opportunity. (For instructions,
see “Adding washer fluid” on page 437 in
Section 7−3.)
(p) Key Reminder Buzzer
This buzzer acts as a reminder to remove
the key when you open the driver’s door
with the ignition key in the “ACC” or
“LOCK” position.

CHECKING
SERVICE
REMINDER
INDICATORS (except the low fuel level
warning light and low windshield
washer fluid level warning light)


 Slip indicator light

 Height control indicator lights

 Downhill assist control system indicator

1. Apply the parking brake.


 Height control “OFF” indicator light

2. Open one of the side doors or back
door.
The open door warning light should
come on.
3. Close the door.
The open door warning light should go
off.
4. Turn the ignition key to “ON”, but do
not start the engine.
All the service reminder indicators except the open door warning light should
come on.
The following service reminder indicators go off after a few seconds:














Engine oil replacement reminder light

light (four−wheel drive models)
The SRS warning light goes off after
about 6 seconds.
There may be the case that the “ABS”
warning light (brake assist system
warning light), “VSC TRAC” warning
light and “AUTO LSD” (two−wheel drive
models), “VSC OFF” (four−wheel drive
models) or slip indicator light stay on
for about 60 seconds after the ignition
key is turned to the “ON” position. It
is normal if they go out after a while.
If any service reminder indicator or warning buzzer does not function as described
above, have it checked by your Toyota
dealer as soon as possible.

“ABS” warning light
“VSC TRAC” warning light
Tire pressure warning light
“RSCA OFF” indicator light
“AUTO LSD” indicator light
(two−wheel drive models)


 “VSC OFF” indicator light
156

(four−wheel drive models)
2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

SECTION

1− 7

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND
CONTROLS
Ignition switch, Transmission and Parking brake
Ignition switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Automatic transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Four−wheel drive system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Traction control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Active traction control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
“AUTO LSD” system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vehicle stability control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Downhill assist control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hill−start assist control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear height control air suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tire pressure warning system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

158
159
164
170
172
174
177
179
182
184
190
195
196

157

06 06.07

Ignition switch
“LOCK”—Engine is off and the steering
wheel is locked. The key can be removed only at this position.

CY16026

You must push in the key to turn it from
“ACC” to the “LOCK” position. The selector lever must be in the “P” position before pushing the key.

NOTICE
Do not leave the key in the “ON”
position if the engine is not running.
The battery will discharge and the
ignition could be damaged.

Once you remove the key, the engine immobilizer system is automatically set. (See
“Engine immobilizer system” on page 14
in Section 1−2.)

“START”—Starter motor on. The key
will return to the “ON” position when
released.
For starting tips, see page 355 in Section
3.
“ON”—Engine on and all accessories
on.
This is the normal driving position.
“ACC”—Accessories such as the radio
operate, but the engine is off.
If you leave the key in the “ACC” or
“LOCK” position and open the driver’s
door, a buzzer will remind you to remove
the key.

158

When starting the engine, the key may
seem stuck at the “LOCK” position. To
free it, first be sure the key is pushed all
the way in, and then rock the steering
wheel slightly while turning the key gently.
Approximately five hours after the engine
is turned off, you may hear sound coming
from underneath the luggage compartment
for several minutes. This is normal operation and does not indicate a malfunction.
(See “Leak detection pump” on page x.)
It is not a malfunction if the needles on
all meters and gauges move slightly when
the key is turned to the “ACC”, “ON” or
“START” position.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

Automatic transmission
Your automatic transmission has a shift
lock system to minimize the possibility of
incorrect operation. This means you can
only shift out of “P” position when the
brake pedal is depressed (with the ignition
switch in “ON” position).
(a) Selector lever
The shift position is also displayed on the
instrument cluster.
P: Parking, engine starting and key
removal
R: Reverse

CY16055y

N: Neutral
D: Normal driving
(shifting into overdrive possible)
4: Engine braking
(shifting into overdrive not possible)
3, 2: Stronger engine braking

With the brake pedal depressed
(The ignition switch must be in
“ON” position.)

L: Maximum engine braking

Shift normally.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

159

06 06.07

(b) Normal driving
1. Start the engine as instructed in “How
to start the engine” on page 356 in
Section 3. The transmission must be in
“P” or “N”.
Vehicles with four−wheel drive control—
When the four−wheel drive control switch
knob is in “L4” (low−speed position, center
differential locked), the driving pattern selector setting has no effect on gear shift
timing. (See “Four−wheel drive system
(full−time four−wheel drive models)” on
page 164 in this Section for information of
the four−wheel drive control.)
Vehicles with multi−mode control—
When the multi−mode control switch knob
is in “L4” (low−speed position, four−wheel
drive, center differential locked), the driving pattern selector setting has no effect
on gear shift timing. (See “Four−wheel
drive system (multi−mode four−wheel drive
models)” on page 167 in this Section for
information of the multi−mode control.)

160

2. With your foot holding down the brake
pedal, shift the selector lever to “D”.
When the lever is in the “D” position, the
automatic transmission system will select
the most suitable gear for running conditions such as normal cruising, hill climbing, hard towing, etc.
Two−wheel drive models—
Always use the “D” position for better fuel
economy and quieter driving. If the engine
coolant temperature is low, the transmission will not shift into the overdrive gear
even in the “D” position.

Vehicles with multi−mode control—
Always use the “D” position for better fuel
economy and quieter driving. If the engine
coolant temperature is low or when the
multi−mode control switch knob is in “L4”
(low−speed position, four−wheel drive,
center differential locked), the transmission
will not shift into the overdrive gear even
in the “D” position. (See “Four−wheel drive
system (multi−mode four−wheel drive
models)” on page 167 in this Section for
information of the multi−mode control.)

CAUTION

Vehicles with four−wheel drive control—
Always use the “D” position for better fuel
economy and quieter driving. If the engine
coolant temperature is low or when the
four−wheel drive control switch knob is in
“L4” (low−speed position, center differential
locked), the transmission will not shift into
the overdrive gear even in the “D” position. (See “Four−wheel drive system (full−
time four−wheel drive models)” on page
164 in this Section for information of the
four−wheel drive control.)

Never put your foot on the accelerator pedal while shifting.
3. Release the parking brake and brake
pedal. Depress the accelerator pedal
slowly for smooth starting.
If the automatic locking operation linked
with the shift position is set, all the side
doors and back door are automatically
locked when the shift lever is moved out
of the “P” position with the engine running
and all the side doors and back door are
closed. For details, see “—Automatic door
locking and unlocking functions” on page
25 in Section 1−2.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

(c) Using engine braking
To use engine braking, you can downshift
the transmission as follows:


 Shift into the “4” position. The transmission will downshift to fourth gear
and engine braking will be enabled.


 Shift into the “3” position. The transmission will downshift to third gear
when the vehicle speed drops down to
or lower than the following speed, and
stronger engine braking will be enabled.
Two−wheel drive models
4.0 L V6 (1GR−FE) engine
133 km/h (83 mph)
4.7 L V8 (2UZ−FE) engine
139 km/h (86 mph)
Four−wheel drive models
4.0 L V6 (1GR−FE) engine
Multi−mode control switch knob
at “H2” and “H4”
133 km/h (83 mph)
Multi−mode control switch knob
at “L4”
51 km/h (31 mph)

4.7 L V8 (2UZ−FE) engine

4.7 L V8 (2UZ−FE) engine

Four−wheel drive control switch
knob at “H4”
139 km/h (86 mph)

Four−wheel drive control switch
knob at “H4”
94 km/h (58 mph)

Four−wheel drive control switch
knob at “L4”
54 km/h (34 mph)

Four−wheel drive control switch
knob at “L4”
36 km/h (22 mph)


 Shift into the “2” position. The trans-


 Shift into the “L” position. The trans-

mission will downshift to second gear
when the vehicle speed drops down to
or lower than the following speed, and
stronger engine braking will be enabled.

mission will downshift to first gear
when the vehicle speed drops down to
or lower than the following speed, and
maximum engine braking will be enabled.

Two−wheel drive models

Two−wheel drive models

4.0 L V6 (1GR−FE) engine
88 km/h (54 mph)

4.0 L V6 (1GR−FE) engine
42 km/h (26 mph)

4.7 L V8 (2UZ−FE) engine
94 km/h (58 mph)

4.7 L V8 (2UZ−FE) engine
40 km/h (25 mph)

Four−wheel drive models

Four−wheel drive models

4.0 L V6 (1GR−FE) engine

4.0 L V6 (1GR−FE) engine

Multi−mode control switch knob
at “H2” and “H4”
88 km/h (54 mph)

Multi−mode control switch knob
at “H2” and “H4”
42 km/h (26 mph)

Multi−mode control switch knob
at “L4”
34 km/h (21 mph)

Multi−mode control switch knob
at “L4”
16 km/h (9 mph)

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

161

06 06.07

4.7 L V8 (2UZ−FE) engine

(d) Using “3”, “2” and “L” positions

Four−wheel drive control switch
knob at “H4”
40 km/h (25 mph)

The “3”, “2” and “L” positions are used for
strong engine braking as described previously.

Four−wheel drive control switch
knob at “L4”
15 km/h (9 mph)

With the selector lever in “3”, “2” or “L”,
you can start the vehicle in motion as
with the lever in “D”.

When the cruise control is being used,
even if you downshift from “D” to “4”,
engine braking will not be enabled because the cruise control is not cancelled.

With the selector lever in “3” or “2”, the
vehicle will start in first gear and automatically shift to third gear or second gear.

For ways to decrease the vehicle speed,
see “Cruise control” on page 196 in this
Section.

CAUTION

With the selector lever in “L”, the transmission is engaged in first gear.

NOTICE

 Be careful not to over−rev the engine. Watch the tachometer to keep
engine rpm from going into the red
zone. The approximate maximum allowable speed for each position is
given below for your reference:

Two−wheel drive models
4.0 L V6 (1GR−FE) engine
“3” . . . . . . . 146 km/h (90 mph)
“2” . . . . . . . 100 km/h (62 mph)
“L” . . . . . . . . 58 km/h (36 mph)
4.7 L V8 (2UZ−FE) engine
“3” . . . . . . . 146 km/h (90 mph)
“2” . . . . . . . 100 km/h (62 mph)
“L” . . . . . . . . 58 km/h (36 mph)

Be careful when downshifting on a
slippery
surface.
Abrupt
shifting
could cause the vehicle to skid or
spin.

162

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

Four−wheel drive models
4.0 L V6 (1GR−FE) engine
Multi−mode
drive
control
switch knob at “H2” or “H4”
“3” . . . . . 146 km/h (90 mph)
“2” . . . . . 100 km/h (62 mph)
“L” . . . . . . 58 km/h (36 mph)
Multi−mode
switch knob
“3” . . . . . .
“2” . . . . . .
“L” . . . . . .

at
57
39
22

drive
control
“L4”
km/h (35 mph)
km/h (24 mph)
km/h (14 mph)

4.7 L V8 (2UZ−FE) engine
Four−wheel
drive
control
switch knob at “H4”
“3” . . . . . 146 km/h (90 mph)
“2” . . . . . 100 km/h (62 mph)
“L” . . . . . . 58 km/h (36 mph)
Four−wheel
switch knob
“3” . . . . . .
“2” . . . . . .
“L” . . . . . .

at
57
39
26

drive
control
“L4”
km/h (35 mph)
km/h (24 mph)
km/h (16 mph)


 Do not continue hill climbing or
hard towing for a long time in the
“3”, “2” or “L” position. This may
cause severe automatic transmission damage from overheating. To
prevent such damage, “4” position
should be used in hill climbing or
hard towing.
(e) Backing up

(f) Parking
1. Bring the vehicle to a complete stop.
2. With the brake pedal pressed down,
fully depress the parking brake pedal
to apply the parking brake securely.
3. With the brake pedal pressed down,
shift the selector lever to the “P” position.

CAUTION

1. Bring the vehicle to a complete stop.
2. With the brake pedal held down with
your foot, shift the selector lever to the
“R” position.

NOTICE
Never shift into reverse while the vehicle is moving.
Vehicles with rear view monitor system—
When the selector lever is shifted into “R”
position with the ignition switch in the
“ON” position, rear view monitor system
will activate. For instructions, see “Rear
view monitor system” on page 302 in Section 1−10.

Never attempt to move the selector
lever into “P” position under any circumstances while the vehicle is moving. Serious mechanical damage and
loss of vehicle control may result.
If the automatic unlocking operation linked
with the shift position is set, all the side
doors and back door are automatically unlocked when the selector lever is moved
to the “P” position with the ignition switch
is in the “ON” position. For details, see
“—Automatic door locking and unlocking
functions” on page 25 in Section 1−2.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

163

06 06.07

Four−wheel drive system
(full−time four−wheel drive
models)—
(a) Four−wheel drive control
(g) Good driving practice


 If the transmission repeatedly shifts up
and down between fourth gear and
overdrive when climbing a gentle slope,
shift the selector lever to the “4” position. Be sure to shift the selector lever
to the “D” position immediately afterward.

(h) If you cannot shift the selector lever out of “P” position
If you cannot shift the selector lever from
the “P” position even though the brake
pedal is depressed, use the shift lock
override button. For instructions, see “If
you cannot shift automatic transmission
selector lever” on page 394 in Section 4.

CY16060


 When towing a trailer, in order to maintain engine braking efficiency, do not
use “D” position.

CAUTION

Four−wheel drive control switch knob

Always keep your foot on the brake
pedal while stopped with the engine
running. This prevents the vehicle
from creeping.

NOTICE
Always use the brake pedal or the
parking brake to hold the vehicle on
an upgrade. Do not attempt to hold
the vehicle using the accelerator pedal, as this can cause the transmission
to overheat.

CY16061

Center differential lock switch

164

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

Use the four−wheel drive control switch
knob and center differential lock switch
to select the transfer and center differential modes.
The “H4” and “L4” positions of the four−
wheel drive control switch knob provide
either lock or unlock mode of the center
differential depending on the center differential lock switch position.
Use the center differential lock system if
your wheels get stuck in a ditch, or when
you are driving on a slippery or bumpy
surface. When the center differential is
locked, the vehicle stability control system
is automatically turned off and the center
differential lock and “VSC OFF” indicator
lights come on because the function that
controls engine performance interferes
with the process of freeing your wheels.

NOTICE
As soon as the center differential lock
switch is turned on, the “VSC OFF”
indicator light comes on. After the
wheels are out of the ditch or off the
slippery or bumpy surface, turn the
center differential lock switch off.
Make sure that the center differential
lock indicator light and vehicle stability control system off indicator light
turn off.
“H4” (high speed position, center differential unlocked): Four−wheel drive control
switch knob at “H4”, center differential
lock switch left out
Use this for normal driving on all types of
roads, from dry hard−surfaced roads to
wet, icy or snow−covered roads. This
position gives greater economy, quietest
ride, least wear and better vehicle control.
“H4” (high speed position, center differential locked): Four−wheel drive control
switch knob at “H4”, center differential
lock switch pushed in

“L4” (low speed position, center differential unlocked): Four−wheel drive control
switch knob at “L4”, center differential lock
switch left out
The “4LO” (low speed four−wheel drive)
indicator light comes on when the “L4”
mode is selected.
Use this for maximum power and traction.
Use this for climbing or descending steep
hills, off−road driving, and hard pulling in
sand or mud.
In this mode, the braking feeling that occurs when the wheels are negotiating a
sharp corner is further reduced than in the
“L4” (low speed position, center differential
locked) mode.
“L4” (low speed position, center differential locked): Four−wheel drive control
switch knob at “L4”, center differential lock
switch pushed in
The “4LO” (low speed four−wheel drive)
indicator light comes on when the “L4”
mode is selected.

Use this for greater traction when you
experience a loss of power, such as
wheel slipping, in the center differential
unlock mode.
2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

165

06 06.07

(b) Shifting procedure
Use this for maximum power and traction.
Use this for hard pulling in situations the
vehicle cannot negotiate even in the “L4”
(low speed position, center differential unlocked) mode. Also, using this mode when
driving down steep off−road inclines will
help contribute to increased vehicle stability.

SHIFTING BETWEEN “H4” (UNLOCKED)
AND “H4” (LOCKED)

The indicator light tells when the differential lock is engaged. Note that the differential is not still locked as long as the
indicator light remains off.

To shift between unlock and lock
modes in “L4”, push the center differential lock switch.

When the operation is not completed, the
indicator blinks. If the indicator light does
not go off when you push out the center
differential lock switch, drive straight
ahead while accelerating or decelerating,
or drive in reverse.

To shift from “H4” to “L4”, bring the
vehicle to a complete stop with the brake
pedal held down with your foot, shift the
automatic transmission selector lever into
“N” and push and turn the four−wheel
drive control switch knob fully clockwise.

If the center differential lock system operation is not completed within 5 seconds
while the cruise control system is set,
cancel the cruise control system. To cancel the cruise control system, see “Cruise
control” on page 196 in Section 1−7.

To shift from “L4” to “H4”, bring the
vehicle to a complete stop with the brake
pedal held down with your foot, shift the
automatic transmission selector lever into
“N” and turn the four−wheel drive control
switch knob fully counterclockwise.

To shift between unlock and lock
modes in “H4”, push the center differential lock switch.
SHIFTING BETWEEN “L4” (UNLOCKED)
AND “L4” (LOCKED)

SHIFTING BETWEEN “H4” AND “L4”

If the “4LO” (low speed four−wheel drive)
indicator light continues to blink when you
operate the four−wheel drive control
switch knob to the “H4” or “L4” position,
drive forward or backward in a short distance, then stop the vehicle completely,
shift the automatic transmission selector
lever securely into “N” and operate the
switch knob again.
If the indicator continues to blink even if
doing so, contact your Toyota dealer as
soon as possible. There may be a trouble
in the four−wheel drive system.

CAUTION
Never operate the four−wheel drive
control switch knob if the wheels are
slipping. Stop the slipping or spinning before operating.

If the indicator blinks even if doing so,
contact your Toyota dealer as soon as
possible. There may be a trouble in the
center differential lock system.
See “(b) Shifting procedure” for further instructions.

166

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

Four−wheel drive system
(multi−mode four−wheel drive
models)—
(a) Multi−mode control
Use the center differential lock system if
your wheels get stuck in a ditch, or when
you are driving on a slippery or bumpy
surface. When the center differential is
locked, the vehicle stability control system
is automatically turned off and the center
differential lock and “VSC OFF” indicator
lights come on because the function that
controls engine performance interferes
with the process of freeing your wheels.

CY16061

NOTICE

CY16062

Center differential lock switch

Use the multi−mode control switch
knob and center differential lock switch
to select the transfer and center differential modes.
The “H4” and “L4” positions of the multi−
mode control switch knob provide either
lock or unlock mode of the center differential depending on the center differential
lock switch position.

As soon as the center differential lock
switch is turned on, the “VSC OFF”
indicator light comes on. After the
wheels are out of the ditch or off the
slippery or bumpy surface, turn the
center differential lock switch off.
Make sure that the center differential
lock indicator light and vehicle stability control system off indicator light
turn off.

Multi−mode control switch knob

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

167

06 06.07

“H2” (high speed position, two−wheel
drive, center differential unlocked): Multi−mode control switch knob at “H2”, center differential lock switch left out

“L4” (low speed position, four−wheel
drive, center differential unlocked): Multi−mode control switch knob at “L4”, center differential lock switch left out

Use this for normal driving on dry hard−
surfaced roads. This position gives greater
economy, quietest ride, least wear and
better vehicle control.

The four−wheel drive and “4LO” (low
speed four−wheel drive) indicator lights
come on when the “L4” mode is selected.

“H4” (high speed position, four−wheel
drive, center differential unlocked): Multi−mode control switch knob at “H4”, center differential lock switch left out
The four−wheel drive indicator light comes
on when the “H4” mode is selected.
Use this for greater traction than two−
wheel drive. (When you experience a loss
of power, such as wheel slipping.) This
position provides greater traction than
two−wheel drive.
“H4” (high speed position, four−wheel
drive, center differential locked): Multi−
mode control switch knob at “H4”, center
differential lock switch pushed in
The four−wheel drive indicator light comes
on when the “H4” mode is selected.
Use this for greater traction when you
experience a loss of power, such as
wheel slipping, in the center differential
unlock mode.

168

Use this for maximum power and traction.
Use this for climbing or descending steep
hills, off−road driving, and hard pulling in
sand or mud.
In this mode, the braking feeling that occurs when the wheels are negotiating a
sharp corner is further reduced than in the
“L4” (low speed position, four−wheel drive,
center differential locked) mode.
“L4” (low speed position, four−wheel
drive, center differential locked): Multi−
mode control switch knob at “L4”, center
differential lock switch pushed in
The four−wheel drive and “4LO” (low
speed four−wheel drive) indicator lights
come on when the “L4” mode is selected.

Use this for maximum power and traction.
Use this for hard pulling in situations the
vehicle cannot negotiate even in the “L4”
(low speed position, four−wheel drive, center differential unlocked) mode. Also, using
this mode when driving down steep off−
road inclines will help contribute to increased vehicle stability.
The indicator light tells when the differential lock is engaged. Note that the differential is not still locked as long as the
indicator light remains off.
When the operation is not completed, the
indicator blinks. If the indicator light does
not go off when you push out the center
differential lock switch, drive straight
ahead while accelerating or decelerating,
or drive in reverse.
If the center differential lock system operation is not completed within 5 seconds
while the cruise control system is set,
cancel the cruise control system. To cancel the cruise control system, see “Cruise
control” on page 196 in Section 1−7.
If the indicator blinks even if doing so,
contact your Toyota dealer as soon as
possible. There may be a trouble in the
center differential lock system.
See “(c) Shifting procedure” for further instructions.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

(b) A.D.D.
(automatic disconnecting
differential)
The A.D.D. can be engaged or disengaged by the shifting operations described in “(c) Shifting procedure”.
You should drive in four−wheel drive for
at least 16 km (10 miles) each month.
This will assure that the front drive components are lubricated.

(c) Shifting procedure
SHIFTING BETWEEN “H2”
(UNLOCKED)

AND “H4”

To shift from “H2” to “H4” (unlocked),
reduce the vehicle speed to less than 100
km/h (62 mph) and turn the multi−mode
control switch knob fully clockwise.
If the four−wheel drive indicator light continues to blink when you operate the multi−mode control switch knob from the “H2”
to the “H4” position, this reminds you that
the transfer mode is not securely in “H4”
mode. Drive straight ahead while accelerating or decelerating.
If the four−wheel drive indicator light continues to blink and the buzzer sounds
when you operate the multi−mode control
switch knob from the “H2” to the “H4”
position, this reminds you that the transfer
mode is not in “H4” mode. Stop the vehicle or reduce the vehicle speed to less
than 100 km/h (62 mph). Operate the
switch knob again.

To shift from “H4” (unlocked) to “H2”,
turn the multi−mode control switch knob
fully counterclockwise.
This can be done at any speed.
If the four−wheel drive indicator light continues to blink when you operate the multi−mode control switch knob from the “H4”
to the “H2” position, this reminds you that
the transfer mode is not securely in “H2”
mode. Drive straight ahead while accelerating or decelerating, or drive forward or
backward in a short distance.
If the indicator light continues to blink
even if doing so, contact your Toyota
dealer as soon as possible. There may be
a trouble in the four−wheel drive system.

CAUTION
Never operate the multi−mode control
switch knob if the wheels are slipping. Stop the slipping or spinning
before operating.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

169

06 06.07

Traction control system
(two−wheel drive models)
SHIFTING BETWEEN “H4” (UNLOCKED)
AND “H4” (LOCKED)
To shift between unlock and lock
modes in “H4”, push the center differential lock switch.
SHIFTING BETWEEN “L4” (UNLOCKED)
AND “L4” (LOCKED)
To shift between unlock and lock
modes in “L4”, push the center differential lock switch.
SHIFTING BETWEEN “H4” AND “L4”
To shift from “H4” to “L4”, bring the
vehicle to a complete stop with the brake
pedal held down with your foot, shift the
automatic transmission selector lever into
“N” and push and turn the multi−mode
control switch knob fully clockwise.
To shift from “L4” to “H4”, bring the
vehicle to a complete stop with the brake
pedal held down with your foot, shift the
automatic transmission selector lever into
“N” and turn the multi−mode control switch
knob counterclockwise.

170

If the “4LO” (low speed four−wheel drive)
indicator light continues to blink when you
operate the multi−mode control switch
knob to the “H4” or “L4” position, drive
forward or backward in a short distance,
then stop the vehicle completely, shift the
automatic transmission selector lever securely into “N” and operate the switch
knob again.

The traction control system automatically helps prevent the spinning of rear
wheels when the vehicle is started or
accelerated on slippery road surfaces.

If the indicator continues to blink even if
doing so, contact your Toyota dealer as
soon as possible. There may be a trouble
in the four−wheel drive system.

Under certain slippery road conditions, full traction of the vehicle and
power to the rear wheels cannot be
maintained, even though the traction
control system is in operation. Do not
drive the vehicle under any speed or
maneuvering conditions which may
cause the vehicle to lose traction
control. In situations where the road
surface is covered with ice or snow,
your vehicle should be fitted with
snow tires or tire chains. Always
drive at an appropriate and cautious
speed for the present road conditions.

CAUTION
Never operate the multi−mode control
switch knob if the wheels are slipping. Stop the slipping or spinning
before operating.

When the ignition key is turned to “ON”,
the system automatically turns on.

CAUTION

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07


 You may feel vibration or noise in your
vehicle, caused by operation of the
brakes. This indicates the system is
functioning properly.

CY16063

NORMAL DRIVING MODE
Leave the system on during ordinary
driving so that it can operate when
needed.
You may hear a sound in the engine
compartment for a few seconds when the
engine is started or just after the vehicle
begins to move. This means that the traction control system is in the self−check
mode, but does not indicate a malfunction.
When the traction control system is operating, the following conditions occur:

The slip indicator light comes on for a few
seconds when the ignition key is turned
to “ON”. If the indicator light does not
come on when the ignition is turned on,
contact your Toyota dealer.

At the time the slip indicator light will
come on and the traction control system
temporarily stops operating in order to
protect the brake actuator. (Although the
traction control system does not operate,
there is no problem to continue your driving.) The system will be automatically restored after a short time and the slip indicator light goes out.

The brake actuator temperature increases
during continuous operation of the traction
control system, the “AUTO LSD” system,
the vehicle stability control system and
the hill−start assist control system such
as on slippery roads. If the brake actuator
temperature becomes too high while any
of the systems is operating, a buzzer will
start to sound intermittently to indicate
that the traction control system can no
longer operate. In this case, immediately
stop your vehicle at a safe place.
If the system continues to operate, the
buzzer sound changes from intermittent to
continuous.
(The
continuous
buzzer
sounds for about 3 seconds.)


 The system controls the spinning of the
rear wheels. At this time, the slip indicator light blinks.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

171

06 06.07

Active traction control system
(four−wheel drive models)
Depressing the brake pedal repeatedly
may turn on the light. It is normal if it
goes out after a few seconds.

CY16064

If the “VSC TRAC” warning light and slip
indicator light come on while driving, the
traction control system does not work.
However, as normal braking operates
when being applied, there is no problem
to continue your driving.
In the following cases, contact your Toyota
dealer:


 The warning light does not come on
after the ignition key is turned to “ON”.
“VSC TRAC” warning light
This light warns that there is a problem
somewhere in the following.










Traction control system
“AUTO LSD” system
Vehicle stability control system
Hill−start assist control system

When the system is normal and the ignition key is turned to “ON”, the “VSC
TRAC” warning light will come on and will
go off after a few seconds.


 The warning light remains on after the
ignition key is turned to “ON”.


 The warning light comes on while driving.

The active traction control system automatically helps prevent the spinning of
4 wheels when the vehicle is started or
accelerated on slippery road surfaces.
When the ignition key is turned to “ON”,
the system automatically turns on.

CAUTION
Under certain slippery road conditions, full traction of the vehicle and
power to the 4 wheels cannot be
maintained, even though the traction
control system is in operation. Do not
drive the vehicle under any speed or
maneuvering conditions which may
cause the vehicle to lose traction
control. In situations where the road
surface is covered with ice or snow,
your vehicle should be fitted with
snow tires or tire chains. Always
drive at an appropriate and cautious
speed for the present road conditions.

It is not a malfunction that the warning
light may stay on for 60 seconds after the
ignition key is turned to “ON”.

172

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07


 You may feel vibration or noise in your
vehicle, caused by operation of the
brakes. This indicates the system is
functioning properly.

CY16063

Leave the system on during the ordinary driving so that it can operate
when needed.
You may hear a sound in the engine
compartment for a few seconds when the
engine is started or just after the vehicle
begins to move. This means that the active traction control system is in the self−
check mode, but does not indicate a malfunction.
When the active traction control system is
operating, the following conditions occur:


 The system controls the spinning of the

The slip indicator light comes on for a few
seconds when the ignition key is turned
to “ON”. If the indicator light does not
come on when the ignition is turned on,
contact your Toyota dealer.

At the time, the slip indicator light will
come on and the active traction control
system temporarily stops operating in order to protect the brake actuator. (Although the active traction control system
does not operate, there is no problem to
continue your driving.) The system will be
automatically restored after a short time
and the slip indicator light goes out.

The brake actuator temperature increases
during continuous operation of the active
traction control system, the vehicle stability control system, the downhill assist control system and the hill−start assist control
system such as on slippery roads. If the
brake actuator temperature becomes too
high while any of the systems is operating, a buzzer will start to sound intermittently to indicate that the active traction
control system can no longer operate. In
this case, immediately stop your vehicle at
a safe place.
If the system continues to operate, the
buzzer sound changes from intermittent to
continuous.
(The
continuous
buzzer
sounds for about 3 seconds.)

4 wheels. At this time, the slip indicator light blinks.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

173

06 06.07

“AUTO LSD” system
(two−wheel drive models)
Depressing the brake pedal repeatedly
may turn on the light. It is normal if it
goes out after a few seconds.

CY16064

If the “VSC TRAC” warning light and slip
indicator light come on while driving, the
active traction control system does not
work. However, as normal braking operates when being applied, there is no problem to continue your driving.

CY16070

In the following cases, contact your Toyota
dealer:


 The warning light does not come on
after the ignition key is turned to “ON”.
“VSC TRAC” warning light
This light warns that there is a problem
somewhere in the following.










Active traction control system
Vehicle stability control system
Downhill assist control system
Hill−start assist control system

When the system is normal and the ignition key is turned to “ON”, the warning
light will come on and will go off after a
few seconds.


 The warning light remains on after the
ignition key is turned to “ON”.


 The warning light comes on while driving.

The “AUTO LSD” system aids traction
by using the traction control system to
control engine performance and braking
when one of the rear wheels begins to
spin.
This system is used only when wheel
spinning occurs in a ditch or on a
rough surface.
This system is effective in case one of
the rear wheels is spinning.

It is not a malfunction that the “VSC
TRAC” warning light may stay on for 60
seconds after the ignition key is turned to
“ON”.

174

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

NOTICE
Do not use the “AUTO LSD” system
in conditions other than the above. A
much greater steering effort and more
careful cornering control will be required.

CY16066

CY16067

To turn on the system, push the “AUTO
LSD” switch when the vehicle is
stopped.

Make sure the “AUTO LSD” indicator light
comes on under the above condition when
you use the “AUTO LSD” system.

The “AUTO LSD” system is activated
when driving at a speed under 100
km/h (62 mph). At this time, the “AUTO
LSD” indicator light will come on.

The slip indicator light blinks when the
system is controlling the spinning of the
rear wheels.

To turn off the system, push the “AUTO
LSD” switch again.
If the engine is turned off while the
“AUTO LSD” indicator light is on and then
restarted, the indicator light will turn off
automatically.

The “AUTO LSD” and slip indicator lights
come on for a few seconds when the
ignition key is turned to “ON”. If the indicator lights does not come on when the
ignition key is turned to “ON”, contact
your Toyota dealer.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

175

06 06.07

The brake actuator temperature increases
during continuous operation of the “AUTO
LSD” system, the traction control system
and the vehicle stability control system
such as on slippery roads. If the brake
actuator temperature becomes too high
while any of the systems is operating, a
buzzer will start to sound intermittently to
indicate that the “AUTO LSD” system can
no longer operate. In this case, immediately stop your vehicle at a safe place.
If the system continues to operate, the
buzzer sound changes from intermittent to
continuous.
(The
continuous
buzzer
sounds for about 3 seconds.)
At the time the slip indicator light will
come on and the “AUTO LSD” system
temporarily stops operating in order to
protect the brake actuator. (Although the
“AUTO LSD” system does not operate, it
is no problem to continue driving.) The
system will be automatically restored after
a short time and the slip indicator light
goes off.

Depressing the brake pedal repeatedly
may turn on the light. It is normal if it
goes out after a few seconds.
If the “VSC TRAC” warning light and slip
indicator light comes on while driving, the
“AUTO LSD” system does not work. However, as the brakes operate normally when
applied, it is no problem to continue your
driving.

CY16064

In the following cases, contact your Toyota
dealer:


 The warning light does not come on
after the ignition key is turned to “ON”.


 The warning light remains on after the

“VSC TRAC” warning light
This light warns that there is a problem
somewhere in the following.


 “AUTO LSD” system

 Traction control system

 Vehicle stability control system
When the system is normal and the ignition key is turned to “ON”, the light will
come on and will go off after a few seconds.

ignition key is turned to “ON”.


 The warning light comes on while driving.

NOTICE
Do not drive with the “AUTO LSD”
switch continuously turned on.

It is not a malfunction that the warning
light may stay on for 60 seconds after the
ignition key is turned to “ON”.

176

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

Vehicle stability control
system
The vehicle stability control system
helps provide integrated control of the
systems such as anti−lock brake system, traction control, engine control,
etc. This system automatically controls
the output of the brakes or engine to
help prevent the vehicle from skidding
when cornering on a slippery road surface or operating steering wheel abruptly.
The vehicle stability control system is activated when the vehicle speed is more
than 15 km/h (9 mph).
You may hear a sound in the engine
compartment for a few seconds when the
engine is started or just after the vehicle
begins to move. This means that the system is in the self−check mode, but does
not indicate a malfunction.

CAUTION


 Do not rely excessively on the vehicle stability control system. Even
if the vehicle stability control system is operating, you must always
drive carefully and attentively to
avoid serious injury. Reckless driving will result in an unexpected accident. If the slip indicator light
blinks and an alarm sounds, special
care should be taken while driving.

CY16063


 Only use tires of specified size. The
size, manufacturer, brand and tread
pattern for all 4 tires should be the
same. If you use the tires other
than specified, or different type or
size, the vehicle stability control
system may not function correctly.
When replacing the tires or wheels,
contact your Toyota dealer. (See
“Checking and replacing tires” on
page 427 in Section 7−2.)

If the vehicle is going to skid during driving, the slip indicator light blinks and an
alarm sounds intermittently. Special care
should be taken while driving.
If the brake pedal is depressed while the
vehicle stability control system is active,
the brake pedal will become hard at an
earlier position than usual. However, the
brakes will respond to the pedal force if
depressed further.
The slip indicator light comes on for a few
seconds when the ignition key is turned
to “ON”. If the indicator light does not
come on when the ignition is turned on,
contact your Toyota dealer.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

177

06 06.07

In the following cases, contact your Toyota
dealer:


 The indicator light does not come on
when the ignition key
“ON”.

CY16061

is

turned to


 The indicator light remains on after the
ignition key is turned to “ON”.

CY16064


 The indicator light comes on when the
system is on while driving.

NOTICE

Four−wheel drive models only—
Pushing the center differential lock
switch automatically turns the vehicle
stability control system off. At this
time, the “VSC OFF” indicator comes
on with the center differential lock indicator light.
The “VSC OFF” indicator light comes on
for a few seconds when the ignition key
is turned to “ON”. It will come on again
when you push the center differential lock
switch to turn off the system.

Make sure that the center differential
lock indicator light goes off before
normal driving.

“VSC TRAC” warning light
This light warns that there is a problem
somewhere in the following.


 Vehicle stability control system

 Traction control system
(two−wheel drive models)


 Active traction control system
(four−wheel drive models)


 “AUTO LSD” system
(two−wheel drive models)


 Downhill assist control system
(four−wheel drive models)


 Hill−start assist control system
178

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

Downhill assist control system
(four−wheel drive models)
The light will come on when the ignition
key is turned to “ON”, and will go off after
about a few seconds.
The light may come on for 60 seconds
after the ignition key is turned to “ON”. It
is normal if they go out after a while.
Depressing the brake pedal repeatedly
may turn on the light. It is normal if they
go out after a few seconds.
If the “VSC TRAC” waning light and slip
indicator light come on while driving, the
vehicle stability control system does not
work. However, as normal braking operates when being applied, there is no problem to continue your driving.
In the following cases, contact your Toyota
dealer:


 The warning light does not come on
after the ignition key is turned to “ON”.


 The warning light remains on after the
ignition key is turned to “ON”.


 The warning light comes on while driving.

The downhill assist control system is a
system that assists the deceleration of
the engine brake when you drive down
a steep hill. When you are driving down
a hill with the four−wheel drive control
switch knob (full−time four−wheel drive
models) or multi−mode control switch
knob (multi−mode four−wheel drive
models) in the “L4” position, push the
“DAC” switch to limit the vehicle’s acceleration. If the vehicle is traveling at
a speed of 25 km/h (15 mph) or less,
you can descend at a constant speed.

CAUTION
Do not rely excessively on the downhill assist control system. It may not
be able to maintain a low speed over
road surfaces or off−road surfaces on
which sliding can easily occur, such
as extremely steep slopes or icy or
muddy roads.

TO ACTIVATE THE DOWNHILL ASSIST
CONTROL SYSTEM
1. Full−time four−wheel drive models—
Turn the four−wheel drive control
switch knob to the “L4” position.
The system will not operate if the four−
wheel drive control switch knob is in the
“H4” position.
Multi−mode four−wheel drive models—Turn the multi−mode control
switch knob to the “L4” position.
The system will not operate if the multi−
mode control switch knob is in the “H4”
position.
2. In order to make full use of the engine brake, putting the transmission
in “L” or “2” is recommended.
The system will operate even if the transmission selector lever is in “D”, “4”, “3”
or “N”. However, when it is in “L” or “2”
the engine brake can also be utilized enabling the system to operate more effectively.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

179

06 06.07

Multi−mode four−wheel drive models—If
the downhill assist control system indicator light flashes, the selector lever may be
in “N” or the multi−mode control switch
knob may be in the “H2” or “H4” position.

CY16020

3. Push the “DAC” switch to turn the
system on. The downhill assist control system indicator light on the instrument panel will come on.
Full−time four−wheel drive models—If the
downhill assist control system indicator
light flashes, the selector lever may be in
“N” or the four−wheel drive control switch
knob may be in the “H4” position.
If the indicator light does not come on
when the switch is pushed, contact your
Toyota dealer.

180

If the indicator light does not come on
when the switch is pushed, contact your
Toyota dealer.

CY16063

With the vehicle traveling at a speed of
25 km/h (15 mph) or less, release your
foot from the accelerator or brake pedal
to activate the system. The vehicle will
descend the hill at a low speed. While the
system is operating, the slip indicator light
on the instrument panel will flash and the
stop lights and high mounted stoplight will
be lit.
If you push the “DAC” switch to turn the
system off while it is in operation, the
system will stop operating gradually. The
downhill assist control system indicator
light will flash to alert the driver. To continue driving at a low speed, push the
“DAC” switch to turn the system on.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

The slip indicator light and downhill assist
control system indicator light come on for
a few seconds when the ignition key is
turned to “ON”. If any of the indicator
lights does not come on when the ignition
is turned on, contact your Toyota dealer.
The brake actuator temperature increases
during continuous operation of the hill−
start assist control system, the active
traction control system and the vehicle
stability control system. If the brake actuator temperature becomes too high while
any of the systems is operating, a buzzer
will start to sound intermittently to indicate
that the downhill assist control system can
no longer operate. In this case, stop your
vehicle immediately at a safe place.
If the system continues to operate, the
buzzer sound changes from intermittent to
continuous.
(The
continuous
buzzer
sounds for about 3 seconds.)

At this time, the slip indicator light will
come on, the downhill assist control system indicator light flash and the downhill
assist control system stops operating temporarily in order to protect the brake actuator. (Although the downhill assist control system does not operate, it is no
problem to continue your driving.) The
system will be automatically restored after
a short time and the slip indicator light
and the downhill assist control system indicator light go out.

CY16064

If there is any abnormality in the system, the “VSC TRAC” warning light will
come on. When the “DAC” switch is
pushed, the downhill assist control system indicator light also flash.
If the “VSC TRAC” warning light comes
on, there may be an abnormality in any
of the following systems in addition to the
downhill assist control system.


 Hill−start assist control system

 Active traction control system

 Vehicle stability control system

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

181

06 06.07

Hill−start assist control
system
“VSC TRAC” warning light
When the system is normal and the ignition key is turned to “ON”, the warning
light will come on and will go off after a
few seconds.
It is not a malfunction that the warning
light may stay on for 60 seconds after the
ignition key is turned to the “ON” position.
Depressing the brake pedal repeatedly
may turn on the light. It is normal if it
goes out after a few seconds.
If the warning light comes on while driving, the system does not work. However,
as normal braking operates when being
applied, it is no problem to continue your
driving.
In the following cases, contact your Toyota
dealer:


 The warning light does not come on
after the ignition key is turned to “ON”.


 The warning light remains on after the

The hill−start assist control system assists you in starting to move up a
steep or slippery hill. When you start
to move up the hill slope, the system
helps to prevent the vehicle from rolling backward in the interval while you
move your foot from the brake pedal to
the accelerator pedal.

CAUTION


 Do not rely excessively on the hill−
start assist control system. The vehicle may not be able to start
smoothly on road surfaces or off−
road surfaces such as extremely
steep slopes or icy roads, on which
sliding can occur very easily.

The hill−start assist control system will
operate for 5 seconds maximally when
all of the following conditions apply.


 When the transmission is in any of
positions “D”, “4”, “3”, “2” or “L”


 When the brake pedal is not depressed
The system is designed to operate when
the vehicle is starting on an uphill slope;
therefore, if the transmission is in “P” or
“N” it will not operate. It will not operate
either if the vehicle starts to move in
reverse on a slope with the transmission
in the “R”.


 Do not use the hill−start assist control system to stop the vehicle. This
system is not designed as a function for stopping the vehicle on a
uphill slope.

ignition key is turned to “ON”.


 The warning light comes on while driving.

182

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

Keep in mind the following when driving.


 The hill−start assist control system op-

CY16063

erates for 5 seconds maximally. If both
the brake and accelerator pedals remain undepressed for longer than 5
seconds, the buzzer will sound at more
frequent intervals and the system will
gradually stop operating.


 The hill−start assist control system is

When the hill−start assist control system
is operating, the slip indicator light flashes
and an alarm sounds intermittently. At the
same time, the stop lights and high
mounted stoplight are lit.
The slip indicator light comes on for a few
seconds when the ignition key is turned
to “ON”. If the indicator light does not
come on when the ignition is turned on,
contact your Toyota dealer.

not designed as a function for stopping
the vehicle on a uphill slope. When
stopping the vehicle, be sure to depress the brake pedal.

If the system continues to operate, the
buzzer sound changes from intermittent to
continuous.
(The
continuous
buzzer
sounds for about 3 seconds.)
At this time, the slip indicator light will
come on and the hill−start assist control
system stops operating temporarily in order to protect the brake actuator. (Although the hill−start assist control system
does not operate, it is no problem to continue your driving.) The system will be
automatically restored after a short time
and the slip indicator light goes out.

The brake actuator temperature increases
during continuous operation of the downhill
assist control system (four−wheel drive
models), the traction control system (two−
wheel drive models), the active traction
control system (four−wheel drive models),
the vehicle stability control system and
the “AUTO LSD” system (two−wheel drive
models) on such as slippery roads. If the
brake actuator temperature becomes too
high while any of the systems is operating, a buzzer will start to sound intermittently to indicate that the hill−start assist
control system can no longer operate. In
this case, stop your vehicle immediately at
a safe place.
2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

183

06 06.07

Rear height control air
suspension

 Vehicle stability control system

 “AUTO LSD” system
(two−wheel drive models)
“VSC TRAC” warning light
When the system is normal and the ignition key is turned to “ON”, the warning
light will come on and will go off after a
few seconds.

CY16064

CY16008

It is not a malfunction that the warning
light may stay on for 60 seconds after the
ignition key is turned to “ON”.
If there is any abnormality in the system, the “VSC TRAC” warning light will
come on.
If the system malfunctions, the
TRAC” warning light will come on.

“VSC

If the “VSC TRAC” warning light comes
on, there may be an abnormality in any
of the following systems in addition to the
hill−start assist control system.


 Downhill assist control system
(four−wheel drive models)


 Traction control system
(two−wheel drive models)


 Active traction control system
(four−wheel drive models)

184

Depressing the brake pedal repeatedly
may turn on the light. It is normal if it
goes out after a few seconds.
If the warning light comes on while driving, the system does not work. However,
as normal braking operates when being
applied, it is no problem to continue your
driving.
In the following cases, contact your Toyota
dealer:


 The warning light does not come on
after the ignition key is turned to “ON”.


 The warning light remains on after the
ignition key is turned to “ON”.


 The warning light comes on while driving.

This rear height control air suspension
controls the vehicle height depending
on the vehicle driving conditions. Select
your desired height among the “HI”
(high), “N” (normal) and “LO” (low)
modes with the height select switch.
(a) Vehicle height modes
“N” (normal) mode—
The vehicle height in this mode is standard. Regardless of the number of occupants or the luggage loading condition, the
vehicle height is always automatically adjusted to a fixed height in this mode while
the engine is running.
This mode is suitable for ordinary driving.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07


 When selecting a mode, there is a ve-

“HI” (high) mode—

“LO” (low) mode—

The vehicle height is about 40 mm (1.6
in.) higher at rear than the “N” mode
height.

The vehicle height is about 20 mm (0.8
in.) lower at rear than the “N” mode
height.

This mode is suitable when driving on the
bumpy roads and through water.

This mode allows you easy access to the
vehicle (getting in and out) and easy loading and unloading operation.

However, when the vehicle speed exceeds
about 30 km/h (19 mph) or over in the
“HI” mode, the “N” mode is automatically
selected.

This mode is available when the vehicle
speed is under about 12 km/h (7 mph).

NOTICE
CAUTION
The “HI” mode should be used for
severe off−road driving condition
only. Because the vehicle’s center of
gravity is higher in this setting, the
vehicle may become unstable when
turning abruptly, resulting in accident.

Use the “LO” mode when the vehicle
is stopped. Otherwise, when the vehicle speed exceeds about 12 km/h (7
mph), “N” mode is selected automatically. So be careful when you drive in
any place where the overhead height
is limited.
(b) Vehicle height mode changing condition
To change the vehicle height, it is necessary to meet the following conditions.


 The engine should be running.

 The height control “OFF” indicator light

hicle speed limit. Refer to the following
table.
Yes = The mode can be selected.
No = The mode cannot be selected.
“LO”
mode

“N”
mode

“HI”
mode

Under about
12 km/h
(7 mph)

Yes

Yes

Yes

Under about
30 km/h
(19 mph)

No

Yes

Yes

About
30 km/h
(19 mph) or
over

No

Yes

No

In the following cases, the rear height
control suspension will not operate.


 The underbody of the vehicle has
touched the surface on bumpy roads.


 The area around the rear suspension
is coated with ice.

should go off.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

185

06 06.07

If the vehicle is moved to its usual location or the ice is removed and the height
select switch is pressed, the vehicle
height control cannot be operated. In this
case, turn off and restart the engine, then
push the control switches.

To change the “LO” mode to “HI”, push
the switch twice. It takes about 30 seconds until the “LO” mode changes to the
“HI” mode.
Selecting the “N” mode—

CY16014

To change the “HI” mode to “N”, push
the height select switch on the “” side
once.
To change the “LO” mode to “N”, push
the height select switch on the “
” side
once.
Selecting the “LO” mode—

(c) Vehicle height adjustment
To change the mode, push the height
select switch on either side of “
”
(higher) or “” (lower).
The height control indicator light indicates
which mode is selected. (See “(e) Height
control indicator light” described below.)
Selecting the “HI” mode—
Push the height select switch on the “
”
side when the vehicle speed is under
about 30 km/h (19 mph).

Push the height select switch on the “”
side while the vehicle is stopped.
To change the “N” mode to “LO”, push
the switch once.
To change the “HI” mode to “LO”, push
the switch twice.
Even if the engine is stopped while the
vehicle height is being lowered, the operation continues for up to 25 seconds. If,
within this 25 seconds, any of the side
doors or the back door is opened, operation will continue for a further 15 seconds.

To change the “N” mode to “HI”, push
the switch once.

186

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

(d) Turning off the rear height control
air suspension

NOTICE

 If the vehicle height is changed frequently when the vehicle is heavily
loaded, the compressor may overheat, causing the vehicle height adjustment operation to stop.

 Before you lower the vehicle height
with the height select switch, check
under the vehicle to make sure
nothing to damage the vehicle or
no one to be injured is there and
that the underbody of the vehicle
does not touch the ground.

 After unloading, the height of a vehicle equipped with the rear height
control air suspension becomes
slightly higher than the normal vehicle height. Take sufficient care
where the overhead height is restricted.

 Do not select the “LO” mode in the
bumpy roads. If the underbody of
the vehicle touches the rugged road
surface, the vehicle may be damaged.

To turn off the rear height control air
suspension with the vehicle stopped,
push the “HEIGHT CONTROL OFF”
switch. The height control “OFF” indicator light comes on and the vehicle
height is fixed in the same mode as the
height control switch is pushed.
This status is memorized in the system
even after the engine is stopped.

CY16015

If you push the switch again, the height
control “OFF” indicator light goes out and
the rear height control air suspension is
turned on.
Even after the rear height control air suspension is turned off with the “HEIGHT
CONTROL OFF” switch, if the vehicle
speed exceeds 30 km/h (19 mph), the
rear height control air suspension automatically selects the “N” mode.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

187

06 06.07

CAUTION
If you drive through deep water over
about 700 mm (28 in.) in depth, put
the vehicle height in the “HI” mode
with the height select switch and then
turn off the rear height control air
suspension by pushing the “HEIGHT
CONTROL OFF” switch.


 If your vehicle gets ditched, turn off
the rear height control air suspension with the “HEIGHT CONTROL
OFF” switch. Otherwise, the vehicle
height may change because of the
automatic leveling function resulting
in an unexpected accident.

CY16018

NOTICE

 When jacking up or installing tire
chains, be sure to turn off the rear
height control air suspension by
pushing the “HEIGHT CONTROL
OFF” switch and stop the engine.
Otherwise, the vehicle height may
change because of the automatic
leveling function, resulting in an unexpected accident.

 If your vehicle must be towed, put
the vehicle height in the “N” mode
and turn off the rear height control
air suspension. Otherwise, the vehicle height may change because of
the automatic leveling function, resulting in an unexpected accident.

188

(e) Height control indicator lights
1. Height control indicator lights
2. Height control “OFF” indicator light
When the ignition switch is turned on, all
the indicator lights come on. The indicator
light showing the present mode only remains on and all other lights go off after
a few seconds. This means the system
operates correctly.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

CY16019

1. The present mode indicator light goes
off and the selected mode indicator
light blinks.


 The height control “OFF” indicator light

2. The selected mode indicator light goes
off. (The vehicle height does not
change.) The present mode indicator
light comes on again.


 The height control “OFF” indicator light

In this case, even if the vehicle is moved
to its usual location or the ice is removed
and the height select switch is pressed,
vehicle height control cannot be operated.
Turn off the engine once and then restart
it.
If you change the vehicle height mode,
the indicator lights change as follows:
When changing the vehicle height from
the “N” mode to “HI”:
1. The “N” mode indicator light goes off
and the “HI” mode indicator light blinks.
2. After the vehicle height control reaches
the “HI” mode, the “HI” mode indicator
light remains on.
If the underbody of the vehicle has
touched the surface on bumpy roads or
the area around the rear suspension is
coated with ice, the vehicle height cannot
be lowered with the height select switch.
The height control indicator lights change
as follows:

Height control “OFF” indicator light:
When the ignition switch is turned on, this
light comes on. If it goes out after a few
seconds, the rear height control air suspension operates correctly. If you push the
“HEIGHT CONTROL OFF” switch, the rear
height control air suspension is turned off.
The height control “OFF” indicator light
comes on.
In the following cases, there is a problem
somewhere in the rear height control air
suspension. Although there is no problem
to continue normal driving, have the rear
height control air suspension checked by
your Toyota dealer as soon as possible.

does not come on when the ignition
switch is turned on.
blinks.
(f) Parking and stopping tips
If you immediately stop the engine to park
the vehicle after off−road driving, the vehicle height is lowered slightly as the vehicle becomes cool. When parking, make
sure there is nothing that will be in contact with the underbody of the vehicle.
When you start the engine, the vehicle
returns to the previous height.
If you park the vehicle for a long time,
the vehicle height may be gradually lowered. When parking for a long time, make
sure there is nothing that will be in contact with the underbody of the vehicle.
When you start the engine, the vehicle
returns to the previous height.
If you stop the engine, the vehicle height
may change in accordance with the
change in the temperature. When you
start the engine, the vehicle returns to the
previous height.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

189

06 06.07

Tire pressure warning system
(g) Rear height control failure warning
If there is a problem somewhere in the
rear height control air suspension, the “N”
mode is automatically selected. If this occurs, the height control “OFF” indicator
light blinks and the vehicle height control
cannot be activated until the malfunction
is corrected. If this is the case, bring your
vehicle to your Toyota dealer as soon as
possible and have it checked.

The tire pressure warning system warns
you that the tire inflation pressure is
low.
The tire pressure warning system is not
a substitute for checking normal tire inflation pressure. Check the tire inflation
pressure with a tire pressure gauge regularly.

CY16069

CAUTION
The warning system may not activate
immediately if blowout or sudden air
loss should occur.

Type A

CY16068

Type B

190

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

The tire pressure warning light comes on
when the ignition key is turned to the
“ON” position and goes off after a few
seconds. This means the tire pressure
warning light is operating properly. If the
tire inflation pressure becomes low, the
light comes on again. In this case, adjusting the tire inflation pressure will turn off
the light after a few minutes. If the light
blinks, the tire pressure warning system is
not working properly.
Indicator
status

Meanings

Do this

ON

Tire inflation
pressure is
low

Adjust the tire
inflation
pressure

Blinking

Tire pressure
warning
system
malfunction

Have the
system
checked at
your Toyota
dealer

CAUTION
If the tire pressure warning light
comes on, be sure to observe the
following precautions. Failure to do
so could cause loss of vehicle control
and result in death or serious injury.


 Stop your vehicle in a safe place as
soon as possible. Adjust the tire
inflation pressure immediately.


 If the tire pressure waring light
comes on even after tire inflation
pressure adjustment, it is probable
that you have a flat tire. Check the
tires. If the tire is flat, change to
the spare tire and have the flat tire
repaired by the nearest Toyota dealer.

The tire pressure warning light may turn
on due to natural causes such as natural
air leaks or tire inflation pressure changes
caused by temperature. In this case, adjusting the tire inflation pressure will turn
off the light after a few minutes.
The spare tire is also equipped with the
tire pressure warning valve and transmitter. The tire pressure waning light will turn
on if the tire inflation pressure of the
spare tire is low. If a tire goes flat, even
though the flat tire is replaced with the
spare tire, the warning light does not turn
off. Replace the spare tire with the repaired tire and adjust the proper tire inflation pressure. The tire pressure warning
light will turn off after a few minutes.


 Avoid abrupt maneuvering and braking. If the vehicle tires deteriorate,
you could lose control of the steering wheel or the brakes.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

191

06 06.07

CAUTION
Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked monthly
when cold and inflated to the inflation
pressure recommended by the vehicle
manufacturer on the vehicle placard
or tire inflation pressure label (tire
and load information label). (If your
vehicle has tires of a different size
than the size indicated on the vehicle
placard or tire inflation pressure label
(tire and load information label), you
should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires.)

As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with a tire
pressure monitoring system (TPMS−
tire pressure warning system) that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale
(tire pressure warning light) when one
or more of your tires is significantly
under−inflated. Accordingly, when the
low tire pressure telltale (tire pressure warning light) illuminates, you
should stop and check your tires as
soon as possible, and inflate them to
the proper pressure. Driving on a significantly under−inflated tire causes
the tire to overheat and can lead to
tire failure. Under−inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread
life, and may affect the vehicle’s handling and stopping ability.

NOTICE

 Do not use liquid sealants for a flat
tire as tire pressure warning valve
and transmitter will be damaged.

 When the tires must be repaired or
replaced, have them repaired or replaced by the nearest Toyota dealer
or an authorized tire dealer. The
tire pressure warning valves and
transmitters will be affected by the
installation or removal of tires.

Please note that the TPMS (tire pressure warning system) is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance, and
it is the driver’s responsibility to
maintain correct tire pressure, even if
under−inflation has not reached the
level to trigger illumination of the
TPMS low tire pressure telltale (tire
pressure warning light).

192

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

IF THE TIRE PRESSURE
LIGHT BLINKS...

CY16072

WARNING

to poor radio wave signal reception.

If the tire pressure warning light blinks
when the ignition key is turned to the
“ON” position, the tire pressure warning system is not working properly.


 If the tire inflation pressure is more

The system will be disabled in the following conditions:
(When the condition becomes normal, the
system will work properly.)

If the tire pressure warning light continues
to blink when the ignition key is turned to
the “ON” position, have the system
checked by your Toyota dealer.


 If tires not equipped with tire pressure
warning
used.

Type A


 If tire chains are used.

 If the spare tire is in a location subject

valves and

transmitters are


 If the ID code on the tire pressure

than 500 kPa (5 kgf/cm2 or bar, 70 psi)
or higher than the specified level.

Even if you use genuine wheels, the tire
pressure warning system may not work
properly with some types of tires.

warning valves and transmitters is not
registered.


 If electronic devices or facilities using
similar radio
nearby.

CY16071

wave

frequencies

are


 If a radio set at similar frequencies is
in use in the vehicle.


 If a window tint that affects the radio
wave signals is installed.


 If there is a lot of snow or ice on the
vehicle, in particular around the wheels
or wheel housings.
Type B


 If non−genuine Toyota wheels are used.
2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

193

06 06.07

For vehicles sold in U.S.A.
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the
following two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause harmful
interference, and (2) this device must
accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

NOTICE:
This equipment has been tested and
found to comply with the limits for a
Class B digital device, pursuant to Part
15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are
designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a
residential installation. This equipment
generates, uses and can radiate radio
frequency energy and, if not installed
and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to
radio communications. However, there is
no guarantee that interference will not
occur in a particular installation. If this
equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception,
which can be determined by turning the
equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following
measures:


 Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.


 Increase the separation between the
equipment and receiver.


 Connect the equipment into an outlet
on a circuit different from that to
which the receiver is connected.


 Consult the dealer or an experienced
radio/TV technician for help.
FCC WARNING:
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the
user’s authority to operate the equipment.
For vehicles sold in Canada
Operation is subject to the following two
conditions:
(1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept
any interference, including interference
that may cause undesired operation of
the device.

194

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

Parking brake
REPLACING TIRES AND WHEELS
When replacing the tires and wheels, be
sure to install tire pressure warning valves
and transmitters. ID codes on the tire
pressure warning valves and transmitters
are registered in the tire pressure warning
ECU. When replacing a tire pressure
warning valve and transmitter, it is necessary to register the ID code of tire pressure warning valve and transmitter. Have
the ID code registered by your Toyota
dealer.
If the ID code is not registered, the system will not work properly. After about 1
hour, the tire pressure warning light blinks
to indicate a system malfunction.

NOTICE
When the tires or tire pressure warning valves and transmitters must be
replaced, have them replaced by your
Toyota dealer. The tire pressure warning valves and transmitters will be
affected by the installation or removal
of tires.

CAUTION
Before driving, be sure the parking
brake is fully released and the parking brake reminder light is off.

CY16007

When parking, firmly apply the parking
brake to avoid inadvertent creeping.
To set: Fully depress the parking brake
pedal. For better holding power, first depress the brake pedal and hold it while
setting the parking brake.
To release: Depress the parking brake
pedal once again.
To remind you that the parking brake is
set, the parking brake reminder light in
the instrument panel remains on until you
release the parking brake.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

195

06 06.07

Cruise control
The cruise control is designed to maintain a set cruising speed without requiring the driver to operate the accelerator. Cruising speed can be set to any
speed above 40 km/h (25 mph).
Within the limits of the engine’s capabilities, cruising speed can be maintained up
or down grades. However, changes in vehicle speed may occur on steeper grades.

CAUTION
To avoid accidentally engaging the
cruise control, turn the system off
when it is not in use. Make sure the
“CRUISE” indicator light is off.

CY16058

CAUTION


 To help maintain maximum control
of your vehicle, do not use the
cruise control when driving in
heavy or varying traffic, or on slippery (rainy, icy or snow−covered) or
winding roads.


 Avoid vehicle speed increases when
driving downhill. If the vehicle
speed is too fast in relation to the
cruise control set speed, cancel the
cruise control then downshift the
transmission to use engine braking
to slow down.

196

TURNING THE SYSTEM ON AND OFF
To turn the cruise control on, press the
“ON−OFF” button. The “CRUISE” indicator
light on the instrument panel will come on
to indicate that the cruise control is operational. Pressing the “ON−OFF” button
again turns the system off.
When the system is turned off, cruising
speed must be reset when the cruise control is turned on again.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

CY16059

If you need acceleration—for example,
when passing—depress the accelerator
pedal enough for the vehicle to exceed
the set speed. When you release it, the
vehicle will return to the speed set prior
to the acceleration.

The “CRUISE” indicator light remains on
to indicate that the system is still in operation.

CANCELLING THE CRUISE CONTROL

If the cruise control automatically cancels
out other than for the above cases, have
your vehicle checked by your Toyota dealer at the earliest opportunity.

The cruise control may be temporarily
cancelled by the driver or by the system
itself under certain circumstances. Temporary cancellation allows the set cruising
speed to remain in memory.
SETTING THE CRUISING SPEED

The cruise control can be temporarily cancelled by doing the following:

The transmission must be in “D” or “4”
before you set the cruising speed.


 Pulling the lever in the “CANCEL” di-

Bring your vehicle to the desired speed,
push the lever down in the “− SET” direction and release it. This sets the vehicle
at that speed. If the speed is not satisfactory, tap the lever up for a faster speed,
or tap it down for a slower speed. Each
tap changes the set speed by 1.6 km/h
(1.0 mph). You can now take your foot off
the accelerator pedal.


 Depressing the brake pedal

rection and releasing it

To turn the cruise control off, press the
“ON−OFF”
button.
Make
sure
the
“CRUISE” indicator light is off.

RESUMING THE CRUISE CONTROL
If the cruise control is temporarily cancelled, the cruising speed can be resumed
by pushing the lever up in the “+ RES”
direction.
Vehicle speed must be above 40 km/h (25
mph).

Under certain circumstances, the cruise
control is temporarily cancelled:


 When vehicle speed falls below 40
km/h (25 mph)


 When vehicle stability control is activated
When vehicle speed drops 16 km/h (10
mph) below the set speed, the cruise control is cancelled and the set speed is
erased from memory.

RESETTING TO A FASTER SPEED
Push the lever up in the “+ RES” direction
and hold it. Release the lever when the
desired speed is attained. While the lever
is held up, the vehicle will gradually gain
speed.
However, a faster way to reset is to accelerate the vehicle and then push the
lever down in the “− SET” direction.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

197

06 06.07

RESETTING TO A SLOWER SPEED

CRUISE CONTROL FAILURE WARNING

Push the lever down in the “− SET” direction and hold it. Release the lever when
the desired speed is attained. While the
lever is held down, the vehicle speed will
gradually decrease.

If the “CRUISE” indicator light flashes
when using the cruise control, press the
“ON−OFF” button to turn the system off
and then press it again to turn it on.

However, a faster way to reset is to depress the brake pedal and then push the
lever down in the “− SET” direction.
Even if you downshift from “D” to “4”, with
the cruise control on, engine braking will
not be enabled because the cruise control
is not cancelled. To decrease the vehicle
speed, reset to a slower speed with the
cruise control lever or depress the brake
pedal. If you use the brake pedal, cruise
control is cancelled.

198

If any of the following conditions then occurs, there is some trouble in the cruise
control system.


 The indicator light does not come on.

 The indicator light flashes again.

 The indicator light goes out after it
comes on.
If this is the case, contact your Toyota
dealer and have your vehicle inspected.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

SECTION

1− 8

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND
CONTROLS
Audio system
Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using your audio system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Audio remote controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AUX adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear seat entertainment system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Audio/video system operating hints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

200
201
229
230
231
270

For vehicle equipped with Navigation system, please refer to the
separate “Navigation System Owner’s Manual”.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

199

06 06.07

Reference

CY17067

Type 1: AM·FM radio/compact disc player
(with compact disc changer controller)

200

CY17068

CY17074

Type 2: AM·FM radio/compact disc player
with changer (with XM satellite radio∗
controller)

Type 3: AM·FM radio/compact disc player
with changer (with XM satellite radio∗
controller)

∗:

∗:

Use of satellite radio requires XM tuner
and service. Contact your Toyota dealer for details.

Use of satellite radio requires XM tuner
and service. Contact your Toyota dealer for details.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

Using your audio system—
—Some basics
This section describes some of the basic
features on Toyota audio systems. Some
information may not pertain to your system.
Your audio system works when the ignition
key is in the “ACC” or “ON” position.
TURNING THE SYSTEM ON AND OFF
Push “PWR·VOL” to turn the audio system
on and off.
Push “AM”, “FM1”, “FM2”, “FM”, “AM·SAT”∗
or “DISC·AUX” to turn on that function
without pushing “PWR·VOL”.
You can turn on the compact disc player
by inserting a compact disc.
You can turn off the compact disc player
by ejecting the compact disc. If the audio
system was previously off, then the entire
audio system will be turned off when you
eject the compact disc.
∗:

Use of satellite radio requires XM
tuner and service. Contact your Toyota
dealer for details.

SWITCHING BETWEEN FUNCTIONS
Push “AM”, “FM1”, “FM2”, “FM”, “AM·SAT”∗
or “DISC·AUX” if the system is already on
but you want to switch from one function
to another.
∗:

Use of satellite radio requires XM
tuner and service. Contact your Toyota
dealer for details.

LISTENING TO THE XM SATELLITE
RADIO BROADCAST∗ (type 2 and 3)
To listen to a satellite radio broadcast in
your vehicle, an additional genuine Toyota
satellite receiver and antenna (or equivalents) must be purchased and installed. A
subscription to the XM satellite radio service is also necessary.
How to subscribe to an XM satellite
radio
An XM satellite radio is a tuner designed
exclusively to receive broadcasts provided
under a separate subscription. Availability
is limited to the 48 contiguous states.

How to subscribe:
You must enter into a separate service
agreement with the XM radio in order to
receive satellite broadcast programming in
the vehicle. Additional activation and service subscription fees apply that are not
included in the purchase price of the vehicle and optional digital satellite tuner.
For complete information on subscription
rates and terms, or to subscribe to the
XM radio, visit XM on the web at
www.xmradio.com or call an XM ’s Listener Care at (800) 967−2346. The XM radio
is solely responsible for the quality, availability and content of the satellite radio
services provided, which are subject to
the terms and conditions of the XM radio
customer service agreement.
Customers should have their radio ID
ready; the radio ID can be found by tuning to “channel 000” on the radio. For
details, see “Displaying the radio ID” below.
All fees and programming are the responsibility of the XM satellite radio and are
subject to change.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

201

06 06.07

Satellite tuner technology notice:
Toyota’s satellite radio tuners are awarded
Type Approval Certificates from XM Satellite Radio Inc. as proof of compatibility
with the services offered by the XM satellite radio.

TONE AND BALANCE

Balance

For details about your system’s tone and
balance controls, see the description of
your own system.

A good balance of the left and right stereo
channels and of the front and rear sound
levels is also important.

Displaying the radio ID

Type 1 and 2 audio systems utilize SRS
FOCUS and SRS TruBass audio
enhancement technologies, under license
from SRS Labs, Inc., in all mode except
AM radio mode.

Each XM tuner is identified with a unique
radio ID. You will need the radio ID when
activating XM service or when reporting
a problem.
If you select the “CH 000” using the
“TUNE” knob, the ID code of 8 alphanumeric characters appears. If you select
another channel, display of the ID code is
canceled. The channel (000) alternates the
display between the radio ID and the specific radio ID code.
∗:

Use of satellite radio requires XM
tuner and service. Contact your Toyota
dealer for details.

202

SRS



symbol are
FOCUS, TruBass, SRS and
trademarks of SRS Labs, Inc.
FOCUS and TruBass technologies are
incorporated under license from SRS
Labs, Inc.
Tone
How good an audio program sounds to
you is largely determined by the mix of
the treble, midrange and bass levels. In
fact, different kinds of music and vocal
programs usually sound better with different mixes of treble, midrange and bass.

Keep in mind that if you are listening to
a stereo recording or broadcast, changing
the right/left balance will increase the volume of one group of sounds while decreasing the volume of another.
YOUR RADIO ANTENNA
Your vehicle has an antenna printed on
the inside of the rear quarter window.

NOTICE
Putting a film (especially a conductive
or metallic film) on the rear quarter
window will noticeably reduce the
sensitivity of the radio.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

YOUR COMPACT DISC PLAYER (type 1)
When you insert a disc, gently push it in
with the label side up. The compact disc
player will play from track 1 through to
the end of the disc. Then it will play from
track 1 again.
The player is intended for use with 12 cm
(4.7 in.) discs only.

CY17037

NOTICE
Never try to disassemble or oil any
part of the compact disc player. Do
not insert anything other than compact discs into the slot.
YOUR COMPACT DISC PLAYER WITH
CHANGER (type 2 and 3)
When you insert a disc, push the “LOAD”
button and gently push the disc in with
the label side up. This compact disc player can store up to six discs. The player
will play from track 1 through to the end
of the disc. Then it will play from track
1 of the next disc.

NOTICE

 Do not stack up two discs for insertion, or it will cause damage to
the compact disc player. Insert only
one compact disc into slot at a
time.

 Never try to disassemble or oil any
part of the compact disc player. Do
not insert anything except a compact disc into the slot.

The player is intended for use with 12 cm
(4.7 in.) discs only.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

203

06 06.07

—Controls and features

Type 1
Details of specific buttons, controls and
features are described in the alphabetical
list that follows.

CY17064y

204

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

1 2 3 4 5 6 (Preset buttons)
These buttons are used to preset and
tune in radio stations.
To preset a station to a button: Tune in
the desired station. (See “TUNE·FILE” or
“SEEK/TRACK”.) Push and hold down the
button until you hear a beep—this will set
the station to the button. The preset button number will appear on the display.
To recall a preset station: Push the button
for the station you want. The preset button number and station frequency will appear on the display.
These systems can store one AM and two
FM stations for each button. (The display
will show “AM”, “FM1” or “FM2” when you
push “AM”, “FM1” or “FM2” button.)
(Eject button)
Push the compact disc eject button to
eject a compact disc.

(Reverse/Fast−forward button)

Switching over the Speed Automatic
Sound Levelizer (ASL) level

Push and hold “
” (preset button 6) or
“
” (preset button 5) to fast−forward or
reverse within a compact disc. When you
release the button, the compact disc player will resume playing.

ASL: The Automatic Sound Levelizer can
be turned on by turning the knob. In addition, turning the knob allows you to select
from LOW, MID, and HIGH volume and
tone settings. The ASL system automatically adjusts volume and tone in accordance with the driving speed. This helps
ensure an optimal listening experience
even if noise levels rise while driving.

AM
Push the “AM” button to turn on the radio
and select the AM band. “AM” will appear
on the display.
AUDIO CONT (Tone and sound balance
controls)
Each time you push the “AUDIO CONT”
knob, the mode changes. To adjust the
tone and balance, turn the knob.
BAS: Adjusts low−pitched tones. The display ranges from −5 to 5.
TRE: Adjusts high−pitched tones. The display ranges from −5 to 5.
FAD: Adjusts the sound balance between
the front and rear speakers. The display
ranges from F7 to R7.

DISC·AUX (Compact disc)
Push the “DISC·AUX” button to play a
compact disc.
When the audio system is set to compact
disc operation, the display shows the
track number currently being played.
Vehicles with AUX adapter—
To switch between CD, DVD, and AUX
(external device) modes, press the
“DISC·AUX” button. The AUX mode is only
available when AUX adapter is connected
to the system. When the AUX adapter is
in use, “AUX” will appear on the display.

BAL: Adjusts the sound balance between
the right and left speakers. The display
ranges from L7 to R7.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

205

06 06.07

Error messages

 DISC 


PWR·VOL (Power and Volume)

If the player malfunctions, your audio system will display following error messages.

With compact disc changer only—

Push “PWR·VOL” to turn the audio system
on and off. Turn “PWR·VOL” to adjust the
volume.

“WAIT”: The compact disc player unit
may be too hot. Allow the player to cool
down.
“ERROR 1”: The disc may be dirty, damaged or inserted incorrectly (up−side
down). Clean the disc and re−insert it.
“NO DISC”: The compact disc changer of
the separate unit is empty. Insert a disc.
“ERROR 3”: There is a problem inside
the system. Eject the disc or magazine.
Set the disc or magazine again.
“ERROR 4”: Over−current.
Toyota dealer to inspect.

Ask

your

“CD OPEN”: The compact disc changer
lid of the separate unit is open. Close the
compact disc changer lid.
If “NO MUSIC” appears on the display,
it indicates that a disc with no MP3/WMA
data has been inserted. Remove the disc
from the player and insert an MP3/WMA
data disc.
If the malfunction still exists, take your
vehicle to your Toyota dealer.

206

Use these buttons to select a disc you
want to listen to.
Push “” (preset button 3) or “
” (preset
button 4) until the number of the disc you
want to listen appears on the display.
FM1 FM2
Push the “FM1” or “FM2” button to turn on
the radio and select the FM band. “FM1”
or “FM2” will appear on the display. This
system allows you to set twelve FM stations, two for each of the preset button.
FOLDER (Folder up/down)
To skip up or down to a different folder:
Push either side of the “FOLDER” several
times until the number of the folder you
want to listen to appears on the display.

RAND (Random)
Compact disc player
There are two random features—you can
either listen to the tracks on one compact
disc in random order, or listen to the
tracks on all the compact discs in the
magazine in random order.
To play the tracks on one disc in random
order:
Quickly push and release “RAND” (preset
” will appear on the
button 1). “
display and the player will perform the
tracks on the disc you are listening to in
random order. To turn off the random feature, push this button again.

To jump to the first file in the current
folder:
Push and hold the “” side of the button
until you hear a beep.
When playing a disc featuring both audio
data (CD−DA) and MP3/WMA files, audio
data (CD−DA) is played.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

With compact disc changer only—

RPT (Repeat)

MP3/WMA player

To play all the tracks in the magazine in
random order:
Push and hold “RAND” (preset button 1)
” will
until you hear a beep. “
appear on the display and the player will
perform all the tracks on all the discs in
the magazine in random order. To turn off
the random feature, push this button
again.

Compact disc player

There are two repeat features—You can
repeat a signal file or an entire folder.

MP3/WMA player
There are two random playback features—
you can either listen to all of the files on
the compact discs in random order. You
can also listen to the files in a single
folder in random order.
To randomly play the files in a folder:
Quickly push and release “RAND” (preset
” will appear on the
button 1). “
display.
To randomly play all of the files on the
compact disc:
Push and hold “RAND” (preset button 1)
” will
until you hear a beep. “
appear on the display and the player will
play all of the files on the disc in random
order. To turn off the random playback
feature, push this button again.

There are two repeat features—you can
either replay a disc track or a whole compact disc.
Repeating a track:
Quickly push and release “RPT” (preset
button 2) while the track is playing.
” will appear on the display. When
“
the track ends, it will automatically replay.
To turn off the repeat feature, push this
button again.
With compact disc changer only—
Repeating a disc:
Push and hold “RPT” (preset button 2)
” will apuntil you hear a beep. “
pear on the display. The player will repeat
all the tracks on the disc you are listening
to. When the disc ends, the player will
automatically go back to the first track on
the disc and replay. To turn off the repeat
feature, push this button again.

Repeating a file:
Quickly push and release “RPT” (preset
button 2) while the file is playing.
” will appear on the display. When
“
the file ends, it will repeat automatically.
This process will be continued until you
push the button again to turn off the repeat feature.
Repeating a folder:
Push and hold “RPT” (preset button 2)
” will apuntil you hear a beep. “
pear on the display. The player will repeat
all of the files in the folder. When the last
file in the folder ends, the folder will repeat from the beginning. To turn off the
repeat feature, push this button again.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

207

06 06.07

SCAN

Compact disc player

MP3/WMA player

Radio

There are two scan features—you can either scan the tracks on a specific disc or
scan the first tracks of all the discs in the
magazine.

There are two scan features—you can either scan the files in a folder on a specific disc or scan the first file of all the
folder.

Scanning the tracks on a disc:
Quickly push and release the “SCAN” button. “SCAN” will appear on the display
and the player will scan all the tracks on
the disc you are listening to. To stop
scanning, push this button again. If the
player scanned all the tracks on the disc,
it will stop scanning.

Scanning the files on a folder:
Quickly push and release “SCAN”. “SCAN”
will appear on the display and the player
will scan all the files in the folder you are
listening to. To select a file, push the
“SCAN” again. After all the tracks on the
disc have been scanned in one pass, normal play resumes.

With compact disc changer only—

Scanning the first file of all the folders:
Push “SCAN” until you hear a beep.
” will appear on the display and
“
the player will scan the first file of the
next folder. To select a folder, push the
“SCAN” again. After all the folders have
been scanned in one pass, normal play
resumes.

You can either scan all the frequencies on
a band or scan only the preset stations
for that band.
To scan the preset stations:
Push and hold the “SCAN” button until
you hear a beep. The radio will tune in
the next preset station up the band, stay
there for 5 seconds, and then move to the
next preset station. To stop scanning,
push this button again.
To scan all the frequencies:
Quickly push and release the “SCAN” button. The radio will find the next station up
the station band, stay there for 5 seconds,
and then scan again to the next station.
To stop scanning, push this button again.

208

Scanning the first tracks of all the discs
in the magazine:
Push the “SCAN” button until you hear a
” will appear on the disbeep. “
play and the player will scan the first
track on the next disc. To stop scanning,
push this button again. If the player has
scanned all the discs, it will stop scanning.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

SEEK/TRACK
down)

(Seeking/Tracking

up/

Radio
In the seek mode, the radio finds and
plays the next station up or down the
station band.
To seek the next station, quickly push and
release “
” or “” side of the “SEEK/
TRACK” button. Do this again to find the
station after that.
Compact disc player
Use this button to skip up or down to a
different track.
Push “
” or “” side of the “SEEK/
TRACK” button until the number of the
track you want to listen to appears on the
display. If you want to return to the beginning of the current track, quickly push the
down side of the button one time.
MP3/WMA player
To file up or down to a different file:
Push either side of the “TRACK” several
times until the file you want to listen to
appears on the display. If you want to
return to the beginning of the current file,
push the “” side of the button one time,
quickly.

To fast forward or reverse the disc:
If you want to fast forward or reverse the
disc, push and hold it until you hear a
beep. When you release the button, the
player will resume playing.
ST (Stereo reception) display
Your radio automatically changes to stereo
reception when a stereo broadcast is received. “ST” appears on the display. If the
signal becomes weak, the radio reduces
the amount of channel separation to prevent the weak signal from creating noise.
If the signal becomes extremely weak, the
radio switches from stereo to mono reception.
TEXT
Compact disc player
This button is used to change the display
for the compact disc that contains text
data.
To change the display, quickly push and
release the “TEXT” button while the compact disc is playing. The display changes
in the order from the elapsed time to disc
title to track title, then back to the
elapsed time.

If this button is pushed while a compact
disc that does not contain text data is
playing, “NO TITLE” will appear on the
display.
If the entire disc or track title does not
appear on the display, push and hold the
button until you hear a beep. The rest of
the title will appear.
MP3/WMA player
This button is used to change the display
for the MP3/WMA file that contains text
data.
To change the display, quickly push and
release the “TEXT” button while the
MP3/WMA file is playing. The display
changes in the order from the elapsed
time to folder name to file name to album
title to track title to artist name, then back
to the elapsed time.
If this button is pushed while an
MP3/WMA file that does not contain text
data is playing, “NO TITLE” will appear on
the display.
If the entire text data is not displayed,
push and hold it until you hear a beep.
The rest of the text data will appear.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

209

06 06.07

TUNE·FILE (Tuning and File up/down)
Radio
Turn the knob clockwise to step up the
frequency. Turn the knob counterclockwise
to step down the frequency.
MP3/WMA

player

Turn the knob clockwise to file up. Turn
the knob counterclockwise to file down.

210

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07


Type 2
Details of specific buttons, controls and
features are described in the alphabetical
list that follows.

CY17077y

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

211

06 06.07

1 2 3 4 5 6 (Preset buttons)
These buttons are used to preset and
tune in radio stations.
To preset a station to a button: Tune in
the desired station. (See “TUNE·FILE” or
“SEEK/TRACK”.) Push and hold down the
button until you hear a beep—this will set
the station to the button. The preset button number will appear on the display.
To recall a preset station: Push the button
for the station you want. The preset button number and station frequency will appear on the display.
These systems can store one AM and two
FM stations for each button. (The display
will show “AM”, “FM1” or “FM2” when you
push “AM·SAT”, “FM1” or “FM2” button.)
XM satellite radio∗—
These buttons are used to preset and
tune in radio channels.
To preset a channel to a button: Tune in
the desired channel. (See “TUNE·FILE” or
“SEEK/TRACK”.) Push and hold down the
button until you hear a beep—this will set
the channel to the button. The preset button number will appear on the display.

212

To recall a preset channel: Push the button for the channel you want. The preset
button number and channel number will
appear on the display.
This radio can store three XM channels
for each button. (The display will show
“SAT1”, “SAT2” or “SAT3” when you push
“AM·SAT” button.)
∗:

Use of satellite radio requires XM
tuner and service. Contact your Toyota
dealer for details.
(Eject button)

(Reverse/Fast−forward button)
Push and hold “
” (preset button 6) or
“
” (preset button 5) to fast−forward or
reverse within a compact disc. When you
release the button, the compact disc player will resume playing.
AM·SAT (AM band and XM satellite radio∗)
Push the “AM·SAT” button to turn on the
radio and select the AM or XM band.
“AM”, “SAT1”, “SAT2” or “SAT3” will appear on the display.

This button is used to eject one or all
compact discs.

Error messages

To eject the current compact disc, push
and release the compact disc eject button.

If the satellite radio tuner malfunctions,
your audio system will display following
error messages.

To eject a specific disc, push “” (preset
button 3) or “
” (preset button 4) until the
number of the disc you want to eject is
displayed. Push and release the eject button.
To eject all discs at a time, press and
hold the eject button until you hear a
beep. The last compact disc played before
pushing the button will be ejected first. If
the ejected disc is not removed for a long
time, the eject function will be cancelled.

“ANTENNA”:

 The XM antenna is not connected.

Check whether the XM antenna cable
is attached securely.

 A short−circuit occurs in the antenna or
the surrounding antenna cable. See a
Toyota certified dealer.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

“UPDATING”:

 You have not subscribed to the XM
satellite radio. The radio is being updated with the latest encryption code.
Contact the XM satellite radio for subscription information. When a contact is
canceled, you can choose the “CH000”
and all free−to−air channels.

 The premium channel you selected is
not authorized. Wait for about 2 seconds until the radio returns to the previous channel or “CH001”. If it does
not change automatically, select another channel. If you want to listen to the
premium channel, contact the XM satellite radio.
“NO SIGNAL”: The XM signal is too
weak at the current location. Wait until
your vehicle reaches a location with a
stronger signal.
“LOADING”: The unit is acquiring audio
or program information. Wait until the unit
has received the information.
“OFF AIR”: The channel you selected is
not broadcasting any programming. Select
another channel.

“− − −”: The channel you selected is no
longer available. Wait for about 2 seconds
until the radio returns to the previous
channel or “CH001”. If it does not change
automatically, select another channel.
The XM Listener Care Center is also
available on the phone, please call (800)
967−2346 during the following hours:
Monday—Saturday: 7 a.m.—1 a.m.
Sunday: 12 p.m.—12 a.m.
∗:

Use of satellite radio requires XM
tuner and service. Contact your Toyota
dealer for details.

AUDIO CONT (Tone and sound balance
controls)
Each time you push the “AUDIO CONT”
knob, the mode changes. To adjust the
tone and balance, turn the knob.
BAS: Adjusts low−pitched tones. The display ranges from −5 to 5.
TRE: Adjusts high−pitched tones. The display ranges from −5 to 5.
FAD: Adjusts the sound balance between
the front and rear speakers. The display
ranges from F7 to R7.

Switching over the Speed Automatic
Sound Levelizer (ASL) level
ASL: The Automatic Sound Levelizer can
be turned on by turning the knob. In addition, turning the knob allows you to select
from LOW, MID, and HIGH volume and
tone settings. The ASL system automatically adjusts volume and tone in accordance with the driving speed. This helps
ensure an optimal listening experience
even if noise levels rise while driving.
DISC·AUX (Compact disc)
Push the “DISC·AUX” button to play a
compact disc.
When the audio system is set to compact
disc operation, the display shows the
track, or track and disc number currently
being played.
Vehicles with AUX adapter—
To switch between CD, DVD, and AUX
(external device) modes, press the
“DISC·AUX” button. The AUX mode is only
available when AUX adapter is connected
to the system. When the AUX adapter is
in use, “AUX” will appear on the display.

BAL: Adjusts the sound balance between
the right and left speakers. The display
ranges from L7 to R7.
2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

213

06 06.07

Error messages

 DISC 


LOAD

If the player malfunctions, your audio system will display following error messages.

Use these buttons to select a disc you
want to listen to.

“WAIT”: The compact disc player unit
may be too hot. Allow the player to cool
down.

Push “” (preset button 3) or “
” (preset
button 4) until the number of the disc you
want to listen appears on the display.

This button is used to load the compact
discs in the compact disc player. This
player can store up to six discs.

“ERROR 1”: The disc may be dirty, damaged or inserted incorrectly (up−side
down). Clean the disc and re−insert it.

FM1 FM2

“NO DISC”: The compact disc changer of
the separate unit is empty. Insert a disc.
“ERROR 3”: There is a problem inside
the system. Eject the disc or magazine.
Set the disc or magazine again.
“ERROR 4”: Over−current.
Toyota dealer to inspect.

Ask

your

“CD OPEN”: The compact disc changer
lid of the separate unit is open. Close the
compact disc changer lid.
If “NO MUSIC” appears on the display,
it indicates that a disc with no MP3/WMA
data has been inserted. Remove the disc
from the player and insert an MP3/WMA
data disc.

Push the “FM1” or “FM2” button to turn on
the radio and select the FM band. “FM1”
or “FM2” will appear on the display. This
system allows you to set twelve FM stations, two for each of the preset button.
FOLDER (Folder up/down)
To skip up or down to a different folder:
Push either side of the “FOLDER” several
times until the number of the folder you
want to listen to appears on the display.
To jump to the first file in the current
folder:
Push and hold the “” side of the button
until you hear a beep.
When playing a disc featuring both audio
data (CD−DA) and MP3/WMA files, audio
data (CD−DA) is played.

To load one compact
push and release the
a compact disc. After
the shutter of the slot

disc only, quickly
button, then insert
the disc is loaded,
will close.

If no compact disc is inserted, the shutter
will close after 15 seconds.
To load multiple compact discs, push and
hold the button (until you hear a beep
when the audio system is on), then insert
the first compact disc. After the disc is
loaded, the shutter of the slot will close.
After a few seconds, the shutter will automatically open again so the next disc can
be inserted. The same process can be
applied for loading the rest of the discs.
If the player is full of discs, “DISC FULL”
will appear on the display.
If no compact disc is inserted, the shutter
will close after 15 seconds.

If the malfunction still exists, take your
vehicle to your Toyota dealer.

214

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

PWR·VOL (Power and Volume)

MP3/WMA player

RPT (Repeat)

Push “PWR·VOL” to turn the audio system
on and off. Turn “PWR·VOL” to adjust the
volume.

There are two random playback features—
you can either listen to all of the files on
the compact discs in random order. You
can also listen to the files in a single
folder in random order.

Compact disc player

RAND (Random)
Compact disc player
There are two random features—you can
either listen to the tracks on one compact
disc in random order, or listen to the
tracks on all the compact discs in the
magazine in random order.
To play the tracks on one disc in random
order:
Quickly push and release “RAND” (preset
” will appear on the
button 1). “
display and the player will perform the
tracks on the disc you are listening to in
random order. To turn off the random feature, push this button again.
To play all the tracks in the magazine in
random order:
Push and hold “RAND” (preset button 1)
” will
until you hear a beep. “
appear on the display and the player will
perform all the tracks on all the discs in
the magazine in random order. To turn off
the random feature, push this button
again.

To randomly play the files in a folder:
Quickly push and release “RAND” (preset
” will appear on the
button 1). “
display.
To randomly play all of the files on the
compact disc:
Push and hold “RAND” (preset button 1)
” will
until you hear a beep. “
appear on the display and the player will
play all of the files on the disc in random
order. To turn off the random playback
feature, push this button again.

There are two repeat features—you can
either replay a disc track or a whole compact disc.
Repeating a track:
Quickly push and release “RPT” (preset
button 2) while the track is playing.
” will appear on the display. When
“
the track ends, it will automatically replay.
To turn off the repeat feature, push this
button again.
Repeating a disc:
Push and hold “RPT” (preset button 2)
” will apuntil you hear a beep. “
pear on the display. The player will repeat
all the tracks on the disc you are listening
to. When the disc ends, the player will
automatically go back to the first track on
the disc and replay. To turn off the repeat
feature, push this button again.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

215

06 06.07

MP3/WMA player

SCAN

There are two repeat features—You can
repeat a signal file or an entire folder.

Radio

Repeating a file:
Quickly push and release “RPT” (preset
button 2) while the file is playing.
” will appear on the display. When
“
the file ends, it will repeat automatically.
This process will be continued until you
push the button again to turn off the repeat feature.
Repeating a folder:
Push and hold “RPT” (preset button 2)
” will apuntil you hear a beep. “
pear on the display. The player will repeat
all of the files in the folder. When the last
file in the folder ends, the folder will repeat from the beginning. To turn off the
repeat feature, push this button again.

You can either scan all the frequencies on
a band or scan only the preset stations
for that band.
To scan the preset stations:
Push and hold the “SCAN” button until
you hear a beep. The radio will tune in
the next preset station up the band, stay
there for 5 seconds, and then move to the
next preset station. To stop scanning,
push this button again.
To scan all the frequencies:
Quickly push and release the “SCAN” button. The radio will find the next station up
the station band, stay there for 5 seconds,
and then scan again to the next station.
To stop scanning, push this button again.
XM satellite radio∗—

To scan the preset channels:
Push and hold the “SCAN” button until
you hear a beep. “SCAN” appears on the
display. The radio will tune in the next
preset channel up the band, stay there for
5 seconds, and then move to the next
preset channel. To stop scanning, push
this button again.
To scan the currently selected channel
category:
Quickly push and release the “SCAN” button. “SCAN” appears on the display. The
radio will find the next channel in the
same channel category up the band, stay
there for 5 seconds, and then scan again.
To stop scanning, push this button again.
∗:

Use of satellite radio requires XM
tuner and service. Contact your Toyota
dealer for details.

You can either scan the currently selected
channel category or scan only the preset
channels for that band.

216

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

Compact disc player

MP3/WMA player

There are two scan features—you can either scan the tracks on a specific disc or
scan the first tracks of all the discs in the
magazine.

There are two scan features—you can either scan the files in a folder on a specific disc or scan the first file of all the
folder.

Scanning the tracks on a disc:
Quickly push and release the “SCAN” button. “SCAN” will appear on the display
and the player will scan all the tracks on
the disc you are listening to. To stop
scanning, push this button again. If the
player scanned all the tracks on the disc,
it will stop scanning.

Scanning the files on a folder:
Quickly push and release “SCAN”. “SCAN”
will appear on the display and the player
will scan all the files in the folder you are
listening to. To select a file, push the
“SCAN” again. After all the tracks on the
disc have been scanned in one pass, normal play resumes.

Scanning the first tracks of all the discs
in the magazine:
Push the “SCAN” button until you hear a
” will appear on the disbeep. “
play and the player will scan the first
track on the next disc. To stop scanning,
push this button again. If the player has
scanned all the discs, it will stop scanning.

Scanning the first file of all the folders:
Push “SCAN” until you hear a beep.
” will appear on the display and
“
the player will scan the first file of the
next folder. To select a folder, push the
“SCAN” again. After all the folders have
been scanned in one pass, normal play
resumes.

SEEK/TRACK
down)

(Seeking/Tracking

up/

Radio
In the seek mode, the radio finds and
plays the next station up or down the
station band.
To seek the next station, quickly push and
release “
” or “” side of the “SEEK/
TRACK” button. Do this again to find the
station after that.
XM satellite radio∗—
To select the next channel within the current channel category, push the “
” or
“” side of the “SEEK/TRACK” button.
Repeat until a desired channel is found.
∗:

Use of satellite radio requires XM
tuner and service. Contact your Toyota
dealer for details.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

217

06 06.07

Compact disc player

ST (Stereo reception) display

Use this button to skip up or down to a
different track.

Your radio automatically changes to stereo
reception when a stereo broadcast is received. “ST” appears on the display. If the
signal becomes weak, the radio reduces
the amount of channel separation to prevent the weak signal from creating noise.
If the signal becomes extremely weak, the
radio switches from stereo to mono reception.

Push “
” or “” side of the “SEEK/
TRACK” button until the number of the
track you want to listen to appears on the
display. If you want to return to the beginning of the current track, quickly push the
down side of the button one time.
MP3/WMA player
To file up or down to a different file:
Push either side of the “TRACK” several
times until the file you want to listen to
appears on the display. If you want to
return to the beginning of the current file,
push the “” side of the button one time,
quickly.
To fast forward or reverse the disc:
If you want to fast forward or reverse the
disc, push and hold it until you hear a
beep. When you release the button, the
player will resume playing.

TEXT

∗1 :

∗2 :

Use of satellite radio requires XM
tuner and service. Contact your Toyota
dealer for details.
Text Information includes, Channel
Name, (Artist) Name, (Song) Title and
Category Name.

Compact disc player

XM satellite radio∗1 —
When you push the “TEXT” button, the
display changes as follows:
CH NAME → TITLE (SONG/PROGRAM
TITLE) → NAME (ARTIST NAME/FEATURE) → CH NUMBER → CH NAME
Up to 10 alphanumeric characters can be
displayed. (Some information will not be
fully displayed.)
The message display will be canceled if
any button that affects the display is
pushed.
If there is no song/program title or artist
name/feature associated with the channel
at that time, “− − − − −” will appear on the
display.

218

This XM tuner supports “Audio Services”
(Music and Talk) of only XM satellite radio and “Text Information”∗2 linked to the
respective audio services.

This button is used to change the display
for the compact disc that contains text
data.
To change the display, quickly push and
release the “TEXT” button while the compact disc is playing. The display changes
in the order from the elapsed time to disc
title to track title, then back to the
elapsed time.
If this button is pushed while a compact
disc that does not contain text data is
playing, “NO TITLE” will appear on the
display.
If the entire disc or track title does not
appear on the display, push and hold the
button until you hear a beep. The rest of
the title will appear.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

MP3/WMA player

TUNE·FILE (Tuning and File up/down)

This button is used to change the display
for the MP3/WMA file that contains text
data.

Radio

To change the display, quickly push and
release the “TEXT” button while the
MP3/WMA file is playing. The display
changes in the order from the elapsed
time to folder name to file name to album
title to track title to artist name, then back
to the elapsed time.
If this button is pushed while an
MP3/WMA file that does not contain text
data is playing, “NO TITLE” will appear on
the display.
If the entire text data is not displayed,
push and hold it until you hear a beep.
The rest of the text data will appear.

Turn the knob clockwise to step up the
frequency. Turn the knob counterclockwise
to step down the frequency.
XM satellite radio∗—
Turn the “TUNE·FILE” knob clockwise to
step up the channel. Turn the knob counterclockwise to step down the channel.
∗:

Use of satellite radio requires XM
tuner and service. Contact your Toyota
dealer for details.

MP3/WMA

player

Turn the knob clockwise to file up. Turn
the knob counterclockwise to file down.
TYPE
XM satellite radio∗—
When you push the “” or “
” side of
the “TYPE” button while receiving a XM
channel, the current channel category appears on the display.
When the channel category appears, push
either “” or “
” side of the “TYPE” button to switch to the next or previous category.
∗:

Use of satellite radio requires XM
tuner and service. Contact your Toyota
dealer for details.
2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

219

06 06.07


Type 3
Details of specific buttons, controls and
features are described in the alphabetical
list that follows.

CY17066y

220

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

1 2 3 4 5 6 (Preset buttons)
These buttons are used to preset and
tune in radio stations.
To preset a station to a button: Tune in
the desired station. (See “TUNE·FILE” or
“SEEK/TRACK”.) Push and hold down the
button until you hear a beep—this will set
the station to the button. The preset button number will appear on the display.
To recall a preset station: Push the button
for the station you want. The preset button number and station frequency will appear on the display.
These systems can store one AM and two
FM stations for each button. (The display
will show “AM”, “FM1” or “FM2” when you
push “AM·SAT” or “FM” button.)
XM satellite radio∗—
These buttons are used to preset and
tune in radio channels.
To preset a channel to a button: Tune in
the desired channel. (See “TUNE·FILE” or
“SEEK/TRACK”.) Push and hold down the
button until you hear a beep—this will set
the channel to the button. The preset button number will appear on the display.

To recall a preset channel: Push the button for the channel you want. The preset
button number and channel number will
appear on the display.
This radio can store three XM channels
for each button. (The display will show
“SAT1”, “SAT2” or “SAT3” when you push
“AM·SAT” button.)
∗:

Use of satellite radio requires XM
tuner and service. Contact your Toyota
dealer for details.
(Eject button)

(Reverse/Fast−forward button)
Push and hold “
” (preset button 6) or
“
” (preset button 5) to fast−forward or
reverse within a compact disc. When you
release the button, the compact disc player will resume playing.
AM·SAT (AM band and XM satellite radio∗)
Push the “AM·SAT” button to turn on the
radio and select the AM or XM band.
“AM”, “SAT1”, “SAT2” or “SAT3” will appear on the display.

This button is used to eject one or all
compact discs.

Error messages

To eject the current compact disc, push
and release the compact disc eject button.

If the satellite radio tuner malfunctions,
your audio system will display following
error messages.

To eject a specific disc, push “” (preset
button 3) or “
” (preset button 4) until the
number of the disc you want to eject is
displayed. Push and release the eject button.
To eject all discs at a time, press and
hold the eject button until you hear a
beep. The last compact disc played before
pushing the button will be ejected first. If
the ejected disc is not removed for a long
time, the eject function will be cancelled.

“ANTENNA”:

 The XM antenna is not connected.

Check whether the XM antenna cable
is attached securely.

 A short−circuit occurs in the antenna or
the surrounding antenna cable. See a
Toyota certified dealer.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

221

06 06.07

“UPDATING”:

 You have not subscribed to the XM
satellite radio. The radio is being updated with the latest encryption code.
Contact the XM satellite radio for subscription information. When a contact is
canceled, you can choose the “CH000”
and all free−to−air channels.

 The premium channel you selected is
not authorized. Wait for about 2 seconds until the radio returns to the previous channel or “CH001”. If it does
not change automatically, select another channel. If you want to listen to the
premium channel, contact the XM satellite radio.

“− − −”: The channel you selected is no
longer available. Wait for about 2 seconds
until the radio returns to the previous
channel or “CH001”. If it does not change
automatically, select another channel.
The XM Listener Care Center is also
available on the phone, please call (800)
967−2346 during the following hours:
Monday—Saturday: 7 a.m.—1 a.m.
Sunday: 12 p.m.—12 a.m.
∗:

Use of satellite radio requires XM
tuner and service. Contact your Toyota
dealer for details.

AUDIO CONTROL (Tone and sound balance controls)

“NO SIGNAL”: The XM signal is too
weak at the current location. Wait until
your vehicle reaches a location with a
stronger signal.

Each
time
you push
the “AUDIO
CONTROL” knob, the mode changes. To
adjust the tone and balance or turn the
rear seat entertainment system on/off, turn
the knob.

“LOADING”: The unit is acquiring audio
or program information. Wait until the unit
has received the information.

BAS: Adjusts low−pitched tones. The display ranges from −5 to 5.

“OFF AIR”: The channel you selected is
not broadcasting any programming. Select
another channel.

MID: Adjusts mid−pitched tones. The display ranges from −5 to 5.

BAL: Adjusts the sound balance between
the right and left speakers. The display
ranges from L7 to R7.
Switching over the Automatic Sound Levelizer (ASL) ON/OFF
ASL: The Automatic Sound Levelizer can
be turned on by turning the knob. The
ASL system automatically adjusts volume
and tone in accordance with ambient noise
levels. This helps ensure an optimal listening experience even when road, wind
or other ambient noise levels rise.
RSE:
Vehicles
with
a
rear
seat
entertainment system—See “Rear seat
entertainment system” on page 231 in this
Section.
DISC·AUX (Compact disc)
Push the “DISC·AUX” button to play a
compact disc.
When the audio system is set to compact
disc operation, the display shows the
track, or track and disc number currently
being played.

TRE: Adjusts high−pitched tones. The display ranges from −5 to 5.
FAD: Adjusts the sound balance between
the front and rear speakers. The display
ranges from F7 to R7.

222

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

Vehicles with rear seat entertainment system—
The “DISC·AUX” button may also be used
to operate the DVD player when a disc is
in
the
DVD
player.
Pressing
the
“DISC·AUX” button allows you to switch
between the CD player and the DVD player. When the DVD player is in operation,
“RSE DVD” appears on the display.
Vehicles with AUX adapter—
To switch between CD, DVD, and AUX
(external device) modes, press the
“DISC·AUX” button. The AUX mode is only
available when AUX adapter is connected
to the system. When the AUX adapter is
in use, “AUX” will appear on the display.
Error messages
If the player malfunctions, your audio system will display following error messages.
“WAIT”: The compact disc player unit
may be too hot. Allow the player to cool
down.
“ERROR 1”: The disc may be dirty, damaged or inserted incorrectly (up−side
down). Clean the disc and re−insert it.
“NO DISC”: The compact disc changer of
the separate unit is empty. Insert a disc.

“ERROR 3”: There is a problem inside
the system. Eject the disc or magazine.
Set the disc or magazine again.
“ERROR 4”: Over−current.
Toyota dealer to inspect.

Ask

your

“CD OPEN”: The compact disc changer
lid of the separate unit is open. Close the
compact disc changer lid.
If “NO MUSIC” appears on the display,
it indicates that a disc with no MP3/WMA
data has been inserted. Remove the disc
from the player and insert an MP3/WMA
data disc.
If the malfunction still exists, take your
vehicle to your Toyota dealer.
 DISC 

Use these buttons to select a disc you
want to listen to.
Push “” (preset button 3) or “
” (preset
button 4) until the number of the disc you
want to listen appears on the display.
FM

FOLDER (Folder up/down)
To skip up or down to a different folder:
Push either side of the “FOLDER” several
times until the number of the folder you
want to listen to appears on the display.
To jump to the first file in the current
folder:
Push and hold the “” side of the button
until you hear a beep.
When playing a disc featuring both audio
data (CD−DA) and MP3/WMA files, audio
data (CD−DA) is played.
LOAD
This button is used to load the compact
discs in the compact disc player. This
player can store up to six discs.
To load one compact
push and release the
a compact disc. After
the shutter of the slot

disc only, quickly
button, then insert
the disc is loaded,
will close.

If no compact disc is inserted, the shutter
will close after 15 seconds.

Push the “FM” button to turn on the radio
and select the FM band. “FM1” or “FM2”
will appear on the display. This system
allows you to set twelve FM stations, two
for each of the preset buttons.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

223

06 06.07

To load multiple compact discs, push and
hold the button (until you hear a beep
when the audio system is on), then insert
the first compact disc. After the disc is
loaded, the shutter of the slot will close.
After a few seconds, the shutter will automatically open again so the next disc can
be inserted. The same process can be
applied for loading the rest of the discs.
If the player is full of discs, “DISC FULL”
will appear on the display.
If no compact disc is inserted, the shutter
will close after 15 seconds.
PWR·VOL (Power and Volume)
Push “PWR·VOL” to turn the audio system
on and off. Turn “PWR·VOL” to adjust the
volume.

224

RAND (Random)

MP3/WMA player

Compact disc player

There are two random playback features—
you can either listen to all of the files on
the compact discs in random order. You
can also listen to the files in a single
folder in random order.

There are two random features—you can
either listen to the tracks on one compact
disc in random order, or listen to the
tracks on all the compact discs in the
magazine in random order.
To play the tracks on one disc in random
order:
Quickly push and release “RAND” (preset
” will appear on the
button 1). “
display and the player will perform the
tracks on the disc you are listening to in
random order. To turn off the random feature, push this button again.
To play all the tracks in the magazine in
random order:
Push and hold “RAND” (preset button 1)
” will
until you hear a beep. “
appear on the display and the player will
perform all the tracks on all the discs in
the magazine in random order. To turn off
the random feature, push this button
again.

To randomly play the files in a folder:
Quickly push and release “RAND” (preset
” will appear on the
button 1). “
display.
To randomly play all of the files on the
compact disc:
Push and hold “RAND” (preset button 1)
” will
until you hear a beep. “
appear on the display and the player will
play all of the files on the disc in random
order. To turn off the random playback
feature, push this button again.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

RPT (Repeat)

MP3/WMA player

SCAN

Compact disc player

There are two repeat features—You can
repeat a signal file or an entire folder.

Radio

There are two repeat features—you can
either replay a disc track or a whole compact disc.
Repeating a track:
Quickly push and release “RPT” (preset
button 2) while the track is playing.
” will appear on the display. When
“
the track ends, it will automatically replay.
To turn off the repeat feature, push this
button again.
Repeating a disc:
Push and hold “RPT” (preset button 2)
” will apuntil you hear a beep. “
pear on the display. The player will repeat
all the tracks on the disc you are listening
to. When the disc ends, the player will
automatically go back to the first track on
the disc and replay. To turn off the repeat
feature, push this button again.

Repeating a file:
Quickly push and release “RPT” (preset
button 2) while the file is playing.
“
” will appear on the display. When
the file ends, it will repeat automatically.
This process will be continued until you
push the button again to turn off the repeat feature.
Repeating a folder:
Push and hold “RPT” (preset button 2)
” will apuntil you hear a beep. “
pear on the display. The player will repeat
all of the files in the folder. When the last
file in the folder ends, the folder will repeat from the beginning. To turn off the
repeat feature, push this button again.

You can either scan all the frequencies on
a band or scan only the preset stations
for that band.
To scan the preset stations:
Push and hold the “SCAN” button until
you hear a beep. The radio will tune in
the next preset station up the band, stay
there for 5 seconds, and then move to the
next preset station. To stop scanning,
push this button again.
To scan all the frequencies:
Quickly push and release the “SCAN” button. The radio will find the next station up
the station band, stay there for 5 seconds,
and then scan again to the next station.
To stop scanning, push this button again.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

225

06 06.07

XM satellite radio∗—

Compact disc player

MP3/WMA player

You can either scan the currently selected
channel category or scan only the preset
channels for that band.

There are two scan features—you can either scan the tracks on a specific disc or
scan the first tracks of all the discs in the
magazine.

There are two scan features—you can either scan the files in a folder on a specific disc or scan the first file of all the
folder.

Scanning the tracks on a disc:
Quickly push and release the “SCAN” button. “SCAN” will appear on the display
and the player will scan all the tracks on
the disc you are listening to. To stop
scanning, push this button again. If the
player scanned all the tracks on the disc,
it will stop scanning.

Scanning the files on a folder:
Quickly push and release “SCAN”. “SCAN”
will appear on the display and the player
will scan all the files in the folder you are
listening to. To select a file, push the
“SCAN” again. After all the tracks on the
disc have been scanned in one pass, normal play resumes.

Scanning the first tracks of all the discs
in the magazine:
Push the “SCAN” button until you hear a
” will appear on the disbeep. “
play and the player will scan the first
track on the next disc. To stop scanning,
push this button again. If the player has
scanned all the discs, it will stop scanning.

Scanning the first file of all the folders:
Push “SCAN” until you hear a beep.
” will appear on the display and
“
the player will scan the first file of the
next folder. To select a folder, push the
“SCAN” again. After all the folders have
been scanned in one pass, normal play
resumes.

To scan the preset channels:
Push and hold the “SCAN” button until
you hear a beep. “SCAN” appears on the
display. The radio will tune in the next
preset channel up the band, stay there for
5 seconds, and then move to the next
preset channel. To stop scanning, push
this button again.
To scan the currently selected channel
category:
Quickly push and release the “SCAN” button. “SCAN” appears on the display. The
radio will find the next channel in the
same channel category up the band, stay
there for 5 seconds, and then scan again.
To stop scanning, push this button again.
∗:

Use of satellite radio requires XM
tuner and service. Contact your Toyota
dealer for details.

226

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

SEEK/TRACK
down)

(Seeking/Tracking

up/

Radio
In the seek mode, the radio finds and
plays the next station up or down the
station band.
To seek the next station, quickly push and
release “
” or “” side of the “SEEK/
TRACK” button. Do this again to find the
station after that.
XM satellite radio∗—
To select the next channel within the current channel category, push the “
” or
“” side of the “SEEK/TRACK” button.
Repeat until a desired channel is found.
∗:

Use of satellite radio requires XM
tuner and service. Contact your Toyota
dealer for details.

MP3/WMA player

TEXT

To file up or down to a different file:
Push either side of the “TRACK” several
times until the file you want to listen to
appears on the display. If you want to
return to the beginning of the current file,
push the “” side of the button one time,
quickly.

Radio

To fast forward or reverse the disc:
If you want to fast forward or reverse the
disc, push and hold it until you hear a
beep. When you release the button, the
player will resume playing.

When you push the “TEXT” button, the
display changes as follows:
CH NAME → TITLE (SONG/PROGRAM
TITLE) → NAME (ARTIST NAME/FEATURE) → CH NUMBER → CH NAME
Up to 10 alphanumeric characters can be
displayed. (Some information will not be
fully displayed.)

Vehicles with rear seat entertainment system—

The message display will be canceled if
any button that affects the display is
pushed.

While the DVD player is in operation, the
chapter or track can be changed by pushing the “
” or “” side of the
“SEEK·TRACK” button.

If there is no song/program title or artist
name/feature associated with the channel
at that time, “− − − − −” will appear on the
display.

Compact disc player

ST (Stereo reception) display

Use this button to skip up or down to a
different track.

Your radio automatically changes to stereo
reception when a stereo broadcast is received. “ST” appears on the display. If the
signal becomes weak, the radio reduces
the amount of channel separation to prevent the weak signal from creating noise.
If the signal becomes extremely weak, the
radio switches from stereo to mono reception.

Push “
” or “” side of the “SEEK/
TRACK” button until the number of the
track you want to listen to appears on the
display. If you want to return to the beginning of the current track, quickly push the
down side of the button one time.

XM satellite radio∗1 —

This XM tuner supports “Audio Services”
(Music and Talk) of only XM satellite radio and “Text Information”∗2 linked to the
respective audio services.
∗1 :

∗2 :

Use of satellite radio requires XM
tuner and service. Contact your Toyota
dealer for details.
Text Information includes, Channel
Name, (Artist) Name, (Song) Title and
Category Name.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

227

06 06.07

Compact disc player

MP3/WMA player

TUNE·FILE (Tuning and File up/down)

This button is used to change the display
for the compact disc that contains text
data.

This button is used to change the display
for the MP3/WMA file that contains text
data.

Radio

To change the display, quickly push and
release the “TEXT” button while the compact disc is playing. The display changes
in the order from the elapsed time to disc
title to track title, then back to the
elapsed time.

To change the display, quickly push and
release the “TEXT” button while the
MP3/WMA file is playing. The display
changes in the order from the elapsed
time to folder name to file name to album
title to track title to artist name, then back
to the elapsed time.

If this button is pushed while a compact
disc that does not contain text data is
playing, “NO TITLE” will appear on the
display.
If the entire disc or track title does not
appear on the display, push and hold the
button until you hear a beep. The rest of
the title will appear.

If this button is pushed while an
MP3/WMA file that does not contain text
data is playing, “NO TITLE” will appear on
the display.
If the entire text data is not displayed,
push and hold it until you hear a beep.
The rest of the text data will appear.

Turn the knob clockwise to step up the
frequency. Turn the knob counterclockwise
to step down the frequency.
XM satellite radio∗—
Turn the “TUNE·FILE” knob clockwise to
step up the channel. Turn the knob counterclockwise to step down the channel.
∗:

Use of satellite radio requires XM
tuner and service. Contact your Toyota
dealer for details.

MP3/WMA

player

Turn the knob clockwise to file up. Turn
the knob counterclockwise to file down.
TYPE
XM satellite radio∗—
When you push the “” or “
” side of
the “TYPE” button while receiving a XM
channel, the current channel category appears on the display.
When the channel category appears, push
either “” or “
” side of the “TYPE” button to switch to the next or previous category.
∗:

228

Use of satellite radio requires XM
tuner and service. Contact your Toyota
dealer for details.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

Audio remote controls
(steering switches)

CY17029

1. Volume control switches

XM satellite radio∗—

Push the “+” side to increase the volume.
The volume continues to increase while
the switch is being pushed.

To select a preset channel, push the “
”
or “” side of the switch. Repeat until a
desired channel is found.

Push the “−” side to decrease the volume.
The volume continues to decrease while
the switch is being pushed.

Details of the specific switches, controls,
and features are described below.
1. Volume control switches
2. “
” switch
3. “MODE” switch

Use of satellite radio requires XM
tuner and service. Contact your Toyota
dealer for details.

2. “
 ” switch

Compact disc player

Radio

Use this switch to skip up or down to a
different track in either direction.

This switch has the following features—

Some parts of the audio system can be
adjusted using the switches on the steering wheel.

∗:

To select a preset station:
Quickly push and release the “
” or “”
side of the switch. Do this again to select
the next preset station.
To seek a station:
Push and hold the “
” or “” side of the
switch until you hear a beep. Do this
again to find the next station. If you push
the switch on either side during the seek
mode, seeking will be cancelled.
To step up or down the frequency, push
and hold the switch even after you hear
a beep. When you release the switch, the
radio will begin seeking up or down for a
station. Do this again to find the next
station.

Quickly push and release the “
” or “”
side of the switch until the track you want
to listen to is set. If you want to return
to the beginning of the current track, push
the “” side of the switch once, quickly.
Vehicles with rear seat entertainment system—
While the DVD player is in operation, the
chapter or track can be changed by pushing the “
” or “” side of the switch.
With compact disc changer only—
Push and hold the “
” or “” side of the
switch until the disc you want to listen to
is set.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

229

06 06.07

AUX adapter
MP3/WMA player

If you install an audio system other than
a genuine audio system, you will not be
able to use the AUX adapter.

Use this switch to select a desired file or
disc.
To select a desired file:
Quickly push and release the “
” or “”
side of the switch until the file you want
to listen to is set. If you want to return
to the beginning of the current file, push
the “” side of the switch once, quickly.

CY17076

To select a desired disc:
Push and hold the “
” or “” side of the
switch until the disc you want to listen to
is set.
Vehicles with rear seat entertainment system—

An AUX adapter is installed in the rear
console box.

While the DVD player is in operation, the
chapter or track can be changed by pushing the “
” or “” side of the switch.

By inserting a mini plug into the AUX
adapter, you can listen to music from a
portable audio device through the vehicle’s
speaker system.

3. “MODE” switch
Push the “MODE” switch to select an audio mode. Each push changes the mode
sequentially if the desired mode is ready
to use.
To turn the audio system on, push the
“MODE” switch.
To turn the audio system off, push and
hold the “MODE” switch until the system
turns off.

230

To use the AUX adapter, switch to the
AUX mode (external device mode) by
pressing the “DISC·AUX” button. When the
AUX adapter is in use, “AUX” will appear
on the display. To adjust the volume, turn
the “PWR·VOL” knob.
When using a portable audio device connected to the power outlet or cigarette
lighter, noise may occur during playback.
If this happens, use the power source of
the portable audio device.
2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

Rear seat entertainment system—
The rear seat entertainment system consists of the following components.
1. Front audio system
2. DVD player
3. Rear seat entertainment system display
4. Rear seat entertainment system
controller
5. A/V input adapter
6. Power outlet (115 VAC)
7. Power outlet main switch

CY17070y

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

231

06 06.07

—Display
The rear seat entertainment system is designed for the rear passengers to enjoy
audio and DVD video separately from the
front audio system.
The rear seat entertainment system can
be operated when the ignition key is in
the “ACC” or “ON” position.
The rear passengers can enjoy DVD video, audio CD, video CD, CD text, dts−CD
and MP3.
The rear seat entertainment system can
play DVD video, audio CD, video CD, CD
text, dts−CD or MP3 only when a disc is
loaded in the DVD player.
You can enjoy videos and sound when
your personal audio system is connected
to the A/V input adapter. For details, refer
to the manufacturer’s instructions.
You can enjoy the rear seat entertainment
system with a wireless headphone. The
wireless headphone can be used within
rear seat. If the signal becomes weak, the
headphone will mute. For details, refer to
the manufacturer’s instructions.

You can purchase a wireless headphone
at a Toyota dealer.

CAUTION

 Do not operate a motor vehicle
while using headphones. Doing so
may cause an accident, resulting in
death or serious injury.

CY17058

 With DVD player:
Conversational speech on some
DVDs is recorded at a low volume
to emphasize the impact of sound
effects. If you adjust the volume
assuming that the conversations
represent the maximum volume level that the DVD will play, you may
be startled by louder sound effects
or when you change to a different
audio source. Be sure to adjust the
volume with this in mind.

To open the display, push the lock release
button.

Make sure the volume is not increased, before you turn on the
headphone.

With some wireless headphone generally
available in the market, it may be difficult
to catch sound properly. Toyota recommends the use of Toyota genuine wireless
headphone.

232

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

NOTICE

 Benzene or alkaline solutions may
damage the coated surface of the
screen.

CY17059


 To prevent the battery from being
discharged, do not turn on the rear
seat entertainment system longer
than necessary when the engine is
not running.

CY17060

INFORMATION
Pull the display down to an easily viewable angle (between 90 and 125)

NOTICE
The screen should be cleaned with a
dry soft cloth. If the screen is pushed
by hand or wiped with a hard cloth,
the surface of the screen may be
scratched.

To close, push the display up until you
hear a click.
The illumination of the screen is automatically turned off when the display is
closed. However, the rear seat entertainment system is not turned off.

CAUTION
To reduce the chance of injury in
case of an accident or sudden stop
while driving, close the display when
it is not in use.


 Wipe off fingerprints on the surface
of the display using a glass cleaning cloth.

 The displayed image may become
darker and moving images may be
slightly distorted when the display
is cold.

 When you look at the screen
through polarised material such as
polarised sunglasses, the screen
may be dark and hard to see. If so,
change the angle of the screen adjust the screen settings on the
“Display” screen, or take off your
sunglasses.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

233

06 06.07

—Rear seat entertainment
system controller
The rear seat entertainment system can
be operated with the rear seat entertainment system controller and buttons on the
DVD player unit. The system cannot be
operated by touching the switches on the
screen directly.

CAUTION

BEFORE USING THE CONTROLLER
(for new vehicle owners)
A battery is already set in the controller with an insulating sheet, which prevents the battery from being discharged. Before using the controller,
remove the insulating sheet according
to the following procedure.

Z17448

Do not disassemble or modify the
controller. It may cause an accident,
fire or electric shock.

NOTICE
Keep the controller away from direct
sunlight, high heat and high humidity.
These conditions could cause the
case to deform or the battery to explode or leak.

234

1. Remove the cover of the controller
as shown.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

USING THE CONTROLLER
To use the rear seat entertainment system controller, direct the signal output
portion of the controller to the signal
reception portion of the rear seat entertainment system display.

Z17449

The controller does not operate properly
when the signal reception portion of the
display is exposed to direct sunlight.
Block the display from direct sunlight.

CAUTION
2. Remove the insulating sheet.

CY17061

To reduce the chance of injury in
case of an accident or a sudden stop
while driving, stow the controller in
the console box or front seat side
table when it is not in use.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

235

06 06.07

NOTICE
Observe the followings, otherwise the
controller may be damaged.

 Do not drop or strongly knock the
controller against hard objects.

 Do not sit on or place heavy objects on the controller.

 Do not leave the controller exposed
to high temperatures (such as on
the instrument panel) for a long
time.

236

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

—Control buttons

Controller
1. “DVD” button
This button turns on the DVD mode.
2. “VIDEO” button
This button causes the display to use
the video signal from an external video
device.
3. “OFF” button
This button turns off the rear seat entertainment system.
4. Joystick

Z18004y

This joystick selects a control switch,
mode switch on the screen or the
menu for the disc.
5. “ENT” button
This button inputs the selected switch
or the selected menu for the disc.
6. “FOLDER

” button

This button selects a desired folder.
7. “FOLDER

” button

This button selects a desired folder.
8. “

” button

This button fast forwards a screen
when the DVD player is operated.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

237

06 06.07

9. “

” button

This button stops a screen when the
DVD player is operated.
10. “SET UP” button
This button indicates the initial set up
screen when the DVD player is operated.
11. “MENU” button
This button indicates the menu screen
for DVD video when the DVD player is
operated.
12. “AUDIO” button
This button indicates the changing audio screen when the DVD player is
operated.
13. “SUB TITLE” button
This button indicates the changing subtitle screen when the DVD player is
operated.
14. “DISPLAY” button
This button adjusts the color, tone,
contrast and brightness of the screen.
15. “SIZE” button
This button changes the display mode
when the DVD player is operated.

238

REPLACING CONTROLLER BATTERY

16. “ANGLE” button
This button selects the angle of the
screen when the DVD player is operated.
17. “SEARCH” button
This button indicates the title search
screen when the DVD player is operated.

For replacement, use 3 AA batteries.

CAUTION
Special care should be taken to prevent small children from swallowing
the removed battery or components.

18. “TOP MENU” button
This button indicates the title selection
screen for DVD video when the DVD
player is operated.
19. “

” button

This button reverse a screen when the
DVD player is operated.
20. “


” button

NOTICE

 When replacing the battery, be careful not to lose the components.

 Replace only with the same or
equivalent type recommended by a
Toyota dealer.

 Dispose of used batteries according
to the local laws.

This button plays or pauses a screen
when the DVD player is operated.
21. “TRACK/CHAPTER

” button

This button selects track/chapter.
22. “TRACK/CHAPTER

” button

This button selects track/chapter.
23. “OPTION” button
This button indicates the control
switches on the screen when the DVD
player is operated.
2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

NOTICE

 Be sure that the positive side and
negative side of the controller battery should be faced correctly.

Z17448


 Do not replace the battery with wet
hands. Water may cause rust.

Z17458


 Do not touch or move any components inside of the controller, or it
may interfere with proper operation.

 Be careful not to bend the electrode
of the controller battery insertion.
Replace the battery according to the following procedure:
1. Remove the cover of the controller as
shown.

2. Remove the discharged batteries and
put in the new batteries as shown.
Install the cover.


 Close the battery case securely.
After replacing the battery, check that the
controller operates properly. If the controller still does not operate properly, contact
your Toyota dealer.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

239

06 06.07

—Turning the rear seat
entertainment system on and
off

Z17453

Z17455

Z18033

To turn on the system, push the “DVD”
button or “VIDEO” button.

To turn off the system, push the “OFF”
button.

When the “DVD” button is pushed, the
disc load screen changes to the DVD
player operation screen.

When the front audio system is turned off,
the rear audio system and the DVD player
will be turned off simultaneously.

Vehicles with navigation system—The rear
seat
entertainment
system
can
be
switched ON and OFF by pushing the
“Rear” switch on the front audio system.

When the “VIDEO” button is pushed, the
images and sounds from the personal audio machine are output.
The “DVD” button is effective only when
a disc is inserted.

240

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

—Front audio system
operation
The rear DVD player can be operated
through the front audio system.

—Rear system lock
The audio system controls in the instrument panel allow the operation of the rear
seat entertainment system by rear seat
passengers to be disabled.
Turning on the rear system lock prevents
small children from using the remote controller or operation panel of the DVD player unit to operate the rear seat entertainment system during driving.
Turn the audio system on. Push the
“AUDIO CONTROL” knob repeatedly until
“RSE” is displayed. Next, turn the “AUDIO
CONTROL” knob until “ON” is displayed,
and then push the “AUDIO CONTROL”
knob.

Z18031E

Vehicles with navigation system—
Push the “INFO” button to change the
screen to “Screen Setting”.
Push the “ON” switch on the “Screen
Setting” screen to turn on the “Rear
system lock”. Then push “OK”.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

241

06 06.07

—DVD player
The DVD player can play audio CDs/
MP3 CDs, DVD video discs, CD texts,
dts−CDs and video CDs.

Z17443

For appropriate discs for this player, see
“Audio/video system operating hints” on
page 270 in this Section.
The DVD player works when the ignition
key is in the “ACC” or “ON” position.

CY17062

To turn on the DVD player, a disc must
be loaded in the player.
To turn off the player, eject the disc.
Error messages
When the rear system lock is on and any
button is pushed on the remote controller
or the operation panel, the screen shown
above is displayed for approximately 6
seconds.
Even when the rear system lock is turned
on during play mode, the images and
sounds continue without interruption.
The condition of the rear system lock is
maintained, even when the ignition switch
is turned off.

If the player malfunctions, your audio system will display following error messages.

INSERTING THE DISC

If “DISC CHECK” appears on the
screen: It indicates that the disc is dirty,
damaged or it was inserted upside down.
Clean the disc or insert it correctly.

“DISC” indicator light turns on while the
disc is loaded.

If “REGION CODE ERROR” appears on
the screen: It indicates that the DVD region code is not set properly.

Insert a disc into the slot with the label
side up.

If the label faces down, the disc cannot
be played. In this case, “DISC CHECK”
and disc number appear on the screen.

If “DVD ERROR” appears on the
screen: There is a problem inside the
player. Eject the disc. Set the disc again.
If the malfunction still exists, take your
vehicle to your Toyota dealer.

242

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

If a disc which is not playable is inserted,
“DISC CHECK” will also appear on the
screen. For appropriate discs for this player, see “Audio/video system operating
hints” on page 270 in this Section.
The player will play the track or chapter,
and it will play from the beginning of the
track or chapter again after it reaches the
end.

8 cm (3 in.) compact disc singles
Your compact disc player needs an adaptor to play compact disc singles. Compact
disc singles are about 8 cm (3 in.) in
diameter−smaller than standard discs.

Z17485

NOTICE
Never try to disassemble or oil any
part of the DVD player. Do not insert
anything other than a disc into the
slot.

EJECTING THE DISC
Push the “

” button.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

243

06 06.07

—DVD player operation
switches

Z17461

Z17456

Z17462

The DVD player can be operated with the
controller buttons directly.

The player can also be operated with the
switches on the screen.

TURNING THE OPERATION SWITCHES
ON AND OFF

1. “DVD” button

To operate the switches on the screen,
select the switch by the joystick and push
the “ENT” button. You cannot select the
switches on the screen by touching them
directly.

To turn on the operation switches, push
the “OPTION” button on the controller.

2. “SET UP” button
3. “MENU” button
4. “AUDIO” button
5. “SUB TITLE” button
6. “ANGLE” button
7. “SIZE” button

When the switch is selected by the joystick, the outline of the switch changes to
blue. Push the “ENT” button, and the
switch will be highlighted in green.

8. “SEARCH” button
9. “TOP MENU” button
10. “


244

”, “

”, “” and “

” buttons

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

There are operation switches on the “Page
1” and “Page 2” screens.
To change the screen, push the “Page 1”
or “Page 2” switch on the screen.

Z18008

Z17402

Top page (DVD video operation switch)

Z17401

Second
switch)

page

(DVD

video

Top page (video CD)

Z18009

operation

Second page (video CD)

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

245

06 06.07

To turn off the switches on the screen,
push the “OPTION” button on the controller once again or push the “Hide Buttons”
on the screen.

Z17404

Z18010

On the screen

If “ ” appears on the screen when
you select a switch, it indicates that
the switch cannot work.

Z17462

Controller

246

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

—DVD player operation
NOTE: The playback condition of some
DVD video discs may be determined by
the DVD video software producer. This
DVD player plays discs as the software
producer intended. Therefore, some
functions may not work properly. Be
sure to read the instruction manual for
the DVD video disc separately provided.
For detailed information about DVD
video discs, see “—DVD video disc
information” on page 266 in this
Section.
Precautions for DVD video discs
When recording on a DVD video, video
CD or audio tracks may not record in
some cases while the menu is displayed.
As audio will not play in this case, verify
that the video tracks are playing and then
activate playback.

CAUTION
Conversational speech on some DVDs
is recorded at a low volume to emphasize the impact of sound effects.
If you adjust the volume assuming
that the conversations represent the
maximum volume level available for
the DVD, you may be startled by
louder sound effects or when you
change to a different audio source.
Loud sounds may have a significant
impact on the human body or pose a
driving hazard. Keep this in mind
when you adjust the volume.

Z18011

The title/chapter number and playback
time display may not appear while playing
back certain DVD video discs.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

247

06 06.07

TURNING THE MENU SCREEN FOR THE
DISC ON OR OFF
To turn on the menu screen for the disc,
push the “Top Menu” or the “Menu” switch
on the screen. You can also turn on the
menu screen by pushing the “MENU” or
“TOP MENU” button on the controller.

Z18012

For the operation of the menu screen, see
the separate manual for the DVD disc.

You can select the menu for the disc by
the joystick and the “ENT” button on the
controller.

248

Z18013

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

OPERATING THE “
 ”, “ ”, “”
AND “

” SWITCHES/BUTTONS

SKIPPING
SCREEN

“
 ” switch/button: Push this switch/button to pause the disc or to cancel the
pause and return to normal playing.

To skip to the predetermined screen, push
the “Return” switch. The DVD player starts
playing from the beginning of the predetermined screen.

“ ” switch/button: This switch/button
stops a screen when the DVD player is
operated.
“” and “

” switches/buttons: Push
and hold the “” or “

” switch/button
to fast forward or reverse. When you release the switch/button, the DVD player
will resume playing.
Push the “

” switch/button while pausing, the DVD video plays the slow−motion
video replay.

TO

THE

PREDETERMINED

For further details of the predetermined
screen, see the separate manual for the
DVD disc.

Z17409

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

249

06 06.07

SELECTING THE TITLE
To display the searching title screen, push
the “Search” switch on the screen. You
can also display the screen by pushing
the “SEARCH” button on the controller.

Z17411

Z17410

Select the title number by using the
joystick and push the “ENT” button to
enter the number. The player starts playing disc for that title number. The selected
title number will appear on the screen.
Push the “Back” switch to return to the
menu screen.

250

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

CHANGING THE SUBTITLE LANGUAGE
Push the “Sub Title” switch on the screen,
and then the changing subtitle language
screen will appear. You can also display
the screen by pushing the “SUB TITLE”
button on the controller.

Z17413

Z17414

Each time you push the “Sub Title” switch,
another language stored on the disc is
selected.
To turn off the subtitles, push the “Hide
Buttons” switch.
Push the “Back” switch to return to the
previous screen.
The selected subtitle language will appear
on the screen.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

251

06 06.07

CHANGING AUDIO LANGUAGE
Push the “Audio” switch on the screen
and then the changing audio language
screen will appear. You can also display
the screen by pushing the “AUDIO” button
on the controller.

Z17415

Z17416

Each time you push the “Audio” switch,
another language stored on the disc is
selected.
To turn off the audio language screen,
push the “Hide Buttons” switch.
Push the “Back” switch to return to the
previous screen.
DVD video—
The selected audio language will appear
on the screen.

252

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

CHANGING ANGLE SCREEN
Push the “Angle” switch on the screen,
and then the changing angle screen will
appear. You can also display the screen
by pushing the “ANGLE” button on the
controller.

Z17417

Z17418

The angle can be selected for discs that
”
are multi−angle compatible when the “
mark appears on the screen. Each time
you push the “Angle” switch, the angle
changes. The angle number which you
can select will appear on the screen.
To turn off the screen, push the “Hide
Buttons” switch.
Push the “Back” switch to return to the
previous screen.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

253

06 06.07

CHANGING THE INITIAL SETTING
Push the “Set Up” switch on the screen,
and then the initial setting screen will appear. You can also display the screen by
pushing the “SET UP” button on the controller. You can change the initial setting.
After the setting is done, the player plays
from the beginning of the chapter or the
track.

Z17419

Z18017

Setup Menu screen

There are initial setting switches on the
“Setup Menu” screen.
After you change the initial setting, push
the “Enter” switch. The initial setting
switch will be turned off and return to the
picture previously.
When the “Default” switch is pushed, all
menus are initialized.

254

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

Z18018

CHANGING THE AUDIO LANGUAGE
Push the “Audio Language” switch on the
“Setup Menu” and the “Select Audio
Lang.” screen appears.
Select the language you want to hear by
pushing the appropriate switch on the
screen.
To return to the “Setup Menu” screen,
push the “Back” switch.
If you cannot find the language you want
to hear, push the “Others” switch. The
“Enter Audio Lang. Code” screen will appear.

Z18019

Z18020

To select an audio language, use the joystick to enter the appropriate 4−digit language code. For details of the language
codes, see the language code list.

CHANGING THE SUBTITLE LANGUAGE

If a code which is not on the list is entered and the “ENT” button is pushed, the
“Incorrect Code” screen will appear. Enter
the code of the language you want to hear
again.

Select the language you want to read by
pushing the appropriate switch on the
screen.

To return to the “Select Audio Lang.”
screen, push the “Back” switch.

To display the “Select Subtitle Lang.”
screen, push the “Subtitle Language”
switch on the “Setup Menu” screen.

To return to the “Setup Menu” screen,
push the “Back” switch.
If you cannot find the language you want
to read, push the “Others” switch. The
“Enter Subtitle Lang. Code” screen will
appear.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

255

06 06.07

Z18021

To enter the code of the language you
want to read, use the joystick to enter the
appropriate 4−digit language code. For details about the language codes, see the
language code list.
Push the “ENT” button on the controller.
If numbers which are not on the list are
entered and the “ENT” button is pushed,
the “Incorrect code” screen will appear.
Enter the language code you want to read
again.
To return to the “Select Subtitle Lang.”
screen, push the “Back” switch on the
screen.

256

Z18022

Z18023

CHANGING THE DVD LANGUAGE
To display the “Select DVD Lang.” screen,
push the “DVD Language” switch on the
“Setup Menu” screen.
Select the language you want to read on
the screen.
To return to the “Setup Menu” screen,
push the “Back” switch.
If you cannot find a language you want to
read, push the “Others” switch. The “Enter
DVD Lang. Code” screen will appear.

To enter the code of the language you
want to read, use the joystick to enter the
appropriate 4−digit language code. For details about the language codes, see the
language code list.
Push the “ENT” button on the controller.
If numbers which are not on the list are
entered and the “ENT” button is pushed,
the “Incorrect code” screen will appear.
Enter the language code you want to read
again.
To return to the “Select DVD Lang.”
screen, push the “Back” switch on the
screen.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

Z18024

Z18025

Z18026

TURNING THE ANGLE MARK ON OR
OFF

SETTING
LEVEL
RESTRICTIONS

The angle mark can be turned on for
discs that are multi−angle compatible.

You can restrict the play back screen by
setting the viewer restrictions. You can
prevent the restriction with a password.
Some discs do not supply a restriction.

Each time you push the “Angle Mark”
switch on the screen, the angle mark
turns on or off alternately.

OF

VIEWER

To set the level of viewer restriction, push
the “Parental Lock” switch on the “Setup
Menu” screen. The “Enter Personal Code”
screen will appear.

Enter the password and push the “ENT”
button. The “Select Restriction Level”
screen will appear.
You cannot change the setting without inputting the password. When you forget or
change the password, push the “” side
of the joystick ten times to initialize the
password.
To return to the “Setup Menu” screen,
push the “Back” switch.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

257

06 06.07

LANGUAGE CODE LIST

SETTING THE DISPLAY MODE
Pushing the “SIZE” button on the controller causes the display modes to change
sequentially as follows:

Z18027

Push a parental level (1—8). The smaller
the level number, the stricter the age limit.
Push the “Back” switch to return to the
“Setup Menu” screen.

258

Normal

Wide1

Wide2

Code

Language

1001

Japanese

0514

English

0618

French

0405

German

0920

Italian

0519

Spanish

2608

Chinese

1412

Dutch

1620

Portuguese

1922

Swedish

1821

Russian

1115

Korean

0512

Greek

0101

Afar

0102

Abkhazian

0106

Afrikaans

0113

Amharic

0118

Arabic

0119

Assamese

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

0125

Aymara

0610

Fiji

1101

Georgian

0126

Azerbaijani

0615

Faroese

1111

Kazakh

0201

Bashkir

0625

Frisian

1112

Greenlandic

0205

Byelorussian

0701

Irish

1113

Cambodian

0207

Bulgarian

0704

Scots−Gaelic

1114

Kannada

0208

Bihari

0712

Galician

1119

Kashmiri

0209

Bislama

0714

Guarani

1121

Kurdish

0214

Bengali

0721

Gujarati

1125

Kirghiz

0215

Tibetan

0801

Hausa

1201

Latin

0218

Breton

0809

Hindi

1214

Lingala

0301

Catalan

0818

Croatian

1215

Laothian

0315

Corsican

0821

Hungarian

1220

Lithuanian

0319

Czech

0825

Armenian

1222

Latvian

0325

Welsh

0901

Interlingua

1307

Malagasy

0401

Danish

0905

Interlingue

1309

Maori

0426

Bhutani

0911

Inupiak

1311

Macedonian

0515

Esperanto

0914

Indonesian

1312

Malayalam

0520

Estonian

0919

Icelandic

1314

Mongolian

0521

Basque

0923

Hebrew

1315

Moldavian

0601

Persian

1009

Yiddish

1318

Marathi

0609

Finnish

1023

Javanese

1319

Malay

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

259

06 06.07

1320

Maltese

1911

Slovak

2019

Tsonga

1325

Burmese

1912

Slovenian

2020

Tatar

1401

Nauru

1913

Samoan

2023

Twi

1405

Nepali

1914

Shona

2111

Ukrainian

1415

Norwegian

1915

Somali

2118

Urdu

1503

Occitan

1917

Albanian

2126

Uzbek

1513

(Afan) Oromo

1918

Serbian

2209

Vietnamese

1518

Oriya

1919

Siswati

2215

Volapük

1601

Punjabi

1920

Sesotho

2315

Wolof

1612

Polish

1921

Sundanese

2408

Xhosa

1619

Pashto, Pushto

1923

Swahili

2515

Yoruba

1721

Quechua

2001

Tamil

2621

Zulu

1813

Rhaeto−Romance

2005

Telugu

1814

Kirundi

2007

Tajik

1815

Romanian

2008

Thai

1823

Kinyarwanda

2009

Tigrinya

1901

Sanskrit

2011

Turkmen

1904

Sindhi

2012

Tagalog

1907

Sangho

2014

Setswana

1908

Serbo−Croatian

2015

Tonga

1909

Sinhalese

2018

Turkish

260

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

—DVD player operation (video
CD/audio CD/CD text/MP3)
USING THE CONTROL SCREEN
When playing a disc, push the “DVD” button on the controller. The status screen
will appear on the screen.

Z17464

SELECTING THE CHAPTER/TRACK
To select the chapter/track, push the
”
button
or
“CHAPTER/TRACK
” button on the
“CHAPTER/TRACK
controller until the number of the
chapter/track you want to select appears
on the screen.

Z17489

SELECTING THE DISC MENU NUMBER
(video CD only)
Push the “Select Number” switch and then
the disc menu number search screen will
appear. You can also display the screen
by pushing the “SEARCH” button on the
controller.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

261

06 06.07

Z17433

Enter the disc menu number by using the
joystick and push the “ENT” button. The
player starts playing the disc from the
entered disc menu number. The entered
disc menu number will appear on the
screen.
Push the “Back” switch to return to the
menu screen.

Z18014

Z17435

OPERATING THE “
 ”, “” AND
“

” SWITCHES (video CD only)

TURNING ON THE DISC MENU (video
CD only)

“
 ” switch: Push this switch to pause
the disc or to cancel the pause and return
to normal playing.

Push the “Return” switch to turn on the
menu screen for the disc.

“” and “

” switches: Push this
switch to fast forward or reverse. If you
want to return to the beginning of the
current track, release the switch.

For the operation of the menu screen, see
the manual for the video CD.

Video CD only—
Push the “

” switch/button while pausing, the DVD video plays the slow−motion
video replay.

262

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

CHANGING THE INITIAL SETTING (video
CD only)

Z17490

Push the “Set Up” switch on the screen
and then the initial setting screen will appear. You can also display the screen by
pushing the “SET UP” button on the controller. You can change the initial setting.
(See “CHANGING THE INITIAL SETTING”
on page 254 in this Section for details.)

Z18006

After the setting is done, the player plays
from the beginning of the chapter or the
track.
CHANGING MENU
(video CD only)

PAGE

OR

TRACK

CHANGING
A
MULTIPLEX
TRANSMISSION (video CD only)

Push the “Next Menu” or “Prev. Menu”
switch while the disc menu is displayed.
The next or previous page will appear on
the screen.

Push the “Main/Sub” switch to change a
multiplex transmission. The mode changes
from Main/Sub to Main to Sub and back
to Main/Sub by pushing the “Main/Sub”
switch.

Push the “Next Menu” or “Prev. Menu”
switch while the player is playing video.
The next or previous track will be
searched and played.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

263

06 06.07

USING THE CONTROL SCREEN

MP3 only—

When playing a disc, push the “DVD” button on the controller. The control screen
will appear on the screen.

Folder and file names will appear on the
screen when the “DVD” button is pushed.

CD text only—

Z18028

The disc title and track title will appear on
the screen when pushing the “DVD” button.
Details of the specific switches, controls
and features are described below.
1. “RPT” switch (audio CD and CD text)
Push the “RPT” switch while the track
is playing. When the track ends, it will
automatically replay. To turn off the repeat feature, push this switch again.

CD Text

2. “RAND” switch (audio CD and CD text)

Z18029

CD MP3

264

Push the “RAND” switch. The player
will play the tracks on the disc in random order. To turn off the random feature, push this switch again.
3. “SCAN” switch (audio CD and CD text)

The details of the specific switches, controls, and features are described below.
1. “RPT” switch
When the “RPT” switch is pushed while
a track is played, the track file will be
played repeatedly until the switch is
pushed again. When the switch is
pushed for at least 0.8 seconds, all the
files in a folder will be played repeatedly. To turn off repeat play mode,
push the switch again.
2. “RAND” switch
When the “RAND” switch is pushed,
the files in a current folder will be
played in random order. When the
switch is pushed for at least 0.8 seconds, all the files in the disk will be
played in random. To turn off random
play mode, push the switch again.

Push the “SCAN” switch. The player
will scan all the tracks on the disc. To
stop scanning, push this switch again.
When the player has scanned all the
tracks on the disc, it will stop scanning.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

—Screen adjustment
3. “SCAN” switch
When the “SCAN” switch is pushed, all
the files in a current folder will be
scanned. Only the first 10 seconds of
each file are played sequentially until
all the files are scanned. When the
switch is pushed for at least 0.8 seconds, the first 10 seconds of each initial file of all the folders in the disk will
be played sequentially until the entire
initial files are scanned. To stop scanning, push the switch again.
4. “FLD

Push the “DISPLAY” button on the controller and the “Display” screen will appear.
The screen may turn purple to deflect the
sunlight. This is not a malfunction.

Z18030

” switch

When the switch is pushed, the initial
file of the next folder will be played.
5. “

You can adjust the color, contrast, tone
and brightness of the screen.

FLD” switch

When the switch is pushed, the initial
file of the previous folder will be
played.

Operate the joystick up and down to select Brightness, Contrast, Tone, or Color
and left and right to make adjustments.
− or “Red”

+ or
“Green”

Brightness

Darkens

Brightens

Contrast

Weakens
the
contrast

Strengthen
s the
contrast

Tone

Weakens
the tone

Strengthen
s the tone

Color

Strengthen
s the red
color

Strengthen
s the green
color

6. “DETAIL” switch
When the switch is pushed while a
track is played, the detailed file information of the track will be displayed.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

265

06 06.07

—Selecting the video mode

—DVD video disc information

After adjusting the screen, push the “ENT”
button or “DISPLAY” button to return to
the previous screen.

DVD PLAYER AND DVD VIDEO DISCS
This DVD player conforms to NTSC color TV formats. DVD video discs conforming to other formats such as PAL
or SECAM cannot be used.

Z17478

The audio machine connected to the input
terminal adapter can be played in the
video mode.
To select the video mode, push
“VIDEO” button on the controller.

266

Region codes: Some DVD video discs
have a region code indicating where you
can use. If the DVD video disc is not
labeled “ALL” or “1”, you cannot use it in
this DVD player. If you attempt to play an
inappropriate DVD video disc in this player, “REGION CODE ERROR” appears on
the screen. Even if the DVD video disc
does not have a region code, in some
cases you cannot use it.

the

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

Marks shown on DVD video discs:
Indicates NTSC format
of color TV.

Indicates the number
of audio tracks.

Indicates the number
of language subtitles.

Indicates the number
of angles.
Indicates the screen
to be selected.
Wide screen: 16:9
Standard: 4:3
Indicates regions in
which this video disc
can be played.
ALL: all countries
Number: region code

DVD VIDEO DISC GLOSSARY
DVD video discs: Digital Versatile Disc
that holds video. DVD video discs have
adopted “MPEG2”, one of the world standards of digital compression technologies.
The picture data is compressed by 1/40
on average and stored. Variable rate encoded technology in which the volume of
data assigned to the picture is changed
depending on the picture format has also
been adopted. Audio data is stored using
PCM and Dolby digital, which enables
higher quality of sound. Furthermore, multi−angle and multi−language features will
also help you enjoy the more advanced
technology of DVD video.
Viewer restrictions: This feature limits
what can be viewed in conformity with the
level of restrictions of the country. The
level of restrictions varies depending on
the DVD video disc. Some DVD video
discs cannot be played at all, or violent
scenes are skipped or replaced with other
scenes.
Level 1: DVD video discs for children can
be played.
Level 2—7: DVD video discs for children
and G−rated movies can be played.

Level 8: All types of DVD video discs can
be played.
Multi−angle feature: You can enjoy the
same scene at different angles.
Multi−language feature: You can select
the language of the subtitles and audio.
Region codes: Region codes are provided
on DVD players and DVD discs. If the
DVD video disc does not have the same
region code as the DVD player, you cannot play the disc on the DVD player. For
region codes, see page 266.
Audio: This DVD player can play liner
PCM, Dolby digital, dts and MPEG audio
format DVD. Other decoded type cannot
be played.
Title and chapter: Video and audio programs stored on DVD video discs are divided in parts by title and chapter.
Title: The largest unit of the video and
audio programs stored on DVD video
discs. Usually, one piece of a movie, one
album, or one audio program is assigned
as a title.
Chapter: A unit smaller than a title. A title
comprises plural chapters.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

267

06 06.07

—A/V input adapter
Manufactured under license from Dolby
Laboratories. “Dolby”, “Pro Logic”, and
the double−D symbol are trademarks of
Dolby Laboratories. Confidential unpublished works.
1992−1997 Dolby Laboratories. All
rights reserved.
This product incorporates copyright
protection technology that is protected
by method claims of certain U.S. patents and other intellectual property
rights owned by Macrovision Corporation and other rights owners. Use of
this copyright protection technology
must be authorized by Macrovision Corporation, and is intended for home and
other limited viewing uses only unless
otherwise authorized by Macrovision
Corporation. Reverse engineering or
disassembly is prohibited.
“dts” is a trademark of Digital Theater
Systems, Inc.

The rear entertainment system plays videos and sound when an audio−video
equipment is connected to the A/V input
adapter. For details, refer to the manufacturer’s instructions.

CY17030

To use the adapter, open the cover.
The A/V input adapter is composed of 3
input adapters.
Yellow: Image input adapter
Red: Audio input adapter
White: Audio input adapter

NOTICE
Close the cover
adapter is not in
eign object other
plug may cause
short circuit.

268

when the A/V input
use. Inserting a forthan the appropriate
electrical failure or

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

—Power outlet

CY17073

After plugging the cord into the adapter,
let it go through the gap between the
console box and the tray. Use a cord
which is thin enough to go through the
gap. Close the console box lid.

CY19137

CY19135

This power outlet is designed for use as
a power supply for the audio device connected to the A/V input adapter.
The key must be in the “ON” position for
the power outlet to be used.
The maximum capacity for this power outlet is 115 VAC/100W. If you attempt to
use an appliance that requires more than
115 VAC or 100W, the protection circuit
will activate and cut the power supply.
The power supply will restart automatically
when you use an appliance that operates
within the 115 VAC/100W limits.

To use the power outlet, push the main
switch on the instrument panel.
An indicator light will illuminate to indicate
that the power outlet is ready for use.
Push the main switch once again to turn
the power outlet off. When the power outlet is not in use, make sure that the main
switch is turned off.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

269

06 06.07

Audio/video system operating
hints
NOTICE

 To prevent the battery from being
discharged, do not use the power
outlet longer than necessary when
the engine is not running.

 Close the power outlet lid when the
power outlet is not in use. Inserting
a foreign object other than the appropriate plug that fits the outlet
may cause electrical failure or short
circuit.
The power outlet is not designed for
the following electric appliances even if
their power consumption is under 115
VAC/100W. These appliances may not
operate properly.

 Appliances with high initial peak wattage: cathode−ray tube type televisions,
compressor−driven refrigerators, electric
pumps, electric tools, etc.

 Measuring devices which process precise data: medical equipment, measuring instruments, etc.

270

 Other appliances requiring an extremely

NOTICE

stable power supply: microcomputer−
controlled electric blankets, touch sensor lamps, etc.

To ensure correct audio/video system
operation:

Certain electrical appliances may cause
radio noise.


 Be careful not to spill beverages
over the system.

 Do not put anything other than a
compact disc into the slot.

 Do not put anything other than a
DVD video, video CD, dts−CD or audio CD into the DVD player.

 The use of a cellular phone inside
or near the vehicle may cause a
noise from the speakers of the system which you are listening to.
However, this does not indicate a
malfunction.
RADIO RECEPTION
Usually, a problem with radio reception
does not mean there is a problem with
your radio—it is just the normal result of
conditions outside the vehicle.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

For example, nearby buildings and terrain
can interfere with FM reception. Power
lines or telephone wires can interfere with
AM signals. And of course, radio signals
have a limited range. The farther you are
from a station, the weaker its signal will
be. In addition, reception conditions
change constantly as your vehicle moves.
Here are some common reception problems that probably do not indicate a problem with your radio:
FM
Fading and drifting stations—Generally, the
effective range of FM is about 40 km (25
miles). Once outside this range, you may
notice fading and drifting, which increase
with the distance from the radio transmitter. They are often accompanied by distortion.
Multi−path—FM signals are reflective,
making it possible for two signals to reach
your antenna at the same time. If this
happens, the signals will cancel each other out, causing a momentary flutter or
loss of reception.

Static and fluttering—These occur when
signals are blocked by buildings, trees, or
other large objects. Increasing the bass
level may reduce static and fluttering.
Station swapping—If the FM signal you
are listening to is interrupted or weakened, and there is another strong station
nearby on the FM band, your radio may
tune in the second station until the original signal can be picked up again.
AM
Fading—AM broadcasts are reflected by
the upper atmosphere—especially at night.
These reflected signals can interfere with
those received directly from the radio station, causing the radio station to sound
alternately strong and weak.
Station interference—When a reflected signal and a signal received directly from a
radio station are very nearly the same
frequency, they can interfere with each
other, making it difficult to hear the broadcast.
Static—AM is easily affected by external
sources of electrical noise, such as high
tension power lines, lightening, or electrical motors. This results in static.

XM∗
Alternation or modifications carried out
without appropriate authorization may invalidate the user’s right to operate the
equipment.
∗:

Use of satellite radio requires XM
tuner and service. Contact your Toyota
dealer for details.

NOTICE
This equipment has been tested and
found to comply with the limits for a
class B digital device, pursuant to
Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable
protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This
equipment generates, uses and can
radiate radio frequency energy and, if
not installed and used in accordance
with the instructions, may cause
harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur
in a particular installation.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

271

06 06.07

If this equipment does cause harmful
interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by
turning the equipment off and on, the
user is encouraged to try to correct
the interference by one or more of
the following measures:
—Reorient or relocate the receiving
antenna.
—Increase the separation between the
equipment and receiver.
—Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to
which the receiver is connected.
—Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.

CARING FOR YOUR COMPACT DISC
PLAYER, DVD PLAYER AND DISCS

 Extremely high temperatures can keep
your compact disc player and DVD
player from working. On hot days, use
the air conditioning to cool the vehicle
interior before you use the players.

 Bumpy roads or other vibrations may
make your compact disc player and
DVD player skip.

 If moisture gets into your compact disc
player and DVD player, the players
may not play even though they appear
to be working. Remove the disc from
the player and wait until it dries.

CAUTION
Compact disc players and DVD players use an invisible laser beam which
could cause hazardous radiation exposure if directed outside the unit. Be
sure to operate the players correctly.

272

Z17029

Compact disc player

 Use only compact discs marked as
shown above. The following products
may not be playable on your compact
disc player.
SACD
dts−CD
Copy−protected CD
CD−R (CD−Recordable)
CD−RW (CD−Re−writable)
CD−ROM

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

DVD player
Audio CDs

DVD video
discs

Video CDs

 Use only discs marked as shown
above. The following products may not
be playable on your DVD player.
SACD
Copy−protected CD
CD−R (CD−Recordable)
CD−RW (CD−Re−writable)
CD−ROM
DVD−R
DVD+R
DVD+RW
DVD−RW
DVD−ROM
DVD−RAM

Z17038

Special shaped discs

Z17058

Transparent/translucent discs

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

273

06 06.07

NOTICE

Z17039


 Do not use special shaped, transparent/translucent, low quality or labeled discs such as those shown in
the illustrations. The use of such
discs may damage the player or
changer, or it may be impossible to
eject the disc.

 This system is not designed for use
of Dual Disc. Do not use Dual Disc
because it may cause damage to
the player or changer.

Low quality discs

Z17052
Correct

Wrong

 Handle the discs carefully, especially
when you are inserting them. Hold
them on the edge and do not bend
them. Avoid getting fingerprints on
them, particularly on the shiny side.

 Dirt, scratches, warping, pin holes, or

Z17037

other disc damage could cause the
player to skip or to repeat a section of
a chapter or track. (To see a pin hole,
hold the disc up to the light.)

 Remove discs from the compact disc

Labeled discs

274

player when you are not playing them.
Store them in their plastic cases away
from moisture, heat, and direct sunlight.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

 WMA files can contain a WMA tag that

MP3/WMA FILES

 MP3 (MPEG Audio Layer 3) and WMA
(Windows Media Audio) are audio compression standards.

 The MP3/WMA player can play MP3

Z17053

and WMA files on CD−ROM, CD−R and
CD−RW discs.
The unit can play disc recordings compatible with ISO 9660 level 1 and level
2 and with the Romeo and Joliet file
system.

 When naming an MP3 or WMA file,
To clean a disc: Wipe it with a soft, lint−
free cloth that has been dampened with
water. Wipe in a straight line from the
center to the edge of the disc (not in
circles). Dry it with another soft, lint−free
cloth. Do not use a conventional record
cleaner or anti−static device.

add the appropriate file extension (.mp3
or .wma).

 The MP3/WMA player plays back files
with .mp3 or .wma file extensions as
MP3 or WMA files. To prevent noise
and playback errors, use the appropriate file extensions.

 Multi−session compatible CDs can also
be played.

 MP3 files are compatible with the ID3
Tag Ver.1.0, Ver.1.1, Ver.2.2, and
Ver.2.3 formats. The unit cannot display
disc title, track title and artist name in
other formats.

is used in the same way as an ID3
tag. WMA tags carry information such
as track title, artist name.

 The emphasis function is available only
when playing MP3/WMA files recorded
at 32, 44.1 and 48 kHz. (The system
can play MP3 files with sampling frequencies of 16, 22.05, and 24 kHz.
However, the emphasis function is not
available for files recorded at these frequencies.)

 The sound quality of MP3/WMA files
generally improves with higher bit
rates. In order to achieve a reasonable
level of sound quality, discs recorded
with a bit rate of at least 128 kbps are
recommended.
Playable bit rates
MP3 files:
MPEG1 LAYER3—64 to 320 kbps
MPEG2 LSF LAYER3—64 to 160 kbps
WMA files:
Ver7, 8 CBR—48 to 192 kbps
Ver9 CBR—48 to 320 kbps

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

275

06 06.07

 The MP3/WMA player does not play

 The play order of the compact disc

back MP3/WMA files from discs recorder using packet write data transfer
(UDF format). Discs should be recorded using “pre−mastering” software
rather than packet−write software.

with the structure shown on the left is
as follows:

 M3u playlists are not compatible with
the audio player.

 MP3i (MP3 interactive) and MP3PRO
formats are not compatible with the audio player.

001.mp3
002.mp3
Folder 1
003.mp3
Folder 2
004.mp3
005.mp3

RS18193

 When playing back files recorded as

001.mp3

001.mp3

MP3 player (rear seat entertainment system)

VBR (Variable Bit Rate) files, the play
time will not be correctly displayed if
fast−forward or reverse operations are
used.

 It is not possible to check folders that
do not include MP3/WMA files.

 MP3/WMA files in folders up to 8 levels deep can be played. However, the
start of playback may be delayed when
using discs containing numerous levels
of folders. For this reason, we recommend creating discs with no more than
two levels of folders.

002.mp3 . . .

002.wma . . .

006.mp3

 MP3 player (rear seat entertainment
system)—It is possible to play up to
253 folders on one disc.

 MP3/WMA player (front audio system)—It is possible to play up to 192
folders or 255 files on one disc.

 The order changes depending on the

001.mp3
002.wma

PC and MP3/WMA encoding software
you use.

Folder 1
003.mp3
Folder 2
004.mp3
005.wma

RS18193
Folder 3
006.mp3
MP3/WMA player (front audio system)

276

006.mp3

MP3/WMA player (front audio system)

Folder 3
006.mp3

 The MP3 player is compatible with
VBR (Variable Bit Rate).

MP3 player (rear seat entertainment system)

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

CD−R and CD−RW discs

 CD−R/CD−RW discs that have not been
subject to the “finalizing process” (a
process that allows discs to be played
on a conventional CD player) cannot
be played.

 It may not be possible to play CD−
R/CD−RW discs recorded on a music
CD recorder or a personal computer
because
of
disc
characteristics,
scratches or dirt on the disc, or dirt,
condensation, etc. on the lens of the
unit.

 It may not be possible to play discs
recorded on a personal computer depending on the application settings and
the environment. Record with the correct format. (For details, contact the
appropriate application manufacturers of
the applications.)

 CD−R/CD−RW discs may be damaged
by direct exposure to sunlight, high
temperatures or other storage conditions. The unit may be unable to play
some damaged discs.

 Titles and other text information re-

 The MP3/WMA player conforms to the
track skip function of the CD−R/CD−
RW disc.

 If you insert a CD−RW disc into the
MP3/WMA player, playback will begin
more slowly than with a conventional
CD or CD−R disc.

 Read the precautions accompanying
the CD−R/CD−RW discs before use.

 Recordings on CD−R/CD−RW cannot
be played using the DDCD (Double
Density CD) system.

TERMS
Packet write—
This is a general term that describes the
process of writing data on−demand to
CD−R, etc., in the same way that data is
written to floppy or hard discs.
Bit rate—
Bit rate refers to data volume per second,
or bps units (bits per second). The higher
the rate, the more information is available
to reproduce the sound. The higher the
rate, the better the sound.
Multi−session—
Multi−session is a recording method that
allows additional data to be recorded later.
When recording data on a CD−ROM,
CD−R or CD−RW, etc., all data from beginning to end is treated as a single unit
or session. Multi−session is a method of
recording more than 2 sessions on one
disc.
CD−DA—
CD−DA is an abbreviation for Compact
Disc Digital Audio. It refers to the uncompressed format of regular CDs.

corded on CD−R/CD−RW disc may not
be displayed by the MP3/WMA player
(in the case of audio data [CD−DA]).
2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

277

06 06.07

ID3 Tag—

Level 2:

This is a method of embedding track−related information in an MP3 file. This embedded information can include the track
title, the artist’s name, the album title, the
music genre, the year of production, comments and other data. The contents can
be freely edited using software with ID3
tag editing functions. Although the tags
are restricted to the number of characters,
the information can be viewed when the
track is played back.

The file name can have up to 31 characters (including the separation mark “.” and
file extension). Each folder must contain
fewer than 8 hierarchies.

WMA Tag—

Extended formats
Joliet:
File names can include up to 64 characters.
Romeo:
File names can include up to 128 characters.

WMA files can contain a WMA tag that is
used in the same way as an ID3 tag.
WMA tags carry information such as track
title, artist name.

m3u—

ISO 9660 format—

MP3—

This is the international standard for the
formatting of CD−ROM folders and files.
For the ISO 9660 format, there are two
levels of regulations.

MP3 is an audio compression standard
determined by a working group (MPEG) of
the ISO (International Standard Organization). MP3 compresses audio data to
about 1/10 the size of that on conventional discs.

Level 1:
The file name is in 8.3 format (8 character file names, with a 3 character file
extension. File names must be composed
of one−byte capital letters and numbers.
The “_” symbol may also be included.)

278

Playlists created using “WINAMP” software
have a playlist file extension (.m3u).

WMA—
WMA (Windows Media Audio) is an audio
compression format developed by Microsoft. It compresses files into a size smaller than that of MP3 files. The decoding
formats for WMA files are Ver7, 8, and 9.
2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

SECTION

1− 9

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND
CONTROLS
Air conditioning system
Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Air flow selector settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operating tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Instrument panel and rear vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Air conditioning filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

280
286
286
289
290

279

06 06.07

Controls (without “DUAL” button)
1. Fan speed selector
2. “AUTO” button
3. Temperature selector
4. “A/C” button
5. Air flow selector
6. Air intake selector
7. “OFF” button

CY18023y

280

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

“AUTO” button

Temperature selector

For automatic operation of the air conditioning, push the “AUTO” button. An indicator light will illuminate to show that the
automatic operation mode has been selected.

To increase the temperature, push the
“UP” side, to decrease it, push the
“DOWN” side.

In the automatic operation mode, the air
conditioning selects the most suitable fan
speed, air flow, air intake and on−off of
the air conditioning according to the temperature.
When you push the “AUTO” button with
the air intake mode at FRESH, internal
circulation may be applied for maximum
cooling.
You may use manual controls if you want
to select your own settings.
Fan speed selector
Select the mode button you desire to adjust the fan speed and push it. An indicator light will illuminate to show which fan
speed mode is being selected.
In automatic operation, you do not have
to adjust the fan speed unless you desire
another fan speed mode.

“LO” appears when you adjust to maximum cooling, and “HI” appears when you
adjust to maximum warming.

CY18014

“OFF” button
Push the “OFF” button to turn off the air
conditioning system.

Air flow selector
Push one of the buttons to select the
vents used for air flow. An indicator light
will illuminate to show which air flow
mode is being selected.
In automatic operation, you do not have
to select the air flow unless you desire
another air flow mode.
1. Panel—Air flows from the instrument
panel vents and rear vents.
2. Bi−level—Air flows from both the floor
vents, the instrument panel vents and
rear vents.
3. Floor—Air flows mainly from the floor
vents.
2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

281

06 06.07

4. Floor/Windshield—Air
flows
mainly
from the floor vents and windshield
vents and fan speed may increase in
order to clean up the front view.
This button allows the air intake to
select FRESH automatically. This is to
clean up the front view more quickly.
If you want to return the setting to
RECIRCULATE mode, press the air intake selector button once again.
5. Windshield—Air flows mainly from the
windshield vents and fan speed may
increase in order to clean up the front
view.
Pressing this button once again returns
the air flow mode to the last one used.
This button allows the air intake to
select FRESH automatically. This is to
clean up the front view more quickly.
It is not possible to return to RECIRCULATE in this mode.
For details about air flow selector settings,
see “Air flow selector settings” described
below.

If the ambient temperature is low when
the ignition switch is turned to the “ON”
position, the air intake mode is always set
to FRESH even though the previous mode
was RECIRCULATE.
“A/C” button

CY18004

To turn on the air conditioning, push the
“A/C” button. The “A/C” button indicator
will come on. To turn the air conditioning
off, push the button again.

Air intake selector
Push the button to select the air source.
An indicator light will illuminate to show
which the air source is being selected.

If the “A/C” button indicator flashes, there
is a problem in the air conditioning system
and the air conditioning automatically
shuts off. If this happens, take your vehicle to a Toyota dealer for service.

1. Recirculate—Recirculates the air inside
the vehicle.
2. Fresh—Draws outside air into the system.
To prevent fogging up of the windshield,
the air intake mode may change automatically to FRESH depending on the condition of the air conditioning system.
For example, when the ambient temperature is low, the air intake mode may
change automatically to FRESH. This is
not a malfunction.

282

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

Controls (with “DUAL” button)
1. Fan speed selector
2. Temperature selector
(at the independent mode: for driver)
(at the linked mode: for driver and
front passenger)
3. “AUTO” button
4. “DUAL” button
5. Temperature selector
(for front passenger)
6. Air flow selector
7. Air intake selector

CY18024y

8. “A/C” button
9. “OFF” button

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

283

06 06.07

“AUTO” button

Temperature selector

For automatic operation of the air conditioning, push the “AUTO” button. An indicator light will illuminate to show that the
automatic operation mode has been selected.

To increase the temperature, push the “
”
side, to decrease it, push the “” side.

In the automatic operation mode, the air
conditioning selects the most suitable fan
speed, air flow, air intake and on−off of
the air conditioning according to the temperature.

“DUAL” button

When you push the “AUTO” button with
the air intake mode at FRESH, internal
circulation may be applied for maximum
cooling.

Pushing the button changes
from independent and linked.

You may use manual controls if you want
to select your own settings.
Fan speed selector
Select the mode button you desire to adjust the fan speed and push it. An indicator light will illuminate to show which fan
speed mode is being selected.
In automatic operation, you do not have
to adjust the fan speed unless you desire
another fan speed mode.

“LO” appears when you adjust to maximum cooling, and “HI” appears when you
adjust to maximum warming.
This button is used to set the temperatures independently for the driver’s seat
and front passenger seat.
the mode

Independent mode: Temperatures can be
set independently for the driver’s seat and
front passenger’s seat. An indicator light
will illuminated to show that the independent mode has been selected.
Linked mode: The same temperature is
set for the driver’s seat and front passenger’s seat.
When the temperature for the front passenger’s seat is changed in linked mode,
the mode is changed automatically to independent mode.
“OFF” button
Push the “OFF” button to turn off the air
conditioning system.

284

CY18014

Air flow selector
Push one of the buttons to select the
vents used for air flow. An indicator light
will illuminate to show which air flow
mode is being selected.
In automatic operation, you do not have
to select the air flow unless you desire
another air flow mode.
1. Panel—Air flows from the instrument
panel vents and rear vents.
2. Bi−level—Air flows from both the floor
vents, the instrument panel vents and
rear vents.
3. Floor—Air flows mainly from the floor
vents.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

4. Floor/Windshield—Air
flows
mainly
from the floor vents and windshield
vents and fan speed may increase in
order to clean up the front view.
This button allows the air intake to
select FRESH automatically. This is to
clean up the front view more quickly.
If you want to return the setting to
RECIRCULATE mode, press the air intake selector button once again.
5. Windshield—Air flows mainly from the
windshield vents and fan speed may
increase in order to clean up the front
view.
Pressing this button once again returns
the air flow mode to the last one used.
This button allows the air intake to
select FRESH automatically. This is to
clean up the front view more quickly.
It is not possible to return to RECIRCULATE in this mode.
For details about air flow selector settings,
see “Air flow selector settings” described
below.

If the ambient temperature is low when
the ignition switch is turned to the “ON”
position, the air intake mode is always set
to FRESH even though the previous mode
was RECIRCULATE.
“A/C” button

CY18004

To turn on the air conditioning, push the
“A/C” button. The “A/C” button indicator
will come on. To turn the air conditioning
off, push the button again.

Air intake selector
Push the button to select the air source.
An indicator light will illuminate to show
which the air source is being selected.

If the “A/C” button indicator flashes, there
is a problem in the air conditioning system
and the air conditioning automatically
shuts off. If this happens, take your vehicle to your Toyota dealer for service.

1. Recirculate—Recirculates the air inside
the vehicle.
2. Fresh—Draws outside air into the system.
To prevent fogging up of the windshield,
the air intake mode may change automatically to FRESH depending on the condition of the air conditioning system.
For example, when the ambient temperature is low, the air intake mode may
change automatically to FRESH. This is
not a malfunction.
2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

285

06 06.07

Air flow selector settings

Operating tips

 To cool off your Toyota after it has
been parked in the hot sun, drive with
the windows open for a few minutes.
This vents the hot air, allowing the air
conditioning to cool the interior more
quickly.


 Make sure the air intake grilles in front
of the windshield are not blocked (by
leaves or snow, for example).


 On humid days, do not blow cold air

CY18015y

on the windshield. The windshield could
fog up because of the difference in air
temperature on the inside and outside
of the windshield.


 Keep the area under the front seats
clear to allow air to circulate throughout the vehicle.


 On cold days, set the fan speed to
high for a minute to help clear the
intake ducts of snow or moisture. This
can reduce the amount of fogging on
the windows.


 When driving on dusty roads, close all
windows. If dust thrown up by the vehicle is still drawn into the vehicle after
closing the windows, it is recommended
that the air intake selector be set to
FRESH and the fan speed selector to
any setting except “OFF”.

286

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07


 If following another vehicle on a dusty
road, or driving in windy and dusty
conditions, it is recommended that the
air intake selector be temporarily set to
RECIRCULATE, which will close off the
outside passage and prevent outside
air and dust from entering the vehicle
interior.

Heating

Air conditioning

For best results, set controls as follows:

For best results, set controls as follows:

For automatic operation—

For automatic operation—

Press in the “AUTO” button.
Temperature—To the desired
temperature
Air intake—FRESH (outside air)
Air conditioning—OFF

Press in the “AUTO” button.
Temperature—To the desired
temperature
Air intake—FRESH (outside air)
Air conditioning—ON

For manual operation—

For manual operation—

Fan speed—To the desired fan speed
Temperature—Towards WARM
Air intake—FRESH (outside air)
Air flow—FLOOR
Air conditioning—OFF

Fan speed—To the desired fan speed
Temperature—Towards COLD
Air intake—FRESH (outside air)
Air flow—PANEL
Air conditioning—ON


 For quick heating, select recirculated


 For quick cooling, select recirculated

air for a few minutes. To keep the
windows from fogging, select fresh after the vehicle interior has been warmed.

air for a few minutes.


 Press the “A/C” button on for dehumidified heating.


 Choose floor/windshield air flow to heat
the vehicle interior while defrosting or
defogging the windshield.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

287

06 06.07

Ventilation

Defogging and defrosting

For best results, set controls as follows:

—The inside of the windshield

For automatic operation—

For best results, set controls as follows:

Press in the “AUTO” button.
Temperature—Towards low temperature
Air intake—FRESH (outside air)
Air conditioning—OFF
For manual operation—
Fan speed—To the desired fan speed
Temperature—Towards COLD
Air intake—FRESH (outside air)
Air flow—PANEL
Air conditioning—OFF

—For automatic operation
Temperature—Towards high temperature
to heat; low temperature
to cool
Air intake—FRESH (outside air)
Air flow—WINDSHIELD
—For manual operation
Fan speed—To the desired fan speed
Temperature—Towards high temperature
to heat; low temperature
to cool
Air intake—FRESH (outside air)
Air flow—WINDSHIELD
Pressing the windshield air flow button
turns on the defogging function with the
purpose of clearing the front view.

Press the “A/C” button for dehumidified
heating or cooling. This setting clears the
front view more quickly.


 On humid days, do not blow cold air
on the windshield—the difference between the outside and inside temperatures could make the fogging worse.
—The outside of the windshield
For best results, set controls as follows:
—For automatic operation
Temperature—Towards high temperature
Air intake—FRESH (outside air)
Air flow—WINDSHIELD
—For manual operation
Fan speed—To the desired fan speed
Temperature—Towards high temperature
Air intake—FRESH (outside air)
Air flow—WINDSHIELD

When pressing the windshield air flow button, the air intake selects FRESH automatically. This is to clean up the front
view more quickly.
It is not possible to return to RECIRCULATE in this mode.

288

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

Instrument panel and rear
vents
Pressing the windshield air flow button
turns on the defogging function with the
purpose of clearing the front view.
When pressing the windshield air flow button, the air intake selects FRESH automatically. This is to clean up the front
view more quickly.

CY18006

CY18017

It is not possible to return to RECIRCULATE in this mode.
Press the “A/C” button for dehumidified
heating or cooling. This setting clears the
front view more quickly.


 To heat the vehicle interior while defrosting
the
windshield,
floor/windshield air flow.

Center vents

Rear vents

choose
If air flow control is not satisfactory, check
the instrument panel and rear vents. The
instrument panel and rear vents may be
opened or closed as shown.

CY18005

Side vents

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

289

06 06.07

—Checking and replacing the
air conditioning filter

Air conditioning filter—

CY72020

The air conditioning filter information
label is placed on the upper right side
of the glove box as shown and indicates that a filter has been installed.

The air conditioning filter may clog after long use. The filter may need to be
replaced if the air flow of the air conditioning and heater experiences extreme
reductions in operating efficiency, or if
the windows begin to fog up easily.

CY72003

The air conditioning filter is behind the
glove box.

To maintain the air conditioning efficiency,
inspect and replace the air conditioning
filter according to
the maintenance
schedule. In dusty areas or areas with
heavy traffic flow, such as inner city or
desert areas, early replacement may be
required. (For scheduled maintenance
information, please refer to the “Scheduled
Maintenance Guide” or “Owner’s Manual
Supplement”.)

The air conditioning filter prevents dust
from entering the vehicle through the air
conditioning vent.

290

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

CY72012

1. Open the glove box. Remove the
screw with a Phillips−head screwdriver and slide the hook as shown.

CY72004

CY72013

2. Push in each side of the glove box
to disconnect the claws.

3. Remove the filter case by holding
both sides.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

291

06 06.07

INFORMATION
The air filter should be installed properly in position. The use of air conditioning with the air filter removed
may cause deteriorated dustproof performance and then affect air conditioning performance.

CY18022

4. Remove
case.

the

filter

from

the

filter

5. Inspect the filter on the surface.
If it is the just moderately dusty, it may
be cleaned by blowing compressed air
from the reverse surface. Do not wash or
oil the filter.
If it is dirty, it should be replaced.
When setting the filter to the filter case,
ensure that the flat side of the filter is
down and the ribbed side is up.
Position the filter case so that the “↑UP”
mark is pointing up and install it in the
vehicle.

292

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

SECTION

7− 1

DO−IT−YOURSELF MAINTENANCE
Introduction
Engine compartment overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuse locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Do−it−yourself service precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parts and tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

412
414
414
416

411

06 06.07

Engine compartment overview

4.0 L V6 (1GR−FE) engine
1. Windshield and back window washer
fluid tank
2. Power steering fluid reservoir
3. Engine oil level dipstick
4. Engine coolant reservoir
5. Engine oil filler cap
6. Brake fluid reservoir
7. Fuse block
8. Battery
9. Condenser

CY71024y

412

10. Radiator

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07


4.7 L V8 (2UZ−FE) engine
1. Windshield and back window washer
fluid tank
2. Power steering fluid reservoir
3. Engine coolant reservoir
4. Engine oil level dipstick
5. Engine oil filler cap
6. Brake fluid reservoir
7. Fuse block
8. Battery
9. Condenser

CY71032y

10. Radiator

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

413

06 06.07

Do−it−yourself service
precautions

Fuse locations

If you perform maintenance by yourself,
be sure to follow the correct procedure
given in this Section.

Spare
fuses

CY71027

You should be aware that improper or incomplete servicing may result in operating
problems.
Performing
do−it−yourself
maintenance
during the warranty period may affect your
warranty coverage. Read the separate
Toyota Warranty statement for details and
suggestions.
This Section gives instructions only for
those items that are relatively easy for an
owner to perform. As explained in Section
6, there are still a number of items that
must be done by a qualified technician
with special tools.

CY71030

For information on tools and parts for do−
it−yourself maintenance, see “Parts and
tools” on page 416 in this Section.

CY71022

414

Utmost care
ing on your
injury. Here
you should
serve:

should be taken when workvehicle to prevent accidental
are a few precautions that
be especially careful to ob-

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

CAUTION

 When the engine is running, keep
hands, clothing, and tools away
from the moving fan and engine
drive
belts.
(Removing
rings,
watches, and ties is advisable.)

 Right

after driving, the engine
compartment—the engine, radiator,
exhaust manifold, power steering
fluid reservoir and spark plug
boots, etc.—will be hot. So be careful not to touch them. Oil, fluids
and spark plugs may also be hot.

 If the engine is hot, do not remove
the radiator cap or loosen the drain
plugs to prevent burning yourself.

 Do not leave anything that may
burn easily, such as paper or rags,
in the engine compartment.

 Do not smoke, cause sparks or al-

 Use eye protection whenever you
work on or under your vehicle
where you may be exposed to flying
or falling material, fluid spray, etc.

 Used engine oil contains potentially
harmful contaminants which may
cause skin disorders such as inflammation or skin cancer, so care
should be taken to avoid prolonged
and repeated contact with it. To remove used engine oil from your
skin, wash thoroughly with soap
and water.

 Do not leave used oil within the
reach of children.

 Dispose of used oil and filter only
in a safe and acceptable manner.
Do not dispose of used oil and filter in household trash, in sewers or
onto the ground. Call your dealer or
a service station for information
concerning recycling or disposal.

low open flames around fuel or the
battery. Their fumes are flammable.

 Be extremely cautious when work-

 Do not get under your vehicle with

ing on the battery. It contains poisonous and corrosive sulfuric acid.

just the body jack supporting it. Always use automotive jack stands or
other solid supports.

NOTICE

 Remember that battery and ignition
cables carry high currents or voltages. Be careful of accidentally
causing a short circuit.

 Add only “Toyota Super Long Life
Coolant” or similar high quality ethylene glycol based non−silicate,
non−amine, non−nitrite, and non−borate coolant with long−life hybrid
organic acid technology to fill the
radiator. “Toyota Super Long Life
Coolant” is a mixture of 50% coolant and 50% deionized water (for
the U.S.A.) or 55% coolant and 45%
deionized water (for Canada).

 If you spill some of the coolant, be
sure to wash it off with water to
prevent it from damaging the parts
or paint.

 Do not allow dirt or anything else
to fall through the spark plug holes.

 Do not pry the outer electrode of a
spark plug against the center electrode.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

415

06 06.07

Parts and tools

 Use only spark plugs of the specified type. Using other types will
cause engine damage, loss of performance or radio noise.

Here is a list of parts and tools you will
need to perform do−it−yourself maintenance. Remember all Toyota parts are designed in metric sizes, so your tools must
be metric.

Tools:


 Do not reuse iridium−tipped spark
plugs by cleaning or regapping.

CHECKING THE ENGINE OIL LEVEL

 SAE J1703 or FMVSS No.116 DOT 3


 Do not overfill automatic transmission fluid, or the transmission
could be damaged.

 “Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” or equiva-


 Do not drive with the air cleaner
filter removed, or excessive engine
wear could result. Also backfiring
could cause a fire in the engine
compartment.

 Be careful not to scratch the glass
surface with the wiper frame.

 When closing the engine hood,
check to see that you have not forgotten any tools, rags, etc.

Parts (if level is low):
brake fluid

Parts (if level is low):
lent
See page 421 in Section 7−2 for details about engine oil selection.
Tools:

CHECKING
LEVEL

THE

ENGINE

Tools:

 Rag or paper towel
 Funnel (only for adding fluid)
CHECKING POWER STEERING FLUID
Parts (if level is low):

 Rag or paper towel
 Funnel (only for adding oil)

 Automatic

transmission
DEXRONII or III

COOLANT

Parts (if level is low):

 “Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” or
similar high quality ethylene glycol
based non−silicate, non−amine, non−nitrite, and non−borate coolant with long−
life hybrid organic acid technology.
“Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” is a
mixture of 50% coolant and 50% deionized water (for the U.S.A.) or 55%
coolant and 45% deionized water (for
Canada).

416

 Funnel (only for adding coolant)
CHECKING BRAKE FLUID

fluid

Tools:

 Rag or paper towel
 Funnel (only for adding fluid)
CHECKING BATTERY CONDITION
Tools:






Warm water
Baking soda
Grease
Conventional
clamp bolts)

wrench

(for

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

terminal

06 06.07

CHECKING AND REPLACING FUSES
Parts (if replacement is necessary):

 Fuse with same amperage rating as
original
ADDING WASHER FLUID
Parts:

 Water
 Washer fluid containing antifreeze (for
winter use)
Tools:

 Funnel
REPLACING LIGHT BULBS
Parts:

 Bulb with same number and wattage
rating as original (See charts in
“Replacing light bulbs” on page 438 in
Section 7−3.)
Tools:

 Screwdriver

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

417

06 06.07

418

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

SECTION

7− 2

DO−IT−YOURSELF MAINTENANCE
Engine and Chassis
Checking the engine oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking the engine coolant level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking the radiator and condenser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking power steering fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking tire inflation pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking and replacing tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rotating tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installing snow tires and chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacing wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Aluminum wheel precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

420
422
423
423
424
425
427
429
430
431
432

419

06 06.07

Checking the engine oil level
Low level

Full level

Z72112
Add oil

O.K.

Too full

With the engine at operating temperature and turned off, check the oil level
on the dipstick.

If the oil level is below or only slightly
above the low level, add engine oil of
the same type as already in the engine.

1. To get a correct reading, the vehicle
should be on level ground. After turning
off the engine, wait a few minutes for
the oil to drain back into the bottom of
the engine.

Remove the oil filler cap and add engine
oil in small quantities at a time, checking
the dipstick. We recommend that you use
a funnel when adding oil.

2. Pull the dipstick out, hold a rag under
the end and wipe it clean.
3. Reinsert the dipstick—push it in as far
as it will go, or the reading will not be
correct.

4.0 L V6 (1GR−FE) engine

4. Pull the dipstick out and look at the oil
level while holding a rag under the
end.
Full level

Low level

Be careful not to touch the hot exhaust manifold.

O.K.

Too full

When the level reaches within the correct
range, install the filler cap hand−tight.


 Be careful not to spill engine oil on
the vehicle components.

 Avoid overfilling, or
could be damaged.

Be careful not to drop engine oil on
the vehicle components.

4.7 L V8 (2UZ−FE) engine

420

the

engine


 Check the oil level on the dipstick
once again after adding the oil.

NOTICE
Add oil

For the engine oil capacity, see “Service
specifications” on page 447 in Section 8.

NOTICE
CAUTION

Z72111

The approximate quantity of oil needed to
raise the level between low and full on the
dipstick is indicated as follows:
1.5 L (1.6 qt., 1.3 Imp. qt.)

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

ENGINE OIL SELECTION
“Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” is used in
your Toyota vehicle. Use Toyota approved
“Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” or equivalent
to satisfy the following grade and
viscosity.

If SAE 5W−30 is not available, SAE
10W−30 may be used. However, it
should be replaced with SAE 5W−30 at
the next oil change.

Oil grade:
ILSAC multigrade engine oil
Recommended viscosity:
SAE 5W−30

Oil identification mark

OIL008

The ILSAC (International Lubricant Standardization and Approval Committee) Certification Mark is added to some oil containers to help you select the oil you
should use.

Outside temperature

SAE 5W−30 is the best choice for good
fuel economy and good starting in cold
weather.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

421

06 06.07

Checking the engine coolant
level
Look at the see−through coolant reservoir when the engine is cold. The coolant level is satisfactory if it is between
the “F” and “L” lines on the reservoir.
If the level is low, add the coolant. (For
the coolant type, see “Coolant type
selection” described below.)

To ensure excellent lubrication performance for your engine, “Toyota Genuine
Motor Oil” is available, which has been
specifically tested and approved for all
Toyota engines.
Please contact your Toyota dealer for further details about “Toyota Genuine Motor
Oil”.

Use of improper coolants may damage
your engine cooling system.

The coolant level in the reservoir will vary
with engine temperature. However, if the
level is on or below the “L” line, add
coolant. Bring the level up to the “F” line.

Only use “Toyota Super Long Life Coolant”
or similar high quality ethylene glycol
based non−silicate, non−amine, non−nitrite,
and non−borate coolant with long−life
hybrid organic acid technology. (Coolant
with
long−life
hybrid
organic
acid
technology is a combination of low
phosphates and organic acids.)

If the coolant level drops within a short
time after replenishing, there may be a
leak in the system. Visually check the
radiator, hoses, radiator cap and drain
cock and water pump.

For the U.S.A.—“Toyota Super Long Life
Coolant” is a mixture of 50% coolant and
50% deionized water. This coolant provides protection down to about −35C
(−31F).

If you can find no leak, have your Toyota
dealer test the cap pressure and check
for leaks in the cooling system.

For Canada—“Toyota Super Long Life
Coolant” is a mixture of 55% coolant and
45% deionized water. This coolant provides protection down to about −42C
(−44F).

CAUTION
To prevent burning yourself, do not
remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot.

422

Coolant type selection

NOTICE
Do not use plain water alone.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

Checking the radiator and
condenser

Checking brake fluid

If any of the above parts are extremely
dirty or you are not sure of their condition, take your vehicle to a Toyota dealer.

CAUTION
To prevent burning yourself, be careful not to touch the radiator or condenser when the engine is hot.

CY72025

NOTICE

Toyota recommends “Toyota Super Long
Life Coolant”, which has been tested to
ensure that it will not cause corrosion nor
result in malfunction of your engine
coolant system with proper usage. “Toyota
Super Long Life Coolant” is formulated
with
long−life
hybrid
organic
acid
technology and has been specifically
designed to avoid engine cooling system
malfunction on Toyota vehicles.
Please contact
further details.

your

Toyota dealer

for

To prevent damage to the radiator
and condenser, do not perform the
work by yourself.

To check the fluid level, simply look at
the see−through reservoir. The level
should be between the “MAX” and
“MIN” lines on the reservoir.
It is normal for the brake fluid level to go
down slightly as the brake pads wear or
when the fluid level in the accumulator is
high.
If the reservoir needs frequent refilling, it
may indicate a serious mechanical problem.
If the level is low, add SAE J1703 or
FMVSS No.116 DOT 3 brake fluid to the
brake reservoir.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

423

06 06.07

Checking power steering fluid
Refilling brake fluid:

NOTICE

1. Turn the ignition switch off.
2. Depress the brake pedal more than 20
times (until the brake pedal resistance
decreases and pedal travel increases).
3. Remove the reservoir cover by hand.
Add brake fluid up to the “MAX” line.

If you spill some of the fluid, be sure
to wipe it off to prevent it from damaging the parts or paintwork.

If cold O.K.

If hot O.K.

Close
Open
If cold
add

CY72002

If you do not follow the procedure above,
the reservoir may overflow.
Use only newly opened brake fluid. Once
opened, brake fluid absorbs moisture from
the air, and excess moisture can cause a
dangerous loss of braking.

If hot
add

CAUTION

Check the fluid level through the reservoir. If necessary, add automatic transmission fluid DEXRONII or III.

Take care when filling the reservoir
because brake fluid can harm your
hands or eyes. If fluid gets on your
hands or in your eyes, flush the affected area with clean water immediately. If you still feel uncomfortable
with your hands or eyes, go to the
doctor.

If the vehicle has been driven around 80
km/h (50 mph) for 20 minutes (a little
more in frigid temperatures), the fluid is
hot (60C—80C or 140F—175F). You
may also check the level when the fluid
is
cold
(about
room
temperature,
10C—30C or 50F—85F) if the engine
has not been run for about five hours.

424

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

Checking tire inflation
pressure
Clean all dirt from the outside of the reservoir tank and look at the fluid level. If
the fluid is cold, the level should be in the
“COLD” range. Similarly, if it is hot, the
fluid level should be in the “HOT” range.
If the level is at the low side of either
range, add automatic transmission fluid
DEXRONII or III to bring the level within
the range.
To remove the reservoir cap, turn it counterclockwise and lift up. To reinstall it,
turn it clockwise. After replacing the reservoir cap, visually check the steering box
case, vane pump and hose connections
for leaks or damage.

CAUTION
The reservoir tank may be hot so be
careful not to burn yourself.

NOTICE
Avoid overfilling, or the power steering could be damaged.

CY72026

Keep your tire inflation pressures
at the proper level.
The recommended cold tire inflation
pressures, tire sizes and the combined weight of occupants and cargo
(vehicle capacity weight) are described on pages 446 and 451. They
are also on the tire and loading information label.
You should check the tire inflation
pressure every two weeks, or at least
once a month. And do not forget the
spare!
The following instructions for
checking tire inflation pressure
should be observed:

 The
pressure
should
be
checked only when the tires are
cold. If your vehicle has been
parked for at least 3 hours and has
not been driven for more than 1.5
km or 1 mile since, you will get
an accurate cold tire inflation pressure reading.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

425

06 06.07


 If you cannot adjust the tire
pressure when the tires are
cold, add 20 to 30 kPa more to
the front tires and rear tires than
the cold tire pressure, but never
exceed the maximum cold tire
pressure molded on the tire sidewall.

 Always use a tire pressure
gauge. The appearance of a tire
can be misleading. Besides, tire
inflation pressures that are even
just a few pounds off can degrade
ride and handling.

 Do not bleed or reduce tire
inflation pressure after driving.
It is normal for the tire inflation
pressure to be higher after driving.

 Never exceed the vehicle capacity weight. Passenger and luggage weight should be located so
that the vehicle is balanced.

426

Tire pressure gauge

CY72019

5. After completing the tire inflation
pressure measurement and adjustment, apply soapy water to the
valve and check for leakage.
6. Install the tire valve cap.
If a gauge and air pump are not available, have your vehicle checked by
your Toyota dealer.
CAUTION

INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT
PROCEDURE
1. Remove the tire valve cap.
2. Press the tip of the tire pressure
gauge to the tire valve.
3. Read the pressure using the graduations of the gauge.
4. In case the tire inflation pressure
is not within the prescribed range,
insert the compressed air from the
valve. In case of applying too
much air, press the center of the
valve and release the air to adjust.

Be sure to reinstall the tire valve
caps. Without the valve caps, dirt
or moisture could get into the
valve core and cause air leakage.
If the caps have been lost, have
new ones put on as soon as possible.
NOTICE

Use only the original valve cap.
If any other valve cap is used,
it may corrode or melt and become difficult or impossible to
remove.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

Checking and replacing tires
Incorrect tire inflation pressure may
waste fuel, reduce the comfort of driving, reduce tire life and make your vehicle less safe to drive.
If a tire frequently needs refilling,
have it checked by your Toyota dealer.
CAUTION
Keep your tires properly inflated.
Otherwise, the following conditions may occur and cause an accident resulting in death or serious injuries.
Low tire pressure (underinflation)—

 Excessive wear

 Uneven wear

 Poor handling

 Possibility of blowouts from an
overheated tire

 Poor sealing of the tire bead


 Wheel deformation and/or tire
separation

 A greater possibility of tire
damage from road hazards
High tire pressure (overinflation)—

 Poor handling

 Excessive wear

 Uneven wear

 A greater possibility of tire
damage from road hazards

Tread wear indicator

CY72126

CHECKING YOUR TIRES
Check the tire’s tread for tread
wear indicators. If the indicators
show, replace the tires. The location of tread wear indicators is
shown by the “TWI” or “∆ ” marks,
etc., molded on the sidewall of
each tire.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

427

06 06.07

The tires on your Toyota have built−in
tread wear indicators to help you
know when the tires need replacement. When the tread depth wears to
1.6 mm (0.06 in.) or less, the indicators will appear. If you can see the
indicators in two or more adjacent
grooves, the tire should be replaced.
The lower the tread, the higher the
risk of skidding.
The effectiveness of snow tires is
lost if the tread wears down below
4 mm (0.16 in.).
If you have tire damage such as
cuts, splits, cracks deep enough to
expose the fabric, or bulges indicating internal damage, the tire
should be replaced.
If a tire often goes flat or cannot be
properly repaired due to the size or
location of a cut or other damage, it
should be replaced. If you are not
sure, consult with your Toyota dealer.

428

If air loss occurs while driving, do not
continue driving. Driving even a short
distance can damage a tire beyond
repair.
Any tires which are over 6 years
old must be checked by a qualified
technician even if damage is not
obvious.
Tires deteriorate with age even if they
have never or seldom been used.
This applies also to the spare tire and
tires stored for future use.

REPLACING YOUR TIRES
When replacing a tire, use a tire of
the same size and construction,
and the same or greater maximum
load as the originally installed
tires. Also, on four−wheel drive
models, all the tires must be the
same brand and have the same
tread patterns.
Using any other size or type of tire
may seriously affect handling, ride,
speedometer/odometer calibration,
ground clearance, and clearance between the body and tires or snow
chains.
Check that the maximum load of the
replaced tire is greater than 1/2 of the
Gross Axle Weight Ratings (GAWR)
of either the front axle or the rear
axle, whichever is greater. As for the
maximum load of the tire, see the load
limit at maximum cold tire inflation
pressure mentioned on the sidewall
of the tire, and as for the Gross Axle
Weight Ratings (GAWR), see the Certification Label.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

Rotating tires
For details about the side wall of the
tire and the Certification Label, see
pages 339 and 342.
CAUTION
Observe the following instructions. Otherwise, an accident
may occur resulting in death or
serious injuries.

 Do not mix radial, bias belted,
or bias−ply tires on your vehicle, as this may cause dangerous handling characteristics resulting in loss of control.

 Do not use tires other than the
manufacturer’s recommended
size, as this may cause dangerous handling characteristics
resulting in loss of control.


 Four−wheel drive models:
Do not use tires of different
brands, sizes, construction or
tread patterns, as this may
cause dangerous handling
characteristics resulting in
loss of control.
Toyota recommends all four tires,
or at least both of the front or rear
tires be replaced at a time as a set.
See “If you have a flat tire” on page
379 for tire change procedure.
When a tire is replaced, the wheel
should always be balanced.
An unbalanced wheel may affect vehicle handling and tire life. Wheels
can get out of balance with regular
use and should therefore be balanced
occasionally.
When replacing a tubeless tire, the
air valve should also be replaced
with a new one.

CY72009

To equalize the wear and help
extend
tire
life,
Toyota
recommends that you rotate your
tires according to the maintenance
schedule.
(For
scheduled
maintenance information, please
refer
to
the
“Scheduled
Maintenance Guide” or “Owner’s
Manual Supplement”.) However,
the most appropriate timing for tire
rotation may vary according to
your driving habits and road
surface conditions.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

429

06 06.07

Installing snow tires and
chains
See “If you have a flat tire” on page
379 in Section 4 for tire change procedure.
When rotating tires, check for uneven
wear and damage. Abnormal wear is
usually caused by incorrect tire pressure, improper wheel alignment, out−
of−balance wheels, or severe braking.

WHEN TO
CHAINS

USE

SNOW

TIRES

OR

Snow tires or chains are recommended
when driving on snow or ice.
On wet or dry roads, conventional tires
provide better traction than snow tires.

Do not use snow tires of different
brands, sizes, construction or tread
patterns, as this may cause dangerous handling characteristics resulting in loss of control.

SNOW TIRE SELECTION
If you need snow tires, select tires of
the same size, construction and load
capacity as the originally installed tires.
Also, on four−wheel drive models, all
the tires must be the same brand and
have the same tread patterns.
Do not use tires other than those mentioned above. Do not install studded tires
without first checking local regulations for
possible restrictions.

CAUTION
Observe the following instructions.
Otherwise, an accident may occur resulting in death or serious injuries.


 Do not use snow tires other than
the manufacturer’s recommended size, as this may cause dangerous
handling characteristics resulting in
loss of control.

430


 Four−wheel drive models:

SNOW TIRE INSTALLATION
Snow tires should be installed on all
wheels.
Installing snow tires on the front wheels
only can lead to an excessive difference
in road grip capability between the front
and rear tires which could cause loss of
vehicle control.
When storing removed tires, you should
store them in a cool dry place.
Mark the direction of rotation and be sure
to install them in the same direction when
replacing.

CAUTION


 Do not drive with the snow tires
incorrectly inflated.


 Never drive over 120 km/h (75 mph)
with any type of snow tires.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

Replacing wheels
TIRE CHAIN SELECTION
Use the tire chains of correct size.
Regulations regarding the use of tire
chains vary according to location or
type of road, so always check local regulations before installing chains.
CHAIN INSTALLATION
Install the chains on the rear tires as
tightly as possible. Do not use tire
chains on the front tires. Retighten
chains
after
driving
0.5—1.0
km
(1/4—1/2 mile).
When installing chains on your tires, carefully follow the instructions of the chain
manufacturer.
If wheel covers are used, they will be
scratched by the chain band, so remove
the covers before putting on the chains.

CAUTION


 Do not exceed 50 km/h (30 mph) or


 Avoid sharp turns or locked−wheel
braking, as use of chains may adversely affect vehicle handling.


 When driving with chains installed,
be sure to drive carefully. Slow
down before entering curves to
avoid losing control of the vehicle.
Otherwise an accident may occur.

WHEN TO REPLACE YOUR WHEELS
If you have wheel damage such as
bending, cracks or heavy corrosion, the
wheel should be replaced.
If you fail to replace a damaged wheel,
the tire may slip off the wheel or cause
loss of handling control.
WHEEL SELECTION
When replacing wheels, care should be
taken to ensure that the wheels are replaced by ones with the same load capacity, diameter, rim width, and offset.
Correct replacement wheels are available
at your Toyota dealer.
A wheel of a different size or type may
adversely affect handling, wheel and bearing life, brake cooling, speedometer/odometer calibration, stopping ability, headlight
aim, bumper height, vehicle ground clearance, and tire or snow chain clearance to
the body and chassis.

the chain manufacturer’s recommended speed limit, whichever is
lower.


 Drive

carefully avoiding bumps,
holes, and sharp turns, which may
cause the vehicle to bounce.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

431

06 06.07

Replacement with used wheels is not recommended as they may have been subjected to rough treatment or high mileage
and could fail without warning. Also, bent
wheels which have been straightened may
have structural damage and therefore
should not be used. Never use an inner
tube in a leaking wheel which is designed
for a tubeless tire.

CAUTION
Observe the following instructions.
Otherwise, an accident may occur resulting in death or serious injuries.


 Do not use wheels other than the
manufacturer’s recommended size,
as this may cause dangerous handling characteristics resulting in
loss of control.


 Four−wheel drive models:
Do not use
brands, sizes
may cause
characteristics
control.

432

Aluminum wheel precautions

 When installing aluminum wheels,
check that the wheel nuts are tight
after driving your vehicle the first 1600
km (1000 miles).


 If

you have
changed your
wheel nuts are
1600 km (1000

rotated, repaired or
tires, check that the
still tight after driving
miles).


 When using tire chains, be careful not
to damage the aluminum wheels.


 Use

only Toyota wheel nuts and
wrench designed for your aluminum
wheels.


 When balancing your wheels, use only
Toyota balance weights or equivalent
and a plastic or rubber hammer.


 As with any wheel, periodically check
your aluminum wheels for damage. If
damaged, replace immediately.

wheels of different
and types, as this
dangerous handling
resulting in loss of

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

SECTION

7− 3

DO−IT−YOURSELF MAINTENANCE
Electrical components
Checking battery condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Battery recharging precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking and replacing fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adding washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacing light bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

434
435
436
437
438

433

06 06.07

Checking battery condition—
—Precautions
CAUTION
BATTERY PRECAUTIONS
The battery produces flammable and
explosive hydrogen gas.


 Do not cause a spark from the battery with tools.


 Do not smoke or light a match near
the battery.
The electrolyte contains poisonous
and corrosive sulfuric acid.


 Avoid contact with eyes, skin or
clothes.


 Never ingest electrolyte.

 Wear protective safety glasses when
working near the battery.


 Keep children away from the battery.
EMERGENCY MEASURES


 If electrolyte gets in your eyes,
flush your eyes with clean water
immediately and get immediate
medical attention. If possible, continue to apply water with a sponge
or cloth while en route to the medical office.

434

—Checking battery exterior

 If electrolyte gets on your skin,

Terminals

thoroughly wash the contact area. If
you feel pain or burning, get medical attention immediately.


 If electrolyte gets on your clothes,
there is a
through to
ly take off
follow the
essary.

possibility of its soaking
your skin, so immediatethe exposed clothing and
procedure above, if nec-


 If you accidentally swallow electrolyte, drink a large quantity of water
or milk. Follow with milk of magnesia, beaten raw egg or vegetable
oil. Then go immediately for emergency help.

CY73024

Ground cable

Hold−down
clamp

Check the battery for corroded or loose
terminal connections, cracks, or loose
hold−down clamp.
a. If the battery is corroded, wash it off
with a solution of warm water and baking soda. Coat the outside of the terminals with grease to prevent further corrosion.
b. If the terminal connections are loose,
tighten their clamp nuts—but do not
overtighten.
c. Tighten the hold−down clamp only
enough to keep the battery firmly in
place. Overtightening may damage the
battery case.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

—Checking battery condition
NOTICE

 Be sure the engine and all accessories are off before performing maintenance.

 When checking the battery, remove
the ground cable from the negative
terminal (“−” mark) first and reinstall it last.

During recharging, the battery is producing hydrogen gas.

Type A
Green

Type B

Dark

Clear or light
yellow

CY73015
White

Blue

Red


 Be careful not to cause a short circuit with tools.

 Take care no solution gets into the
battery when washing it.

Therefore, before recharging:
1. If recharging with the battery installed
on the vehicle, be sure to disconnect
the ground cable.
2. Be sure the power switch on the recharger is off when connecting the
charger cables to the battery and when
disconnecting them.

CAUTION


 Always charge the battery in an un-

CHECKING BY INDICATOR
If the battery is disconnected or run
down, the power window, power back window and moon roof may not operate automatically, the jam protection function will
not function correctly, and the back door
will not open after you reconnect, replace
or recharge the battery. In any of these
cases, you should normalize the power
window, power back window, back door
and moon roof. To normalize them, see
“Power windows” on page 27, “Power back
window” on page 30, “Back door” on page
32 and “Electric moon roof” on page 39
in Section 1−2.

Battery recharging precautions

Check the battery condition by the indicator color.
Indicator color

Condition

Type A

Type B

Green

Blue

Good

White

Charging necessary.
Have battery
checked by your
Toyota dealer.

Dark

Clear or
light
yellow

Red

Have battery
checked by your
Toyota dealer.

confined area. Do not charge the
battery in a garage or closed room
where there is not sufficient ventilation.


 Only do a slow charge (5 A or
less). Charging at a quicker rate is
dangerous. The battery may explode, causing personal injuries.

NOTICE
Never recharge the battery while the
engine is running. Also, be sure all
accessories are turned off.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

435

06 06.07

Checking and replacing fuses
Type A fuses can be pulled out by using
the pull−out tool. The location of the pull−
out tool is shown in the illustration.

Type A

If you are not sure whether the fuse has
blown, try replacing the suspected fuse
with one that you know is good.

CY73033
Good

If the fuse has blown, push a new fuse
into the clip.

Blown

Only install a fuse with the amperage rating designated on the fuse box lid.

Type B

CY73023
Good

Blown

Type C

If the headlights or other electrical
components do not work, check the
fuses. If any of the fuses are blown,
they must be replaced.
See “Fuse locations” on page 414 in Section 7−1 for locations of the fuses.
Turn the ignition switch and inoperative
component off. Pull the suspected fuse
straight out and check it.

Good

436

Blown

Determine which fuse may be causing the
problem. The lid of the fuse box shows
the name of the circuit for each fuse. See
page 452 in Section 8 for the functions
controlled by each circuit.

If you do not have a spare fuse, in an
emergency you can pull out the “PWR
OUTLET” or “HEATER NO.2” fuse, which
may be dispensable for normal driving,
and use it if its amperage rating is the
same.
If you cannot use one of the same amperage, use one that is lower, but as close
to the rating as possible. If the amperage
is lower than that specified, the fuse
might blow out again but this does not
indicate anything wrong. Be sure to get
the correct fuse as soon as possible and
return the substitute to its original clip.
It is a good idea to purchase a set of
spare fuses and keep them in your vehicle for emergencies.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

Adding washer fluid
You may use plain water as washer fluid.
However, in cold areas where temperatures range below the freezing point, use
washer fluid containing antifreeze. This
product is available at your Toyota dealer
and most auto parts stores. Follow the
manufacturer’s directions for how much to
mix with water.

If the new fuse immediately blows out,
there is a problem with the electrical system. Have your Toyota dealer correct it as
soon as possible.

CAUTION
Never use a fuse with a higher amperage rating, or any other object, in
place of a fuse. This may cause extensive damage and possibly a fire.

CY73025

NOTICE
Do not use engine antifreeze or any
other substitute because it may damage your vehicle’s paint.
If any washer does not work, the washer tank may be empty. Check the washer fluid level on the level gauge. If the
washer fluid level is below “LOW” or
only slightly above the “LOW” level,
add washer fluid.
For vehicles sold in Canada—
If any washer does not work or low
windshield washer fluid level warning
light comes on, the washer tank may be
empty. Add washer fluid.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

437

06 06.07

Replacing light bulbs—
The following illustrations show how to
gain access to the bulbs. When replacing
a bulb, make sure the ignition switch and
light switch are off. Use bulbs with the
wattage ratings given in the table.
The stop/tail and rear side marker lights
consist of a number of LEDs. If any of
the LEDs burn out, take your vehicle to
your Toyota dealer to have the light replaced.

CAUTION

The inside of the lens of exterior lights
such as headlights may temporarily fog up
when the lens becomes wet in the rain or
in a car wash. This is not a problem
because the fogging is caused by the
temperature difference between the outside
and inside of the lens, just like the
windshield fogs up in the rain. However, if
there is a large drop of water on the
inside of the lens, or if there is water
pooled inside the light, contact your
Toyota dealer.


 To prevent burning yourself, do not
replace the light bulbs while they
are hot.


 Halogen bulbs have pressurized gas
inside and require special handling.
They can burst or shatter if
scratched or dropped. Hold a bulb
only by its plastic or metal case.
Do not touch the glass part of a
bulb with bare hands.

NOTICE
Only use a bulb of the listed type.

438

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

Light bulbs
Headlights (high beam)
Headlights (low beam)
Front fog lights
Parking and front side marker lights
Front turn signal lights
Rear turn signal lights

Bulb No.

W

Type

9005

60

A

—

55

B

9006

51

C

168

5

D

1156NA

27

E

—

21

D

Back−up lights

921

18

F

License plate lights

168

5

F

High mounted stoplight

921

18

F

Interior light

—

8

G

Personal lights

—

5

F

Vanity lights

—

3

G

Door courtesy lights

—

3.8

F

Glove box light

—

1.2

F

Luggage compartment light

—

8

G

Running board lights

—

3.8

F

A:
B:
C:
D:
E:
F:
G:

HB3 halogen bulbs
H11 halogen bulbs
HB4 halogen bulbs
Wedge base bulbs (amber)
Single end bulbs
Wedge base bulbs (clear)
Double end bulbs

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

439

06 06.07

—Headlights
Low beam
(outside)

CY73039

CY73004

CY73040

High beam
(inside)

1. Turn the bulb base counterclockwise
to the front of the vehicle as shown.

2. Unplug the connector while depressing the lock release.
If the connector is tight, wiggle it.

3. Install a new bulb and connector
into the mounting hole and turn
them clockwise to the front of the
vehicle.
Aiming is not necessary after replacing
the bulb. When aiming adjustment is necessary, contact your Toyota dealer.

440

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

—Front fog lights

CY73041

1. Turn the bulb base counterclockwise
to the front of the vehicle as shown.

CY73009

CY73042

2. Unplug the connector while depressing the lock release.
If the connector is tight, wiggle it.

3. Install a new bulb and connector
into the mounting hole and turn
them clockwise to the front of the
vehicle.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

441

06 06.07

—Parking and front side
marker lights

CY73043

—Front turn signal lights

CY73045

—Rear turn signal and
back−up lights

CY73047

Use a flathead screwdriver
wrapped with a cloth.

CY73044

442

CY73046

CY73048

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

which

is

06 06.07

—License plate lights

—High mounted stoplight
Clips

CY73049

a: Rear turn signal light
b: Back−up light

CY73028

Use a Phillips−head screwdriver.

CY73030

Disconnect the clips by using a flathead
screwdriver which is wrapped with a
cloth.

CY73029

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

443

06 06.07

CY73031

CY73032

444

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

SECTION

1− 10

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND
CONTROLS
Other equipment
Multi−information display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear view monitor system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Glove box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Garage door opener . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Auxiliary boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear console box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tissue box holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Coin holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trash holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front cup holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear cup holders and tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear cup holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bottle holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tie−down hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Grocery bag hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cargo net hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Luggage cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Double deck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Roof luggage carrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Floor mat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

294
297
302
305
307
308
312
314
315
316
316
317
318
320
320
321
321
322
322
323
324
326

293

06 06.07

Multi−information display—
1. “RESET” button
2. “MODE” button
3. Air conditioning system without “DUAL”
button—Cruise information display
Air conditioning system with “DUAL”
button—Outside temperature and cruise
information display
4. Clock
5. Air conditioning system without “DUAL”
button only—Outside temperature
display

CY19124y

6. “:00” button
7. “M” button
8. “H” button

294

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

—Before using the
multi−information display

—Outside temperature display
(air conditioning system
without “DUAL” button)

—Clock

Operate the multi−information display
with the ignition switch on.
When the ignition switch is turned to
“ON”, the last previously used mode displayed just before the ignition switch is
turned off will appear.
If the electrical power source has been
disconnected from the multi−information
display, the display will automatically be
set to the initial mode.

CY19001

CY19082

CAUTION
Do not adjust the display while the
vehicle is moving. Be sure to adjust
the display only when the vehicle is
stopped.

To reset the hour: Push the “H” button.
To reset the minutes: Push the “M” button.

The displayed temperature ranges from
−30C (−22F) up to 50C (122F).

If quick adjustment to a full hour is desired, push the “:00” button.

The key must be in the “ON” position.

For example, if the “:00” button is depressed when the time is between
1:01—1:29, the time will change to 1:00.
If the time is between 1:30—1:59, the
time will change to 2:00.
The key must be in the “ACC” or “ON”
position.
If the electrical power source has been
disconnected from the clock, the time display will automatically be set to 1:00 (one
o’clock).

If an abnormality exists in the connection
of the outside air temperature sensor,
“−−C” (“−−F”) will appear on the display.
If “−−C” (“−−F”) appears on the display,
contact your Toyota dealer.
There may be a case that “−−C” (“−−F”)
appears momentarily when the ignition is
quickly turned to “ON”. It is normal if it
goes out soon.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

295

06 06.07

—Cruise information display
The outside temperature display (air
conditioning system with “DUAL” button) and cruise information display indicates the following information.
Air conditioning system with
“DUAL” button only—

Every time you push the “MODE” button, the display toggles through this
information.
1. Outside temperature
2. Driving range
3. Average fuel consumption
4. Average vehicle speed

CY19121

296

5. Display off
The displayed values in the cruise information display indicate general driving
conditions. Accuracy varies with driving
habits and road conditions.

1. Outside temperature (“OUTSIDE F”
or “OUTSIDE C”)
The displayed value is updated every 1
second.
The displayed temperature ranges from
−30C (−22F) up to 50C (122F).
If an abnormality exists in the connection
of the outside air temperature sensor,
“−−C” (“−−F”) will appear on the display.
If “−−C” (“−−F”) appears on the display,
contact your Toyota dealer.
There may be a case that “−−C” (“−−F”)
appears momentarily when the ignition is
quickly turned to “ON”. It is normal if it
goes out soon.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

Compass
2. Driving range
(“RANGE MI” or “RANGE km”)

3. Average fuel consumption
(“AVG. MPG” or “AVG. L/100 km”)

The distance the vehicle can travel with
the remaining fuel is calculated and
displayed based on the quantity of remaining fuel and past fuel consumption.

Average fuel consumption is calculated
and displayed based on total driving
distance and total fuel consumption
with the engine running.

The driving range display indicates the
approximate distance that you can drive
until the fuel gauge reaches “E”. It is
different from the actual distance traveled.

The displayed value is updated about every 10 seconds.

The displayed value is updated about every 10 seconds.

4. Average vehicle speed
(“AVG. MPH” or “AVG. km/h”)

Every time you refuel the vehicle, the calculation is reset.

Average vehicle speed is calculated and
displayed based on total driving distance and total driving time with the
engine running.

The actual driving range varies with driving habits and road conditions. If fuel consumption is good, the driving range will be
longer than indicated. If fuel consumption
is poor, the driving range will be shorter
than indicated.
If the low fuel level warning light comes
on, refuel the vehicle even if the display
indicates that the vehicle can be driven
further.

To reset the calculation, push
“RESET” button about 1 second.

the

The displayed value is updated about every 10 seconds.
To reset the calculation, push
“RESET” button about 1 second.

CY19138

the

The direction is indicated on the inside
rear view mirror.
If the ignition switch was turned off with
the system on, the system will automatically turn back on when the ignition switch
is turned on.
” switch for longer than 3
Push the “
seconds turn the compass system on and
off.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

297

06 06.07

The compass indicates the direction
that the vehicle is heading. In the
above case, it shows that the vehicle is
heading north.
Displays

Directions

N
NE
E
SE
S
SW
W
NW

North
Northeast
East
Southeast
South
Southwest
West
Northwest

The compass may not show the correct
direction in the following conditions:

 The vehicle is stopped immediately after turning.

 The compass does not adjust while the
vehicle is stopped.

 The ignition switch is turned off immediately after turning.

 The vehicle is on an inclined surface.

298

 The vehicle is in a place where the
earth’s magnetic field is subject to interference by artificial magnetic fields
(underground parking, under a steel
tower, between buildings, roof parking,
near a crossing, near a large vehicle,
etc.).

 The vehicle is magnetized. (There is a

CY19139

magnet or a metal object on or near
the inside rear view mirror.)

 The battery has been disconnected.
If your vehicle is out of the set zone,
refer to “CALIBRATING THE COMPASS”
below to set the zone number.
If the deviation is small, the compass
works to calibrate the direction automatically while the vehicle is in motion.
For additional precision or for complete
calibrating,
see
“CALIBRATING
THE
COMPASS” below.

Compass sensor

The compass sensor is in the inside
rear view mirror.

NOTICE
Do not put magnets or a metal object
on or near the inside rear view mirror
of the vehicle. Doing this may cause
malfunction of the compass sensor.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

CY19140

CALIBRATING THE COMPASS (deviation
calibration)
The direction display on the compass
deviates from the true direction determined by the earth’s magnetic field. The
angle of deviation varies according to the
geographic position of the vehicle.
To adjust this deviation, stop the vehicle,
” switch until
then push and hold the “
the zone number appears on the display.
Then push the “
” switch, referring to
the following map to select the number of
the zone where the vehicle is.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

299

06 06.07

Samoa:

5

Guam:

8

Saipan:

8

After calibration, leaving the system for
several seconds returns it to the compass
mode.

CAUTION
Do not adjust the display while the
vehicle is moving. Be sure to adjust
the display only when the vehicle is
stopped.

Z19004y

Zone numbers

300

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

Perform circling calibration just after
you have purchased your Toyota. And
then always perform circling calibration
after the battery has been removed, replaced or disconnected.

CY19141

CALIBRATING THE COMPASS (circling
calibration)
Sometimes the direction display on the
compass may not change after a turn. To
rectify this, stop the vehicle and push and
” switch until “C” appears on
hold the “
the display.
If “C” appears on the display because of
a drastic change in the magnetic field,
perform circling calibration.

 Do not perform circling calibration of

CY19033

the compass in a place where the
earth’s magnetic field is subject to interference by artificial magnetic fields
(underground parking, under a steel
tower, between buildings, roof parking,
near a crossing, near a large vehicle,
etc.).

Drive the vehicle in a circle at 8 km/h (5
mph) or less. If there is not enough space
to drive in a circle, drive around the
block.

 During calibration, do not operate electric systems (moon roof, power windows, etc.) as they may interfere with
the calibration.

After driving 1 to 3 circles in the above
method, calibration is completed when the
direction is shown on the display.
If calibration cannot be performed because
of the magnetized vehicle etc., take your
vehicle to Toyota dealer.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

301

06 06.07

Rear view monitor system
CAUTION

 When doing the circling calibration,
be sure to secure a wide space,
and watch out for people and vehicles in the neighborhood. Do not
violate any local traffic rules while
performing circling calibration.

 Do not adjust the display while the
vehicle is moving. Be sure to adjust
the display only when the vehicle is
stopped.

The rear view monitor system assists
the driver by displaying an image of
the view behind the vehicle while backing up. The image is displayed in reverse on the screen. This allows the
image to appear in the same manner as
that of the rear view mirror.
To display the rear view image on the
screen, place the selector lever in the
“R” position when the ignition switch is
in the “ON” position.
If you move the selector lever out of the
“R” position, the screen returns to the
previous screen. Operating another function of the navigation system will display
another screen.
The rear view monitor system is a supplement device intended to assist back up.
When backing up, be sure to check behind and all around the vehicle visually.

302

CAUTION

 Never depend on the rear view
monitor system entirely when backing up. Always make sure your intended path is clear.
Use caution, just as you would
when backing up any vehicle.

 Never back up while looking only at
the screen. The image on the
screen is different from actual conditions. Depicted distances between
objects and flat surfaces will differ
from actual distance. If you back up
while looking only at the screen,
you may hit a vehicle, a person or
an object. When backing up, be
sure to check behind and all around
the vehicle visually and with mirrors before proceeding.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

 Do not use the system when the
back door is not completely closed.

 If the back of the vehicle is hit, the

When replacing the tires, please consult
your Toyota dealer. If you replace the
tires, the area displayed on the screen
may change.

position and mounting angle of the
camera may change. Be sure to
have the camera’s position and
mounting angle checked at your
Toyota dealer.

 If the temperature changes rapidly,
such as when hot water is poured
on the vehicle in cold weather, the
system may not operate normally.

 If the camera lens becomes dirty, it
cannot transmit a clear image. If
water droplets, snow, or mud adhere to the lens, rinse with water
and wipe with a soft cloth. If the
lens is extremely dirty, wash it with
a mild cleanser and rinse.

NCY002
On screen

 Use your own eyes to confirm the
vehicle’s surroundings, as the displayed image may become faint or
dark, and moving images will be
distorted, or not entirely visible
when the outside temperature is
low. When backing up, be sure to
check behind and all around the vehicle visually and with mirror before
proceeding.

Corners of bumper

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

303

06 06.07

 When water droplets are adhering to

AREA DISPLAYED ON SCREEN

the camera, or when humidity is high
(for example, when it rains)

Image is displayed approximately level
on screen.

 When foreign matter

 The area detected by the camera is
limited. The camera does not detect
objects which are close to either
corner of the bumper or under the
bumper.

(for example,
snow or mud) is adhering to the camera

CY19136

 When the sun or the beam of headlights is shining directly into the camera lens

 The area displayed on the screen
may vary according to vehicle orientation or road conditions.

THE REAR
CAMERA

VIEW

MONITOR

SYSTEM

The rear view monitor system camera is
located on the back door as shown in the
illustration. The camera uses a special
lens. The distance of the image that appears on the screen differs from the actual distance.
In the following cases, it may become
difficult to see the images on the screen,
even when the system is functioning.

 In the dark (for example, at night)
 When the temperature near the lens is
high or low

304

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

Power outlet (12 VDC)

CY19118

If a bright light (for example, sunlight reflected off the vehicle body) is picked up
by the camera, the smear effect∗ peculiar
to the camera may occur.

CY19002

CY19035

Luggage compartment

The power outlets are designed
power supply for car accessories.

∗:

for

In the rear console box—To use the
power outlet, push the lid of the auxiliary box to open.

Smear effect—A phenomenon that occurs when a bright light (for example, sunlight reflected off the vehicle body) is
picked up by the camera; when transmitted by the camera, the light source
appears to have a vertical streak above
and below it.

The key must be in the “ACC” or “ON”
position for the power outlet to be used.

Rear console box

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

305

06 06.07

Power outlet (115 VAC)
NOTICE

 To prevent the fuse from being
blown, do not use the electricity
over the total vehicle capacity of 12
VDC/120W.

 To prevent the battery from being
discharged, do not use the power
outlets longer than necessary when
the engine is not running.

 Close the power outlet lids when
the power outlets are not in use.
Inserting anything other than an appropriate plug that fits the outlet,
or allowing any liquid to get into
the outlet may cause electrical failure or short circuits.

CY19137

CY19135

This power outlet is designed for use
as a power supply for electric appliances in the vehicle.
The key must be in the “ON” position for
the power outlet to be used.
The maximum capacity for this power outlet is 115 VAC/100W. If you attempt to
use an appliance that requires more than
115 VAC or 100W, the protection circuit
will activate and cut the power supply.
The power supply will restart automatically
when you use an appliance that operates
within the 115 VAC/100W limits.

306

To use the power outlet, push the main
switch on the instrument panel.
An indicator light will illuminate to indicate
that the power outlet is ready for use.
Push the main switch once again to turn
the power outlet off. When the power outlet is not in use, make sure that the main
switch is turned off.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

Glove box
NOTICE

 To prevent the battery from being
discharged, do not use the power
outlet longer than necessary when
the engine is not running.

 Close the power outlet lid when the
power outlet is not in use. Inserting
anything other than an appropriate
plug that fits the outlet may cause
electrical failure or short circuits.
The power outlet is not designed for
the following electric appliances even
though their power consumption is under 115 VAC/100W. These appliances
may not operate properly.

 Appliances with high initial peak wattage: cathode−ray tube type televisions,
compressor−driven refrigerators, electric
pumps, electric tools, etc.

 Measuring devices which process precise data: medical equipment, measuring instruments, etc.

 Other appliances requiring an extremely

CY19127

stable power supply: microcomputer−
controlled electric blankets, touch sensor lamps, etc.
Certain electrical appliances may cause
radio noise.
To use the glove box:
Open by pulling the lever.
Lock by inserting the master key and turning it clockwise.
Unlock by inserting the master key and
turning it counterclockwise.
With the instrument panel lights on, the
glove box light will come on.

CAUTION
To reduce the chance of injury in
case of an accident or a sudden stop,
always keep the glove box door
closed while driving.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

307

06 06.07

Garage door opener
On some models, an auxiliary box is
located inside the glove box.

Indicator light

To increase the capacity of the glove box,
raise the lower panel of the auxiliary box.

CY19130
Buttons

CY19070

308


The garage door opener (
Universal Transceiver) is manufactured
under license from HomeLink and can
be programmed to operate garage
doors, gates, entry doors, door locks,
home lighting systems, and security
systems, etc.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

(a) Programming the HomeLink
The HomeLink in your vehicle has 3
buttons and you can store one program
for each button.
To ensure correct programming into the
HomeLink, install a new battery in the
hand−held transmitter prior to programming.
The battery side of the hand−held transmitter must be pointed away from the
HomeLink during the programming process.
For Canadian users, follow the procedure
in “Programming an entrance gate/programming all devices in the Canadian
market”.
1. Decide which of 3 HomeLink buttons
you want to program.

HomeLink

CY19131

25 to 75 mm
(1 to 3 in.)

CY19132

Hand−held
garage
transmitter

2. Place your hand−held garage transmitter 25 to 75 mm (1 to 3 in.) away from
the surface of the HomeLink.
Keep the indicator light on the HomeLink
in view while programming.

3. Simultaneously press and hold the
hand−held garage transmitter button
along with the selected HomeLink button.
Do not release the buttons until step 4
has been completed.
4. When the indicator light on the
HomeLink changes from a slow to a
rapid flash after 20 seconds, you can
release both buttons.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

309

06 06.07

6. Repeat steps 2 through 5 for each remaining HomeLink button to program
another device.
Programming a rolling code system

CY19034

5. Test the operation of the HomeLink by
pressing the newly programmed button.
If programming a garage door opener,
check to see if the garage door opens
and closes.
If the garage door does not operate,
identify if your garage transmitter is of the
“Rolling Code” type. Press and hold the
button.
The
programmed
HomeLink
garage door has the rolling code feature if
the indicator light (on the HomeLink)
flashes rapidly and then remains lit after 2
seconds. If your garage transmitter is the
“Rolling Code” type, proceed to the
heading “Programming a rolling code
system”.

310

If your device is “Rolling Code”
equipped, it is necessary to follow
steps 1 through 4 under the heading
“Programming the HomeLink” before
proceeding with the steps listed below.
1. Locate the “training” button on the ceiling mounted garage door opener motor.
The exact location and color of the
button may vary by brand of garage
door opener. Refer to the owner’s
guide supplied by the garage door
opener manufacturer for the location of
this “training” button.
2. Press the “training” button on the ceiling mounted garage door opener motor.
Following this step, you have 30 seconds
in which to initiate step 3 below.
3. Press and release the vehicle’s programmed HomeLink button twice. The
garage door may open. If the door
does open, the programming process is
complete. If the door does not open,
press and release the button a third
time. This third press and release will
complete the programming process by
opening the garage door.

The ceiling mounted garage door opener
motor
should
now
recognize
the
HomeLink unit and be able activate the
garage door up/down.
4. Repeat steps 1 through 3 for each remaining HomeLink button to program
another rolling code system.
Programming an entrance gate/programming all devices in the Canadian market
1. Decide which of the 3 HomeLink buttons you want to program.
2. Place
your
hand−held gate/device
transmitter 25 to 75 mm (1 to 3 in.)
away
from
the
surface
of
the
HomeLink.
Keep the indicator light on the HomeLink
in view while programming.
3. Press
and
hold
HomeLink button.

the

selected

4. Continuously press and release (cycle)
the hand−held gate/device transmitter
button every two seconds until step 5
is complete.
5. When the indicator light on the
HomeLink changes from a slow to a
rapid flash after 20 seconds, you can
release both buttons.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

6. Test the operation of the HomeLink by
pressing the newly programmed button.
Check to see if the gate/device operates correctly.
7. Repeat steps 1 through 6 for each remaining HomeLink button to program
another device.

For additional programming assistance
with
your
HomeLink
Universal
Transceiver call the:

 The

Toyota
Customer
Experience
Center at 1−800−331−4331 (U.S.A.)

 Toyota Canada Customer Interaction

CY19133

Centre at 1−888−869−6828 (Canada)

Programming other devices

Refer to HomeLink on the internet at:
WWW.HOMELINK.COM

To program other devices such as home
security systems, home door locks or
lighting, contact your authorized Toyota
dealer for assistance.
Reprogramming a button
Individual HomeLink
buttons cannot be
erased, however, to reprogram a single
button, follow the procedure “Programming
the HomeLink”.
(b) Operating the HomeLink
To operate the HomeLink, press the
appropriate HomeLink button to activate
the programmed device. The HomeLink
indicator light should come on. The
HomeLink continues to send the signal
for up to 20 seconds as long as the
button is pressed.

(c) Erasing
the
entire
HomeLink
memory (all three programs)
To erase all previously programmed codes
at one time, press and hold down the 2
outside buttons for 20 seconds until the
indicator light flashes.
If you sell your vehicle, be sure to erase
the programs stored in the HomeLink
memory.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

311

06 06.07

Auxiliary boxes—
CAUTION

 When programming the HomeLink
Universal Transceiver, you may be
operating a garage door or other
device. Make sure people and objects are out of the way of the garage door or other device to prevent potential harm or damage.

 Do not use this HomeLink Universal Transceiver with any garage
door opener that lacks the safety
stop and reverse feature as required by federal safety standards.
(This includes any garage door
opener model manufactured before
April 1, 1982.) A garage door opener which cannot detect an object
(signaling the door to stop and reverse), does not meet current federal safety standards. Using a garage
door opener without these features
increases risk of serious injury or
death.

312

This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules and with RSS−210 of the IC
Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device
may not cause harmful interference, and
(2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference
that may cause undesired operation.
WARNING: This transmitter has been
tested and complies with FCC and IC
rules. Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void
the user’s authority to operate the
device.

To use the auxiliary boxes, open the
lids as shown in the following illustrations.

CAUTION

 To reduce the chance of injury in
case of an accident or a sudden
stop, always keep the auxiliary box
closed while driving.

 Type A—As this holder is designed
for holding a light object such as
eyeglasses, do not place any heavy
objects in them. Heavy objects may
cause the holder to open and the
contents to fly out resulting in injuries.

NOTICE
Type A—During hot weather, the interior of the vehicle becomes very hot.
Do not leave anything flammable or
deformable such as a lighter, glasses,
etc. inside.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

CY19005

Type A (overhead console)

CY19007

Type B (instrument panel)

CY19036

Type C (rear console box)

CY19069

Type E (right side of luggage compartment)

CY19112

Type D (rear tire house)

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

313

06 06.07

—Using the holding belts

Rear console box
CONSOLE BOX TABLE
To use the console box table, open it.

CAUTION
To reduce the chance of injury in
case of an accident or a sudden stop,
always keep the table closed while
driving.

CY19074

NOTICE
The right side of luggage compartment
auxiliary box is equipped with a belt to
hold the objects.
To use the belt, do the following.

CY19071

To prevent damage to the table, do
not place any object heavier than 1
kg (2.20 lb.) on it, and do not leave
any object on the table for a long
time.

1. To loosen: Pull the buckle forward.
2. To tighten: Pull on the belt.
Make sure the objects are securely held.

314

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

Tissue box holder
The rear console box is equipped with
a tissue box holder on the inside of the
rear console box lid.
To use the tissue box holder:
1. Pull up the console box lid while pushing the lock release button.

CY19104

2. Place a tissue box in the lid.

CAUTION

CONSOLE BOX
To access the rear console box, pull up
the console box lid while pushing the
lock release button.

CY19105

To reduce the chance of injury in
case of an accident or a sudden stop
while driving, keep the console box
lid closed when it is not in use.

CAUTION
To reduce the chance of injury in
case of an accident or a sudden stop,
always keep the console box closed
while driving.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

315

06 06.07

Coin holder

Trash holder
The rear console box is equipped with
a coin holder.
To use the coin holder:
1. Pull up the console box lid while pushing the lock release button.
2. Push coins down into the holder.
The coin holder is detachable.

CY19106

316

CY19038

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

Front cup holders
The trash holder is designed to use the
grocery bag as a trash bag.
To use the trash holder:
1. Raise the trash holder.
2. Fit the grocery bag onto the holder by
hanging its handles on the two hooks
indicated at the left and right.

CY19064

The trash holder can support to 1 kg
(2.20 lb.).

CAUTION
To reduce the chance of injury in
case of an accident or a sudden stop
while driving, keep the trash holder
closed when it is not in use.

If the trash holder is pulled strongly or
stepped on, it will detach from the rear
console box to protect it from damaging.

CY19111

If the trash holder becomes detached, reinstall it in a horizontal direction as indicated in the illustration. It cannot be
installed in any other direction.

NOTICE
Do not deliberately pull or step on
the trash holder, as it may be damaged or broken.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

317

06 06.07

Rear cup holders and tray
(vehicles without third seats)
The cup holders are designed for holding cups or drink−cans securely.
The cup holder can be adjustable to the
size of the cups or drink−cans by
changing the holder position and the
arm position, as shown.
With the instrument panel lights on, the
front cup holder position indicator lights
will come on.

CY19075

CAUTION
Do not place anything else other than
cups or drink−cans in the cup holder,
as such items may be thrown about
in the compartment and possibly injured people in the vehicle during
sudden braking or in an accident.

The rear cup holders
housed in the armrest.

and

tray

are

CY19100

The cup holders are designed to hold
cups or beverage cans securely.
1. To use the rear cup holders and tray,
pull the armrest out.

318

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

2. To use the rear cup holder, push and
pull it out.

3. To use the tray, pull it out.

CAUTION

 Do not place anything else other
than cups or drink−cans in the cup
holder, as such items may be
thrown about in the compartment
and possibly injure people in the
vehicle during sudden braking or in
an accident.

 To reduce the chance of injury in

CY19101

case of an accident or sudden stop
while driving, keep the cup holder
closed when it is not in use.

 To reduce the chance of injury in
case of an accident or a sudden
stop, always keep the tray closed
while driving.

NOTICE
To prevent damage to the tray, do not
place any object heavier than 2 kg
(4.40 lb.) on it, and do not leave any
object on the tray for a long time.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

319

06 06.07

Rear cup holders
(vehicles with third seats)

Bottle holders
The cup holders are designed for holding cups or drink−cans securely.
Type A—To use the holder, pull the armrest out and push the lid.

CY19114

Type A (armrest)

CAUTION

 Do not place anything else other
than cups or drink−cans in the cup
holder, as such items may be
thrown about in the compartment
and possibly injure people in the
vehicle during sudden braking or in
an accident.

CY19015

Front doors

 Type A—To reduce the chance of
injury in case of an accident or
sudden stop while driving, keep the
cup holder closed when it is not in
use.

CY19113

CY19016

Type B (rear tire house)
Rear doors

320

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

Tie−down hooks

Grocery bag hooks

The bottle holders are designed to hold
bottles securely.

CAUTION
Do not attempt to use the holder for
any other purpose for which it was
intended. Inappropriately sized or
shaped objects may be thrown about
in the compartment and possibly injure people in the vehicle during a
sudden braking or an accident.

NOTICE
Do not put a cup or open bottle in
the bottle holder because the contents may spill when the door opens
or closes.

CY19044

CY19076

To secure your luggage, use the tie−
down hooks as shown above.
See “—Stowage precautions” on page 351
in Section 2 for precautions when loading
luggage.

CAUTION

These hooks are designed
things like grocery bags.

to

hang

NOTICE
To prevent damage to the hook, do
not hang any object heavier than 1 kg
(2.20 lb.) in it.

To avoid personal injury, keep the tie−
down hooks folded in place on the
floor when not in use.

NOTICE
Do not use the seat anchors instead
of the tie−down hooks.
2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

321

06 06.07

Cargo net hooks

Luggage cover
USING LUGGAGE COVER
To use the luggage cover:
1. Attach the front hooks of the luggage cover to the head restraint.
2. Pull out the rear luggage cover and
hook it on the anchors.

CY19045

CAUTION

These hooks are designed to hang the
cargo net.

CY19103

Do not place anything on the luggage
cover. Such items may be thrown
about and possibly injure people in
the vehicle during sudden braking or
a collision.

To hang the cargo net, use the cargo net
hooks and rear tie−down hooks.
Although the cargo net itself is not included as an original equipment, these
hooks can be used to hang the cargo net.

NOTICE
To prevent damage to the hook, avoid
hanging things other than a cargo net
on it.

322

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

Double deck

CY19067

CY19058

CY19068

REMOVING LUGGAGE COVER

To use the double deck:

To remove the luggage cover, detach its
hooks from the head restraint. Then,
retract and release both ends, and remove the luggage cover.

1. Turn the left and right knobs from
the
“LOCK”
position
to
the
“UNLOCK” position.

2. Hold the handle and raise the double
deck on the rear tire houses.

After you remove the luggage cover, place
it somewhere other than the passenger
compartment. This will prevent passengers
from injury in the event of a sudden stop
or accident.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

323

06 06.07

Roof luggage carrier
NOTICE
When using the double deck at the
raised position, do not place any object heavier than 30 kg (66 lb.).

CY19052

3. Turn the left and right knobs from
the “UNLOCK” position to the
“LOCK” position.

CY19129

Make sure the double deck is securely
locked.

CAUTION
To reduce the chance of injury in
case of an accident or sudden stop,
make sure that the double deck
knobs are always in the “LOCK” position when the double deck is in the
raised or lowered position.

324

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

The roof luggage carrier consists of
roof rails (1) attached to the roof and
sliding cross rails (2).
To adjust the positions of cross rails, do
this.
1. Turn the knobs counterclockwise
loosen the cross rails.

to

2. Slide the cross rails to the desired
position for loading the luggages of
various sizes.
3. After adjusting, be sure to tighten the
cross rails by turning knobs clockwise.
Follow the manufacturer’s instructions and
precautions when installing the attachments or their equivalent.
When there is no luggage on the roof
luggage carrier, Toyota recommends that
the front and rear cross rails be secured
in the positions indicated in the illustration, according to the following procedure.
This may diminish wind noise during driving.

 If driving for a long distance, on

CAUTION
When you load cargo on the roof luggage carrier, observe the following:

 Place the cargo so that its weight
is distributed evenly between the
front and rear axles.

rough roads, or at high speeds,
stop the vehicle now and then during the trip to make sure the cargo
remains in its place.

 Do not exceed 54 kg (120 lb.) cargo
weight on the roof luggage carrier.

 If loading long or wide cargo, never
exceed the vehicle overall length or
width.
(See
“Dimensions
and
weights” on page 446 in Section 8
for information on your vehicle
overall length and width.)

 Before driving, make sure the cargo

NOTICE
When loading the luggages, be careful
not to scratch the surface of the
moon roof.

is securely fastened on the roof
luggage carrier.

 Loading cargo on the roof luggage
carrier will make the center of the
vehicle gravity higher. Avoid high
speeds, sudden starts, sharp turns,
sudden braking or abrupt maneuvers, otherwise it may result in loss
of control or vehicle rollover due to
failure to operate this vehicle correctly.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

325

06 06.07

Floor mat

CY19047

Use a floor mat of the correct size.
If the vehicle carpet and floor mat have
2 holes, then they are designed for use
with locking clips. Attach the floor mat to
the vehicle carpet using the clips. Look
the clips into the holes in the vehicle
carpet.

326

CY19048

CAUTION
Make sure the floor mat is properly
placed on the vehicle carpet. If the
floor mat slips and interferes with the
movement of the pedals during driving, it may cause an accident.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06 Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

Foreword
Welcome to the growing group of value−conscious people who drive Toyotas. We are proud of the advanced engineering and
quality construction of each vehicle we build.
This Owner’s Manual explains the operation of your new Toyota. Please read it thoroughly and have all the occupants
follow the instructions carefully. Doing so will help you enjoy many years of safe and trouble−free motoring. For
important information about this manual and your Toyota, read the following pages carefully.
When it comes to service, remember that your Toyota dealer knows your vehicle very well and is interested in your complete
satisfaction. Your Toyota dealer will provide quality maintenance and any other assistance you may require.
If there is not a Toyota dealer near you, please call the following number:

 When traveling in the U.S. mainland or Canada:
U.S. OWNERS:
Toyota Customer Experience Center
Toll−free:1−800−331−4331

 Hawaii:
Servco Automotive Customer Services
Toll−free:1−888−272−5515
CANADIAN OWNERS:

 When traveling in Canada or the U.S. mainland:
Toyota Canada Customer Interaction Centre
Toll−free:1−888−TOYOTA−8 or 1−888−869−6828
Please leave this Owner’s Manual in this vehicle at the time of resale. The next owner will need this information also.
All information and specifications in this manual are current at the time of printing. However, because of Toyota’s policy of
continual product improvement, we reserve the right to make changes at any time without notice.
Please note that this manual applies to all models and explains all equipment, including options. Therefore, you may
find some explanations for equipment not installed on your vehicle.
Please access our websites for further information.

 The U.S. mainland
www.toyota.com

 Hawaii
www.toyotahawaii.com

 Canada
www.toyota.ca

 2006 TOYOTA MOTOR CORPORATION
All rights reserved. This material may not be reproduced or copied, in whole or in part, without the written permission of Toyota
Motor Corporation.
i

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

U −2

Quick index

 If a service reminder indicator or warning buzzer comes on . . . . . . . . 147

 If your vehicle will not start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374

 If your engine stalls while driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377

 If your vehicle overheats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378

 If you have a flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379

 If your vehicle needs to be towed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389

 Tips for driving during break−in period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329

 How to start the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356

 General maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407

 Complete index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NO TAG

Gas station information
Fuel type:
UNLEADED gasoline, Octane Rating 87 (Research Octane Number 91) or
higher.
See page 329 for detailed information.
Fuel tank capacity:
87 L (23.0 gal., 19.1 Imp. gal.)
Engine oil:
ILSAC multigrade engine oil is recommended.
See page 421 for detailed information.
Tire information: See pages 425 through 432.
Tire inflation pressure: See page 451.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06Prod. (OM35866U)

Publication No. OM35866U
Part No. 01999-35866
Printed in Japan 01−0607−00

4

(

U)

I

06 06.07

Important information about this manual
Safety and vehicle damage warnings

Safety symbol

Throughout this manual, you will see safety and vehicle damage warnings. You must follow these warnings carefully to
avoid possible injury or damage.
The types of warnings, what they look like, and how they are
used in this manual are explained as follows:

CAUTION
This is a
injury to
informed
order to
others.

warning against anything which may cause
people if the warning is ignored. You are
about what you must or must not do in
reduce the risk of injury to yourself and
When you see the safety symbol
shown above, it means: “Do not...”;
“Do not do this”; or “Do not let this
happen”.

NOTICE
This is a warning against anything which may cause
damage to the vehicle or its equipment if the warning
is ignored. You are informed about what you must or
must not do in order to avoid or reduce the risk of
damage to your vehicle and its equipment.

ii

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

Important information about your Toyota

The purpose of all occupant restraint systems is to help
reduce the possibility of death or serious injury in the
event of a collision. None of these systems, either individually or together, can ensure that there is no injury in the
event of collision. However, the more you know about
these systems and how to use them properly, the greater
your chances become of surviving an accident without
death or serious injury.

Occupant restraint systems
Toyota encourages you and your family to take the time to
read Section 1−3 of this Owner’s Manual carefully. In
terms of helping you understand how you can receive the
maximum benefit of the occupant restraint systems this
vehicle provides, Section 1−3 of this Owner’s Manual is
the most important Section for you and your family to
read.

Seat belts provide the primary restraint to all occupants of
the vehicle, and every occupant of the vehicle should wear
seat belts properly at all times. Children should always be
secured in child restraint systems that are appropriate for
their age and size. SRS (Supplemental Restraint System)
airbags are, as their names imply, designed to work with,
and be supplemental to, seat belts and are not substitutes
for them. SRS airbags can be very effective in reducing
the risk of head and chest injuries by preventing contact of
the head and chest with interior portions of the vehicle.

Section 1−3 describes the function and operation concerning seats, seat belts, SRS airbags and child restraint systems of this vehicle and some potential hazards you
should be aware of. These systems work together along
with the overall structure of this vehicle in order to provide
occupant restraint in the event of a crash. The effect of
each system is enhanced when it is used properly and
together with other systems. No single occupant restraint
system can, by itself, provide you or your family with the
equal level of restraint which these systems can provide
when used together. That is why it is important for you and
your family to understand the purpose and proper use of
each of these systems and how they relate to each other.

iii

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

In order to be effective, the SRS airbags must deploy with
tremendous speed. The rapid deployment of the SRS airbags makes the SRS airbags themselves potential sources
of death or serious injury if an occupant is too close to an
airbag, or if an object or some part of his or her body has
been placed between the occupant and the airbag at the
time of deployment. This is just one example of how the
instructions in Section 1−3 of this Owner’s Manual will help
ensure proper use of the occupant restraint systems, and
increase the safety they can provide to you and your family in the event of an accident.

Event data recorder
Your vehicle has computers that monitor and control certain aspects of your vehicle. These computers assist in
driving and maintaining optimal vehicle performance. Besides storing data useful for troubleshooting, there is a
system to record data in a crash or a near car crash
event. This is called an Event Data Recorder (EDR).
The SRS airbag sensor assembly contains the EDR. In a
crash or a near car crash event, this device may record
some or all of the following information:

Toyota recommends you to read the provisions in Section
1−3 carefully and refer to them as needed during your time
of ownership of this vehicle.


 Engine speed

 Whether the brake pedal was applied or not

 Vehicle speed

 To what extent the accelerator pedal was depressed

 Position of the transmission selector lever

 Whether the driver and front passenger wore the
seat belts or not

 Driver’s seat position

 Front passenger’s occupant classification

iv

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07


 SRS airbag deployment data

The information above is intended to be used for the
purpose of improving vehicle safety performance. Unlike
general data recorders, the EDR does not record sound
data such as conversation between passengers.


 SRS airbag system diagnostic data
If your vehicle is equipped with a vehicle stability control
(VSC) system, its Electronic Control Unit (ECU) may contain another EDR. There are a variety of driving situations
which include activating the VSC under which the VSC
EDR will record certain information. The VSC EDR may
record some or all of the following information:

Toyota will not disclose the data recorded in an EDR to a
third party except when:

 An agreement from the vehicle’s owner (or the leasing company for a leased vehicle) is obtained


 Behavior of the vehicle


 Officially requested by the police or other authorities


 Steering wheel angle


 Used as a defense for Toyota in a law suit


 Vehicle speed


 Ordered by the court


 To what extent the accelerator pedal was depressed

However, if necessary Toyota will:


 To what extent the brake pedal was applied


 Use the data for research on Toyota vehicle safety
performance


 To what extent the ECU controlled the condition of
the 4 wheels


 Disclose the data to a third party for research purposes without disclosing details of the vehicle
owner, and only when it is deemed necessary


 Vehicle stability control system diagnostic data


 Disclose summarized data cleared of vehicle identification information to a non−Toyota organization for
research purposes

v

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

Important health and safety
information about your Toyota

New vehicle warranty
Your new vehicle is covered by the following Toyota limited
warranties:

CAUTION


 New vehicle warranty

 Emission control systems warranty


 WARNING: Engine exhaust, some of its constitu-


 Others

ents, and a wide variety of automobile components contain or emit chemicals known to the
State of California to cause cancer and birth defects and other reproductive harm. In addition,
oils, fuels and fluids contained in vehicles as
well as waste produced by component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of
California to cause cancer and birth defects or
other reproductive harm.

For further information, please refer to the “Owner’s
Warranty Information Booklet” or “Owner’s Manual
Supplement”.

Your responsibility for
maintenance


 Battery

posts, terminals and related accessories
contain lead and lead compounds. Wash your
hands after handling. Used engine oil contains
chemicals that have caused cancer in laboratory
animals. Always protect your skin by washing
thoroughly with soap and water.

It is the owner’s responsibility to make sure that the specified maintenance is performed. Section 6 gives details of
these maintenance requirements. Also included in Section
6 is general maintenance. For scheduled maintenance information, please refer to the “Scheduled Maintenance
Guide” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.

vi

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

Accessories, spare parts and
modification of your Toyota

Spark ignition system of your
Toyota

A wide variety of non−genuine spare parts and accessories
for Toyota vehicles are currently available in the market.
You should know that Toyota does not warrant these products and is not responsible for their performance, repair, or
replacement, or for any damage they may cause to, or
adverse effect they may have on, your Toyota vehicle.

The spark ignition system in your Toyota meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference−Causing Equipment
Standard.

This vehicle should not be modified with non−genuine
Toyota products. Modification with non−genuine Toyota
products could affect its performance, safety or durability,
and may even violate governmental regulations. In addition, damage or performance problems resulting from the
modification may not be covered under warranty.

vii

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07


 Tire pressure warning system

Installation of a mobile
two−way radio system


 Cruise control system

 Anti−lock brake system

 Electronic throttle control system

As the installation of a mobile two−way radio system in
your vehicle could affect electronic systems such as follows, be sure to check with your Toyota dealer for precautionary measures or special instructions regarding installation.

 Multiport fuel injection
fuel injection system

Tires and loading on your
Toyota

system/sequential multiport

Underinflated or overinflated tire pressure and the
excess load may result in the deterioration of
steering ability and braking ability, leading to an
accident. Check the tire inflation pressure periodically and be sure to keep the load limits given in
this Owner’s Manual. For details about tire inflation
pressure and load limits, see pages 425 and 350.


 SRS airbag system

 Seat belt pretensioner system

 Traction control system (two−wheel drive models)

 Active traction control system
(four−wheel drive models)

 “AUTO LSD” system (two−wheel drive models)

 Vehicle stability control system

 Downhill assist control system
(four−wheel drive models)

 Hill−start assist control system

 Rear height control air suspension

viii

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

Scrapping of your Toyota

On−pavement and off−road
driving tips

The SRS airbag and seat belt pretensioner devices in your
Toyota contain explosive chemicals. If the vehicle is
scrapped with the airbags and pretensioners left as they
are, it may cause an accident such as fire. Be sure to
have the systems of the SRS airbag and seat belt pretensioner removed and disposed of by a qualified service
shop or by your Toyota dealer before you dispose of your
vehicle.

This vehicle belongs to the utility vehicle class. Utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other
types of vehicles. This vehicle will handle and maneuver
differently from an ordinary passenger car because it is
designed for off−road use also. In addition, this vehicle
has a higher ground clearance and center of gravity than
that of an ordinary passenger car. This vehicle design feature causes this type of vehicle to be more likely to rollover. Failure to operate this vehicle correctly may result in
loss of control, accidents or vehicle rollover causing death
or serious injury. Be sure to read “Off−road vehicle precautions” on page 328 in Section 2 and “Off−road driving precautions” on page 359 in Section 3.

ix

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

Leak detection pump
This pump performs fuel evaporation leakage check. This
check is done approximately five hours after the engine is
turned off. So you may hear sound coming from underneath the luggage compartment for several minutes. It
does not indicate a malfunction.

x

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

You should know as much about the quality and
importance of proper maintenance of your new
vehicle as the people who built it.
The Toyota authorized Repair Manual
tells you how to maintain your vehicle and
enables you to correctly perform your own
maintenance.
The best way to keep your new vehicle in top
running order is to maintain it properly from
the moment you drive it off the showroom
floor.
The Toyota authorized Repair Manual is
packed with literally everything you need to
know to perform your own maintenance in
virtually every area of your new vehicle.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

Maintenance procedures for the engine,
chassis, body, electrical system, and more,
are clearly explained and illustrated.
Periodic maintenance and tune−up
Periodic maintenance and tune−up helps to prevent small problems from growing into larger ones later on. The repair manual outlines exactly what maintenance is required and clearly explains how to do the
work yourself step−by−step.
Areas covered include such things as spark plug replacement, valve clearance adjustment and engine oil
and filter replacement.

Where to obtain the
Repair Manual
The repair manual for 4RUNNER may be purchased from any Toyota dealer or the Material
Distribution Center. To purchase the repair
manual, please contact your Toyota dealer or call
the Material Distribution Center toll−free at
1−800−622−2033.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06Prod. (OM35866U)

06 06.07

WE REALLY CARE ABOUT YOU 
 PLEASE BUCKLE UP
Toyota has made a special effort to encourage use of seat belts.
Toyota belts are:


 Comfortable

 Easy to use

 Convenient
We encourage you to use your belts every time you drive.

2007 4Runner from Aug. ’06Prod. (OM35866U)

U



---

Source Exif Data:

File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.6
Linearized                      : Yes
Author                          : wvpress9
Create Date                     : 2013:05:06 20:52:40-04:00
Modify Date                     : 2013:05:06 20:52:40-04:00
Title                           : 
XMP Toolkit                     : Adobe XMP Core 5.4-c005 78.147326, 2012/08/23-13:03:03
Metadata Date                   : 2013:05:06 20:52:40-04:00
Creator Tool                    : Adobe Acrobat Pro 11.0.2
Format                          : application/pdf
Creator                         : wvpress9
Document ID                     : uuid:91341098-04f6-4e59-a27a-9cccd5b9e198
Instance ID                     : uuid:22d7beee-9cb3-44dd-a418-d8c712b452f0
Producer                        : Adobe Acrobat Pro 11.0.2
Page Count                      : 486

EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools